User login
ICU Transfer Delay and Outcome
Patients on hospital wards may become critically ill due to worsening of the underlying condition that was the cause of their admission or acquisition of a new hospital‐acquired illness. Once physiologic deterioration occurs, some patients are evaluated and quickly transferred to the intensive care unit (ICU), whereas others are left on the wards until further deterioration occurs. Because many critical illness syndromes benefit from early intervention, such as sepsis and respiratory failure, early transfer to the ICU for treatment may improve patient outcomes, and conversely, delays in ICU transfer may lead to increased mortality and length of stay (LOS) in critically ill ward patients.[1, 2] However, the timeliness of that transfer is dependent on numerous changing variables, such as ICU bed availability, clinician identification of the deterioration, and clinical judgment regarding the appropriate transfer thresholds.[2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] As a result, there is a large degree of heterogeneity in the severity of illness of patients at the time of ICU transfer and in patient outcomes.[6, 8]
Previous studies investigating the association between delayed ICU transfer and patient outcomes have typically utilized the time of consultation by the ICU team to denote the onset of critical illness.[5, 6, 9, 10] However, the decision to transfer a patient to the ICU is often subjective, and previous studies have found an alarmingly high rate of errors in diagnosis and management of critically ill ward patients, including the failure to call for help.[2, 11] Therefore, a more objective tool for quantifying critical illness is necessary for determining the onset of critical illness and quantifying the association of transfer delay with patient outcomes.
Early warning scores, which are designed to detect critical illness on the wards, represent objective measures of critical illness that can be easily calculated in ward patients.[12] The aim of this study was to utilize the electronic Cardiac Arrest Risk Triage (eCART) score, a previously published, statistically derived early warning score that utilizes demographic, vital sign, and laboratory data, as an objective measure of critical illness to estimate the effect of delayed ICU transfer on patient outcomes in a large, multicenter database.[13] We chose 6 hours as the cutoff for delay in this study a priori because it is a threshold noted to be an important time period in critical illness syndromes, such as sepsis.[14, 15]
METHODS
All patients admitted to the medical‐surgical wards at 5 hospitals between November 2008 and January 2013 were eligible for inclusion in this observational cohort study. Further details of the hospital populations have been previously described.[13] A waiver of consent was granted by NorthShore University HealthSystem (IRB #EH11‐258) and the University of Chicago Institutional Review Board (IRB #16995A) based on general impracticability and minimal harm. Collection of patient information was designed to comply with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) regulations.
Defining the Onset of Critical Illness
The eCART score, a statistically derived early warning score that is calculated based on patient demographic, vital sign, and laboratory data, was used as an objective measure of critical illness.[13] Score calculation was performed utilizing demographic information from administrative databases and time‐ and location‐stamped vital signs and laboratory results from data warehouses at the respective institutions. In this study, a score was calculated for each time‐stamped point in the entire dataset. Of note, eCART was not used in this population for patient care as this was a retrospective observational study. An eCART score at the 95% specificity cutoff for ICU transfer from the entire dataset defined a ward patient as critically ill, a definition created a priori and before any data analysis was performed.
Defining ICU Transfer Delay and Study Outcomes
The period of time from when a patient first reached this predefined eCART score to ICU transfer was calculated for each patient, up to a maximum of 24 hours. Transfer to the ICU greater than 6 hours after reaching the critical eCART score was defined a priori as a delayed transfer to allow comparisons between patients with nondelayed and delayed transfer. A patient who suffered a ward cardiac arrest with attempted resuscitation was counted as an ICU transfer at the time of arrest. If a patient experienced more than 1 ICU transfer during the admission, then only the first ward to ICU transfer was used. The primary outcome of the study was in‐hospital mortality, and secondary outcomes were ICU mortality and hospital LOS.
Statistical Analysis
Patient characteristics were compared between patients who experienced delayed and nondelayed ICU transfers using t tests, Wilcoxon rank sums, and [2] tests, as appropriate. The association between length of transfer delay and in‐hospital mortality was calculated using logistic regression, with adjustment for age, sex, and surgical status. In a post hoc sensitivity analysis, additional adjustments were made using each patient's first eCART score on the ward, the individual vital signs and laboratory variables from eCART, and whether the ICU transfer was due to a cardiac arrest on the wards. In addition, an interaction term between time to transfer and the initial eCART on the ward was added to determine if the association between delay and mortality varied by baseline severity. The change in eCART score over time was plotted from 12 hours before the time of first reaching the critical value until ICU transfer for those in the delayed and nondelayed groups using restricted cubic splines to compare the trajectories of severity of illness between these 2 groups. In addition, a linear regression model was fit to investigate the association between the eCART slope in the 8 hours prior to the critical eCART value until ICU transfer and the timing of ICU transfer delay. Statistical analyses were performed using Stata version 12.1 (StataCorp, College Station, TX), and all tests of significance used a 2‐sided P0.05.
RESULTS
A total of 269,999 admissions had documented vital signs on the hospital wards during the study period, including 11,995 patients who were either transferred from the wards to the ICU (n=11,636) or who suffered a cardiac arrest on the wards (n=359) during their initial ward stay. Of these patients, 3789 reached an eCART score at the 95% specificity cutoff (critical eCART score of 60) within 24 hours of transfer. The median time from first critical eCART value to ICU transfer was 5.4 hours (interquartile range (IQR), 214 hours; mean, 8 hours). Compared to patients without delayed ICU transfer, those with delayed transfer were slightly older (median age, 73 [IQR, 6083] years vs 71 [IQR, 5882] years; P=0.002), whereas all other characteristics were similar (Table 1). Table 2 shows comparisons of vital sign and laboratory results for delayed and nondelayed transfers at the time of ICU transfer. As shown, patients with delayed transfer had lower median respiratory rate, blood pressure, heart rate, and hemoglobin, but higher median white blood cell count and creatinine.
| Characteristic | Transferred Within 6 Hours, n=2,055 | Transfer Delayed, n=1,734 | P Value |
|---|---|---|---|
| |||
| Age, median (IQR), y | 71 (5882) | 73 (6083) | 0.002 |
| Female sex, n (%) | 1,018 (49.5) | 847 (48.8) | 0.67 |
| Race, n (%) | 0.72 | ||
| Black | 467 (22.7) | 374 (21.6) | |
| White | 1,141 (55.5) | 971 (56.0) | |
| Other/unknown | 447 (21.8) | 389 (22.4) | |
| Surgical patient, n (%) | 572 (27.8) | 438 (25.2) | 0.07 |
| Hospital LOS prior to first critical eCART, median (IQR), d | 1.5 (0.33.7) | 1.6 (0.43.9) | 0.04 |
| Total hospital LOS, median (IQR), d* | 11 (719) | 13 (821) | 0.001 |
| Died during admission, n (%) | 503 (24.5) | 576 (33.2) | 0.001 |
| Transferred Within 6 Hours, n=2,055 | Transfer Delayed, n=1,734 | P Value | |
|---|---|---|---|
| |||
| Respiratory rate, breaths/min | 23 (1830) | 22 (1828) | 0.001 |
| Systolic blood pressure, mm Hg | 111 (92134) | 109 (92128) | 0.002 |
| Diastolic blood pressure, mm Hg | 61 (5075) | 59 (4971) | 0.001 |
| Heart rate, beats/min | 106 (88124) | 101 (85117) | 0.001 |
| Oxygen saturation, median (IQR), % | 97 (9499) | 97 (9599) | 0.15 |
| Temperature, F | 98.0 (97.299.1) | 98.0 (97.199.0) | 0.001 |
| Alert mental status, number of observations (%) | 1,749 (85%) | 1,431 (83%) | 0.001 |
| eCART score at time of ICU transfer | 61 (26122) | 48 (21121) | 0.914 |
| WBC | 10.3 (7.514.5) | 11.7 (8.117.0) | 0.001 |
| Hemoglobin | 10.7 (9.312.0) | 10.3 (9.111.6) | 0.001 |
| Platelet | 215 (137275) | 195 (120269) | 0.017 |
| Sodium | 137 (134140) | 137 (134141) | 0.70 |
| K+ | 4.1 (3.84.6) | 4.2 (3.84.7) | 0.006 |
| Anion Gap | 10 (813) | 10 (814) | 0.001 |
| CO2 | 24 (2026) | 23 (1826) | 0.001 |
| BUN | 24 (1640) | 32 (1853) | 0.001 |
| Cr | 1.2 (0.92.0) | 1.5 (1.02.7) | 0.001 |
| GFR | 70 (7070) | 70 (5170) | 0.001 |
| Glucose | 123 (106161) | 129 (105164) | 0.48 |
| Calcium | 8.5 (7.98.8) | 8.2 (7.78.7) | 0.001 |
| SGOT | 26 (2635) | 26 (2644) | 0.001 |
| SGPT | 21 (2127) | 21 (2033) | 0.002 |
| Total bilirubin | 0.7 (0.71.0) | 0.7 (0.71.3) | 0.001 |
| Alk phos | 80 (8096) | 80 (79111) | 0.175 |
| Albumin | 3.0 (2.73.0) | 3.0 (2.43.0) | 0.001 |
Delayed transfer occurred in 46% of patients (n=1734) and was associated with increased in‐hospital mortality (33.2% vs 24.5%, P0.001). This relationship was linear, with each 1‐hour increase in transfer delay associated with a 3% increase in the odds of in‐hospital death (P0.001) (Figure 1). The association between length of transfer delay and hospital mortality remained unchanged after controlling for age, sex, surgical status, initial eCART score on the wards, vital signs, laboratory values, and whether the ICU transfer was due to a cardiac arrest (3% increase per hour, P0.001). This association did not vary based on the initial eCART score on the wards (P=0.71 for interaction). Additionally, despite having similar median hospital lengths of stay prior to first critical eCART score (1.6 vs 1.5 days, P=0.04), patients experiencing delayed ICU transfer who survived to discharge had a longer median hospital LOS by 2 days compared to those with nondelayed transfer who survived to discharge (median LOS, 13 (821) days vs 11 (719) days, P=0.01). The change in eCART score over time in the 12 hours before first reaching the critical eCART score until ICU transfer is shown in Figure 2 for patients with delayed and nondelayed transfer. As shown, patients transferred within 6 hours had a more rapid rise in eCART score prior to ICU transfer compared to those with a delayed transfer. This difference in trajectories between delayed and nondelayed patients was similar in patients with low (13), intermediate (1359), and high (60) initial eCART scores on the wards. A regression model investigating the association between eCART slope prior to ICU transfer and time to ICU transfer demonstrated that a steeper slope was significantly associated with a decreased time to ICU transfer (P0.01).
DISCUSSION
We found that a delay in transfer to the ICU after reaching a predefined objective threshold of critical illness was associated with a significant increase in hospital mortality and hospital LOS. We also discovered a significant association between critical illness trajectory and delays in transfer, suggesting that caregivers may not recognize more subtle trends in critical illness. This work highlights the importance of timely transfer to the ICU for critically ill ward patients, which can be affected by several factors such as ICU bed availability and caregiver recognition and triage decisions. Our findings have significant implications for patient safety on the wards and provide further evidence for implementing early warning scores into practice to aid with clinical decision making.
Our findings of increased mortality with delayed ICU transfer are consistent with previous studies.[1, 5, 9] For example, Young et al. compared ICU mortality between delayed and nondelayed transfers in 91 consecutive patients with noncardiac diagnoses at a community hospital.[1] They also used predefined criteria for critical illness, and found that delayed transfers had a higher ICU mortality than nondelayed patients (41% vs 11%). However, their criteria for critical illness only had a specificity of 13% for predicting ICU transfer, compared to 95% in our study, suggesting that our threshold is more consistent with critical illness. Another study, by Cardoso and colleagues, investigated the impact of delayed ICU admission due to bed shortages on ICU mortality in 401 patients at a university hospital.[9] Of those patients deemed appropriate for transfer to the ICU but who had to wait for a bed to become available, the median wait time for a bed was 18 hours. They found that each hour of waiting was associated with a 1.5% increase in ICU death. A similar study by Robert and colleagues investigated the impact of delayed or refused ICU admission due to a lack of bed availability.[5] Patients deemed too sick (or too well) to benefit from ICU transfer were excluded. Twenty‐eightday and 60‐day mortality were higher in the admitted group compared to those not admitted, although this finding was not statistically significant. In addition, patients later admitted to the ICU once a bed became available (median wait time, 6 hours; n=89) had higher 28‐day mortality than those admitted immediately (adjusted odds ratio, 1.78; P=0.05). Several other studies have investigated the impact of ICU refusal for reasons that included bed shortages, and found increased mortality in those not admitted to the ICU.[16, 17] However, many of these studies included patients deemed too sick or too well to be transferred to the ICU in the group of nonadmitted patients. Our study adds to this literature by utilizing a highly specific objective measure of critical illness and by including all patients on the wards who reached this threshold, rather than only those for whom a consult was requested.
There are several potential explanations for our finding of increased mortality with delayed ICU transfer. First, those with delayed transfer might be different in some way from those transferred immediately. For example, we found that those with delayed transfer were older. The finding that increasing age is associated with a delay in ICU transfer is interesting, and may reflect physiologic differences in older patients compared to younger ones. For example, older patients have a lower maximum heart rate and thus may not develop the same level of vital sign abnormalities that younger patients do, causing them to be inappropriately left on the wards for too long.[18] In addition, patients with delayed transfer had more deranged renal function and lower blood pressure. It is unknown whether these organ dysfunctions would have been prevented by earlier transfer and to what degree they were related to chronic conditions. However, delayed transfer was still associated with increased mortality even after controlling for age, vital sign and laboratory values, and eCART on ward admission. It may also be possible that patients with delayed transfer received early and appropriate treatment on the wards but failed to improve and thus required ICU transfer. We did not have access to orders in this large database, so this theory will need to be investigated in future work. Finally, the most likely explanation for our findings is that earlier identification and treatment improves outcomes of critically ill patients on the wards, which is consistent with the findings of previous studies.[1, 5, 9, 10] Our study demonstrates that early identification of critical illness is crucial, and that delayed treatment can rapidly lead to increased mortality and LOS.
Our comparison of eCART score trajectory showed that patients transferred within 6 hours of onset of critical illness had a more rapid rise in eCART score over the preceding time period, whereas patients who experienced transfer delay showed a slower increase in eCART score. One explanation for this finding is that patients who decompensate more rapidly are in turn more readily recognizable to providers, whereas patients who experience a more insidious clinical deterioration are recognized later in the process, which then leads to a delay in escalation of care. This hypothesis underlines the importance of utilizing an objective marker of illness that is calculated longitudinally and in real time, as opposed to relying upon provider recognition alone. In fact, we have recently demonstrated that eCART is more accurate and identifies patients earlier than standard rapid response team activation.[19]
There are several important implications of our findings. First, it highlights the potential impact that early warning scores, particular those that are evidence based, can have on the outcomes of hospitalized patients. Second, it suggests that it is important to include age in early warning scores. Previous studies have been mixed as to whether the inclusion of age improves detection of outcomes on the wards, although the method of inclusion of age has been variable in terms of its weighting.[20, 21, 22] Our study found that older patients were more likely to be left on the wards longer prior to ICU transfer after becoming critically ill. By incorporating age into early warning scores, both accuracy and early recognition of critical illness may be improved. Finally, our finding that the trends of the eCART score differed among patients who were immediately transferred to the ICU, and who had a delay in their transfer, suggests that adding vital sign trends to early warning scores may further improve their accuracy and ability to serve as clinical decision support tools.
Our study is unique in that we used an objective measure of critical illness and then examined outcomes after patients reached this threshold on the wards. This overcomes the subjectivity of using evaluation by the ICU team or rapid response team as the starting point, as previous studies have shown a failure to call for help when patients become critically ill on the wards.[2, 11, 23] By using the eCART score, which contains commonly collected electronic health record data and can be calculated electronically in real time, we were able to calculate the score for patients on the wards and in the ICU. This allowed us to examine trends in the eCART score over time to find clues as to why some patients are transferred late to the ICU and why these late transfers have worse outcomes than those transferred earlier. Another strength is the large multicenter database used for the analysis, which included an urban tertiary care hospital, suburban teaching hospitals, and a community nonteaching hospital.
Our study has several limitations. First, we utilized just 1 of many potential measures of critical illness and a cutoff that only included one‐third of patients ultimately transferred to the ICU. However, by using the eCART score, we were able to track a patient's physiologic status over time and remove the variability that comes with using subjective definitions of critical illness. Furthermore, we utilized a high‐specificity cutoff for eCART to ensure that transferred patients had significantly deranged physiology and to avoid including planned transfers to the ICU. It is likely that some patients who were critically ill with less deranged physiology that would have benefitted from earlier transfer were excluded from the study. Second, we were unable to determine the cause of physiologic deterioration for patients in our study due to the large number of included patients. In addition, we did not have code status, comorbidities, or reason for ICU admission available in the dataset. It is likely that the impact of delayed transfer varies by the indication for ICU admission and chronic disease burden. It is also possible that controlling for these unmeasured factors could negate the beneficial association seen for earlier ICU admission. However, our finding of such a strong relationship between time to transfer and mortality after controlling for several important variables suggests that early recognition of critical illness is beneficial to many patients on the wards. Third, due to its observational nature, our study cannot estimate the true impact of timely ICU transfer on critically ill ward patient outcomes. Future clinical trials will be needed to determine the impact of electronic early warning scores on patient outcomes.
In conclusion, delayed ICU transfer is associated with significantly increased hospital LOS and mortality. This association highlights the need for ongoing work toward both the implementation of an evidence‐based risk stratification tool as well as development of effective critical care outreach resources for patients decompensating on the wards. Real‐time use of a validated early warning score, such as eCART, could potentially lead to more timely ICU transfer for critically ill patients and reduced rates of preventable in‐hospital death.
Acknowledgements
The authors thank Timothy Holper, Justin Lakeman, and Contessa Hsu for assistance with data extraction and technical support; Poome Chamnankit, MS, CNP, Kelly Bhatia, MSN, ACNP, and Audrey Seitman, MSN, ACNP for performing manual chart review of cardiac arrest patients; and Nicole Twu for administrative support.
Disclosures: This research was funded in part by an institutional Clinical and Translational Science Award grant (UL1 RR024999, PI: Dr. Julian Solway). Dr. Churpek is supported by a career development award from the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute (K08 HL121080). Drs. Churpek and Edelson have a patent pending (ARCD. P0535US.P2) for risk stratification algorithms for hospitalized patients. In addition, Dr. Edelson has received research support from Philips Healthcare (Andover, MA), the American Heart Association (Dallas, TX), and Laerdal Medical (Stavanger, Norway). She has ownership interest in Quant HC (Chicago, IL), which is developing products for risk stratification of hospitalized patients. Drs. Churpek and Wendlandt had full access to all the data in the study and take responsibility for the integrity of the data and the accuracy of the data analysis. Preliminary versions of these data were presented at the 2015 meeting of the Society of Hospital Medicine (March 31, 2015, National Harbor, MD).
- , , , , . Inpatient transfers to the intensive care unit: delays are associated with increased mortality and morbidity. J Gen Intern Med. 2003;18(2):77–83.
- , , , et al. Confidential inquiry into quality of care before admission to intensive care. BMJ. 1998;316(7148):1853–1858.
- , , , , , . Relationship between ICU bed availability, ICU readmission, and cardiac arrest in the general wards. Crit Care Med. 2014;42(9):2037–2041.
- , , , et al. Survival of critically ill patients hospitalized in and out of intensive care units under paucity of intensive care unit beds. Crit Care Med. 2004;32(8):1654–1661.
- , , , et al. Refusal of intensive care unit admission due to a full unit: impact on mortality. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2012;185(10):1081–1087.
- , , , et al. Evaluation of triage decisions for intensive care admission. Crit Care Med. 1999;27(6):1073–1079.
- , , , et al. Predictors of intensive care unit refusal in French intensive care units: a multiple‐center study. Crit Care Med. 2005;33(4):750–755.
- , , , . Acute Physiology and Chronic Health Evaluation (APACHE) IV: hospital mortality assessment for today's critically ill patients. Crit Care Med. 2006;34(5):1297–1310.
- , , , et al. Impact of delayed admission to intensive care units on mortality of critically ill patients: a cohort study. Crit Care. 2011;15(1):R28.
- , , , et al. Reasons for refusal of admission to intensive care and impact on mortality. Intensive Care Med. 2010;36(10):1772–1779.
- , , , et al. Incidence, location and reasons for avoidable in‐hospital cardiac arrest in a district general hospital. Resuscitation. 2002;54(2):115–123.
- , , . Risk stratification of hospitalized patients on the wards. Chest. 2013;143(6):1758–1765.
- , , , et al. Multicenter development and validation of a risk stratification tool for ward patients. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2014;190(6):649–655.
- , , , et al. Early goal‐directed therapy in the treatment of severe sepsis and septic shock. N Engl J Med. 2001;345(19):1368–1377.
- , , , et al. Surviving sepsis campaign: international guidelines for management of severe sepsis and septic shock: 2012. Crit Care Med. 2013;41(2):580–637.
- , , , et al. Outcomes of patients considered for, but not admitted to, the intensive care unit. Crit Care Med. 2008;36(3):812–817.
- , , . Mortality among appropriately referred patients refused admission to intensive‐care units. Lancet. 1997;350(9070):7–11.
- , , , , . Differences in vital signs between elderly and nonelderly patients prior to ward cardiac arrest. Crit Care Med. 2015;43(4):816–822.
- , , , , , . Real‐time risk prediction on the wards: a feasibility study [published April 13, 2016]. Crit Care Med. doi: 10.1097/CCM.0000000000001716.
- , , , et al. Should age be included as a component of track and trigger systems used to identify sick adult patients? Resuscitation. 2008;78(2):109–115.
- , , , et al. Worthing physiological scoring system: derivation and validation of a physiological early‐warning system for medical admissions. An observational, population‐based single‐centre study. Br J Anaesth. 2007;98(6):769–774.
- , , , . Validation of a modified Early Warning Score in medical admissions. QJM. 2001;94(10):521–526.
- , , , et al. Introduction of the medical emergency team (MET) system: a cluster‐randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2005;365(9477):2091–2097.
Patients on hospital wards may become critically ill due to worsening of the underlying condition that was the cause of their admission or acquisition of a new hospital‐acquired illness. Once physiologic deterioration occurs, some patients are evaluated and quickly transferred to the intensive care unit (ICU), whereas others are left on the wards until further deterioration occurs. Because many critical illness syndromes benefit from early intervention, such as sepsis and respiratory failure, early transfer to the ICU for treatment may improve patient outcomes, and conversely, delays in ICU transfer may lead to increased mortality and length of stay (LOS) in critically ill ward patients.[1, 2] However, the timeliness of that transfer is dependent on numerous changing variables, such as ICU bed availability, clinician identification of the deterioration, and clinical judgment regarding the appropriate transfer thresholds.[2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] As a result, there is a large degree of heterogeneity in the severity of illness of patients at the time of ICU transfer and in patient outcomes.[6, 8]
Previous studies investigating the association between delayed ICU transfer and patient outcomes have typically utilized the time of consultation by the ICU team to denote the onset of critical illness.[5, 6, 9, 10] However, the decision to transfer a patient to the ICU is often subjective, and previous studies have found an alarmingly high rate of errors in diagnosis and management of critically ill ward patients, including the failure to call for help.[2, 11] Therefore, a more objective tool for quantifying critical illness is necessary for determining the onset of critical illness and quantifying the association of transfer delay with patient outcomes.
Early warning scores, which are designed to detect critical illness on the wards, represent objective measures of critical illness that can be easily calculated in ward patients.[12] The aim of this study was to utilize the electronic Cardiac Arrest Risk Triage (eCART) score, a previously published, statistically derived early warning score that utilizes demographic, vital sign, and laboratory data, as an objective measure of critical illness to estimate the effect of delayed ICU transfer on patient outcomes in a large, multicenter database.[13] We chose 6 hours as the cutoff for delay in this study a priori because it is a threshold noted to be an important time period in critical illness syndromes, such as sepsis.[14, 15]
METHODS
All patients admitted to the medical‐surgical wards at 5 hospitals between November 2008 and January 2013 were eligible for inclusion in this observational cohort study. Further details of the hospital populations have been previously described.[13] A waiver of consent was granted by NorthShore University HealthSystem (IRB #EH11‐258) and the University of Chicago Institutional Review Board (IRB #16995A) based on general impracticability and minimal harm. Collection of patient information was designed to comply with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) regulations.
Defining the Onset of Critical Illness
The eCART score, a statistically derived early warning score that is calculated based on patient demographic, vital sign, and laboratory data, was used as an objective measure of critical illness.[13] Score calculation was performed utilizing demographic information from administrative databases and time‐ and location‐stamped vital signs and laboratory results from data warehouses at the respective institutions. In this study, a score was calculated for each time‐stamped point in the entire dataset. Of note, eCART was not used in this population for patient care as this was a retrospective observational study. An eCART score at the 95% specificity cutoff for ICU transfer from the entire dataset defined a ward patient as critically ill, a definition created a priori and before any data analysis was performed.
Defining ICU Transfer Delay and Study Outcomes
The period of time from when a patient first reached this predefined eCART score to ICU transfer was calculated for each patient, up to a maximum of 24 hours. Transfer to the ICU greater than 6 hours after reaching the critical eCART score was defined a priori as a delayed transfer to allow comparisons between patients with nondelayed and delayed transfer. A patient who suffered a ward cardiac arrest with attempted resuscitation was counted as an ICU transfer at the time of arrest. If a patient experienced more than 1 ICU transfer during the admission, then only the first ward to ICU transfer was used. The primary outcome of the study was in‐hospital mortality, and secondary outcomes were ICU mortality and hospital LOS.
Statistical Analysis
Patient characteristics were compared between patients who experienced delayed and nondelayed ICU transfers using t tests, Wilcoxon rank sums, and [2] tests, as appropriate. The association between length of transfer delay and in‐hospital mortality was calculated using logistic regression, with adjustment for age, sex, and surgical status. In a post hoc sensitivity analysis, additional adjustments were made using each patient's first eCART score on the ward, the individual vital signs and laboratory variables from eCART, and whether the ICU transfer was due to a cardiac arrest on the wards. In addition, an interaction term between time to transfer and the initial eCART on the ward was added to determine if the association between delay and mortality varied by baseline severity. The change in eCART score over time was plotted from 12 hours before the time of first reaching the critical value until ICU transfer for those in the delayed and nondelayed groups using restricted cubic splines to compare the trajectories of severity of illness between these 2 groups. In addition, a linear regression model was fit to investigate the association between the eCART slope in the 8 hours prior to the critical eCART value until ICU transfer and the timing of ICU transfer delay. Statistical analyses were performed using Stata version 12.1 (StataCorp, College Station, TX), and all tests of significance used a 2‐sided P0.05.
RESULTS
A total of 269,999 admissions had documented vital signs on the hospital wards during the study period, including 11,995 patients who were either transferred from the wards to the ICU (n=11,636) or who suffered a cardiac arrest on the wards (n=359) during their initial ward stay. Of these patients, 3789 reached an eCART score at the 95% specificity cutoff (critical eCART score of 60) within 24 hours of transfer. The median time from first critical eCART value to ICU transfer was 5.4 hours (interquartile range (IQR), 214 hours; mean, 8 hours). Compared to patients without delayed ICU transfer, those with delayed transfer were slightly older (median age, 73 [IQR, 6083] years vs 71 [IQR, 5882] years; P=0.002), whereas all other characteristics were similar (Table 1). Table 2 shows comparisons of vital sign and laboratory results for delayed and nondelayed transfers at the time of ICU transfer. As shown, patients with delayed transfer had lower median respiratory rate, blood pressure, heart rate, and hemoglobin, but higher median white blood cell count and creatinine.
| Characteristic | Transferred Within 6 Hours, n=2,055 | Transfer Delayed, n=1,734 | P Value |
|---|---|---|---|
| |||
| Age, median (IQR), y | 71 (5882) | 73 (6083) | 0.002 |
| Female sex, n (%) | 1,018 (49.5) | 847 (48.8) | 0.67 |
| Race, n (%) | 0.72 | ||
| Black | 467 (22.7) | 374 (21.6) | |
| White | 1,141 (55.5) | 971 (56.0) | |
| Other/unknown | 447 (21.8) | 389 (22.4) | |
| Surgical patient, n (%) | 572 (27.8) | 438 (25.2) | 0.07 |
| Hospital LOS prior to first critical eCART, median (IQR), d | 1.5 (0.33.7) | 1.6 (0.43.9) | 0.04 |
| Total hospital LOS, median (IQR), d* | 11 (719) | 13 (821) | 0.001 |
| Died during admission, n (%) | 503 (24.5) | 576 (33.2) | 0.001 |
| Transferred Within 6 Hours, n=2,055 | Transfer Delayed, n=1,734 | P Value | |
|---|---|---|---|
| |||
| Respiratory rate, breaths/min | 23 (1830) | 22 (1828) | 0.001 |
| Systolic blood pressure, mm Hg | 111 (92134) | 109 (92128) | 0.002 |
| Diastolic blood pressure, mm Hg | 61 (5075) | 59 (4971) | 0.001 |
| Heart rate, beats/min | 106 (88124) | 101 (85117) | 0.001 |
| Oxygen saturation, median (IQR), % | 97 (9499) | 97 (9599) | 0.15 |
| Temperature, F | 98.0 (97.299.1) | 98.0 (97.199.0) | 0.001 |
| Alert mental status, number of observations (%) | 1,749 (85%) | 1,431 (83%) | 0.001 |
| eCART score at time of ICU transfer | 61 (26122) | 48 (21121) | 0.914 |
| WBC | 10.3 (7.514.5) | 11.7 (8.117.0) | 0.001 |
| Hemoglobin | 10.7 (9.312.0) | 10.3 (9.111.6) | 0.001 |
| Platelet | 215 (137275) | 195 (120269) | 0.017 |
| Sodium | 137 (134140) | 137 (134141) | 0.70 |
| K+ | 4.1 (3.84.6) | 4.2 (3.84.7) | 0.006 |
| Anion Gap | 10 (813) | 10 (814) | 0.001 |
| CO2 | 24 (2026) | 23 (1826) | 0.001 |
| BUN | 24 (1640) | 32 (1853) | 0.001 |
| Cr | 1.2 (0.92.0) | 1.5 (1.02.7) | 0.001 |
| GFR | 70 (7070) | 70 (5170) | 0.001 |
| Glucose | 123 (106161) | 129 (105164) | 0.48 |
| Calcium | 8.5 (7.98.8) | 8.2 (7.78.7) | 0.001 |
| SGOT | 26 (2635) | 26 (2644) | 0.001 |
| SGPT | 21 (2127) | 21 (2033) | 0.002 |
| Total bilirubin | 0.7 (0.71.0) | 0.7 (0.71.3) | 0.001 |
| Alk phos | 80 (8096) | 80 (79111) | 0.175 |
| Albumin | 3.0 (2.73.0) | 3.0 (2.43.0) | 0.001 |
Delayed transfer occurred in 46% of patients (n=1734) and was associated with increased in‐hospital mortality (33.2% vs 24.5%, P0.001). This relationship was linear, with each 1‐hour increase in transfer delay associated with a 3% increase in the odds of in‐hospital death (P0.001) (Figure 1). The association between length of transfer delay and hospital mortality remained unchanged after controlling for age, sex, surgical status, initial eCART score on the wards, vital signs, laboratory values, and whether the ICU transfer was due to a cardiac arrest (3% increase per hour, P0.001). This association did not vary based on the initial eCART score on the wards (P=0.71 for interaction). Additionally, despite having similar median hospital lengths of stay prior to first critical eCART score (1.6 vs 1.5 days, P=0.04), patients experiencing delayed ICU transfer who survived to discharge had a longer median hospital LOS by 2 days compared to those with nondelayed transfer who survived to discharge (median LOS, 13 (821) days vs 11 (719) days, P=0.01). The change in eCART score over time in the 12 hours before first reaching the critical eCART score until ICU transfer is shown in Figure 2 for patients with delayed and nondelayed transfer. As shown, patients transferred within 6 hours had a more rapid rise in eCART score prior to ICU transfer compared to those with a delayed transfer. This difference in trajectories between delayed and nondelayed patients was similar in patients with low (13), intermediate (1359), and high (60) initial eCART scores on the wards. A regression model investigating the association between eCART slope prior to ICU transfer and time to ICU transfer demonstrated that a steeper slope was significantly associated with a decreased time to ICU transfer (P0.01).
DISCUSSION
We found that a delay in transfer to the ICU after reaching a predefined objective threshold of critical illness was associated with a significant increase in hospital mortality and hospital LOS. We also discovered a significant association between critical illness trajectory and delays in transfer, suggesting that caregivers may not recognize more subtle trends in critical illness. This work highlights the importance of timely transfer to the ICU for critically ill ward patients, which can be affected by several factors such as ICU bed availability and caregiver recognition and triage decisions. Our findings have significant implications for patient safety on the wards and provide further evidence for implementing early warning scores into practice to aid with clinical decision making.
Our findings of increased mortality with delayed ICU transfer are consistent with previous studies.[1, 5, 9] For example, Young et al. compared ICU mortality between delayed and nondelayed transfers in 91 consecutive patients with noncardiac diagnoses at a community hospital.[1] They also used predefined criteria for critical illness, and found that delayed transfers had a higher ICU mortality than nondelayed patients (41% vs 11%). However, their criteria for critical illness only had a specificity of 13% for predicting ICU transfer, compared to 95% in our study, suggesting that our threshold is more consistent with critical illness. Another study, by Cardoso and colleagues, investigated the impact of delayed ICU admission due to bed shortages on ICU mortality in 401 patients at a university hospital.[9] Of those patients deemed appropriate for transfer to the ICU but who had to wait for a bed to become available, the median wait time for a bed was 18 hours. They found that each hour of waiting was associated with a 1.5% increase in ICU death. A similar study by Robert and colleagues investigated the impact of delayed or refused ICU admission due to a lack of bed availability.[5] Patients deemed too sick (or too well) to benefit from ICU transfer were excluded. Twenty‐eightday and 60‐day mortality were higher in the admitted group compared to those not admitted, although this finding was not statistically significant. In addition, patients later admitted to the ICU once a bed became available (median wait time, 6 hours; n=89) had higher 28‐day mortality than those admitted immediately (adjusted odds ratio, 1.78; P=0.05). Several other studies have investigated the impact of ICU refusal for reasons that included bed shortages, and found increased mortality in those not admitted to the ICU.[16, 17] However, many of these studies included patients deemed too sick or too well to be transferred to the ICU in the group of nonadmitted patients. Our study adds to this literature by utilizing a highly specific objective measure of critical illness and by including all patients on the wards who reached this threshold, rather than only those for whom a consult was requested.
There are several potential explanations for our finding of increased mortality with delayed ICU transfer. First, those with delayed transfer might be different in some way from those transferred immediately. For example, we found that those with delayed transfer were older. The finding that increasing age is associated with a delay in ICU transfer is interesting, and may reflect physiologic differences in older patients compared to younger ones. For example, older patients have a lower maximum heart rate and thus may not develop the same level of vital sign abnormalities that younger patients do, causing them to be inappropriately left on the wards for too long.[18] In addition, patients with delayed transfer had more deranged renal function and lower blood pressure. It is unknown whether these organ dysfunctions would have been prevented by earlier transfer and to what degree they were related to chronic conditions. However, delayed transfer was still associated with increased mortality even after controlling for age, vital sign and laboratory values, and eCART on ward admission. It may also be possible that patients with delayed transfer received early and appropriate treatment on the wards but failed to improve and thus required ICU transfer. We did not have access to orders in this large database, so this theory will need to be investigated in future work. Finally, the most likely explanation for our findings is that earlier identification and treatment improves outcomes of critically ill patients on the wards, which is consistent with the findings of previous studies.[1, 5, 9, 10] Our study demonstrates that early identification of critical illness is crucial, and that delayed treatment can rapidly lead to increased mortality and LOS.
Our comparison of eCART score trajectory showed that patients transferred within 6 hours of onset of critical illness had a more rapid rise in eCART score over the preceding time period, whereas patients who experienced transfer delay showed a slower increase in eCART score. One explanation for this finding is that patients who decompensate more rapidly are in turn more readily recognizable to providers, whereas patients who experience a more insidious clinical deterioration are recognized later in the process, which then leads to a delay in escalation of care. This hypothesis underlines the importance of utilizing an objective marker of illness that is calculated longitudinally and in real time, as opposed to relying upon provider recognition alone. In fact, we have recently demonstrated that eCART is more accurate and identifies patients earlier than standard rapid response team activation.[19]
There are several important implications of our findings. First, it highlights the potential impact that early warning scores, particular those that are evidence based, can have on the outcomes of hospitalized patients. Second, it suggests that it is important to include age in early warning scores. Previous studies have been mixed as to whether the inclusion of age improves detection of outcomes on the wards, although the method of inclusion of age has been variable in terms of its weighting.[20, 21, 22] Our study found that older patients were more likely to be left on the wards longer prior to ICU transfer after becoming critically ill. By incorporating age into early warning scores, both accuracy and early recognition of critical illness may be improved. Finally, our finding that the trends of the eCART score differed among patients who were immediately transferred to the ICU, and who had a delay in their transfer, suggests that adding vital sign trends to early warning scores may further improve their accuracy and ability to serve as clinical decision support tools.
Our study is unique in that we used an objective measure of critical illness and then examined outcomes after patients reached this threshold on the wards. This overcomes the subjectivity of using evaluation by the ICU team or rapid response team as the starting point, as previous studies have shown a failure to call for help when patients become critically ill on the wards.[2, 11, 23] By using the eCART score, which contains commonly collected electronic health record data and can be calculated electronically in real time, we were able to calculate the score for patients on the wards and in the ICU. This allowed us to examine trends in the eCART score over time to find clues as to why some patients are transferred late to the ICU and why these late transfers have worse outcomes than those transferred earlier. Another strength is the large multicenter database used for the analysis, which included an urban tertiary care hospital, suburban teaching hospitals, and a community nonteaching hospital.
Our study has several limitations. First, we utilized just 1 of many potential measures of critical illness and a cutoff that only included one‐third of patients ultimately transferred to the ICU. However, by using the eCART score, we were able to track a patient's physiologic status over time and remove the variability that comes with using subjective definitions of critical illness. Furthermore, we utilized a high‐specificity cutoff for eCART to ensure that transferred patients had significantly deranged physiology and to avoid including planned transfers to the ICU. It is likely that some patients who were critically ill with less deranged physiology that would have benefitted from earlier transfer were excluded from the study. Second, we were unable to determine the cause of physiologic deterioration for patients in our study due to the large number of included patients. In addition, we did not have code status, comorbidities, or reason for ICU admission available in the dataset. It is likely that the impact of delayed transfer varies by the indication for ICU admission and chronic disease burden. It is also possible that controlling for these unmeasured factors could negate the beneficial association seen for earlier ICU admission. However, our finding of such a strong relationship between time to transfer and mortality after controlling for several important variables suggests that early recognition of critical illness is beneficial to many patients on the wards. Third, due to its observational nature, our study cannot estimate the true impact of timely ICU transfer on critically ill ward patient outcomes. Future clinical trials will be needed to determine the impact of electronic early warning scores on patient outcomes.
In conclusion, delayed ICU transfer is associated with significantly increased hospital LOS and mortality. This association highlights the need for ongoing work toward both the implementation of an evidence‐based risk stratification tool as well as development of effective critical care outreach resources for patients decompensating on the wards. Real‐time use of a validated early warning score, such as eCART, could potentially lead to more timely ICU transfer for critically ill patients and reduced rates of preventable in‐hospital death.
Acknowledgements
The authors thank Timothy Holper, Justin Lakeman, and Contessa Hsu for assistance with data extraction and technical support; Poome Chamnankit, MS, CNP, Kelly Bhatia, MSN, ACNP, and Audrey Seitman, MSN, ACNP for performing manual chart review of cardiac arrest patients; and Nicole Twu for administrative support.
Disclosures: This research was funded in part by an institutional Clinical and Translational Science Award grant (UL1 RR024999, PI: Dr. Julian Solway). Dr. Churpek is supported by a career development award from the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute (K08 HL121080). Drs. Churpek and Edelson have a patent pending (ARCD. P0535US.P2) for risk stratification algorithms for hospitalized patients. In addition, Dr. Edelson has received research support from Philips Healthcare (Andover, MA), the American Heart Association (Dallas, TX), and Laerdal Medical (Stavanger, Norway). She has ownership interest in Quant HC (Chicago, IL), which is developing products for risk stratification of hospitalized patients. Drs. Churpek and Wendlandt had full access to all the data in the study and take responsibility for the integrity of the data and the accuracy of the data analysis. Preliminary versions of these data were presented at the 2015 meeting of the Society of Hospital Medicine (March 31, 2015, National Harbor, MD).
Patients on hospital wards may become critically ill due to worsening of the underlying condition that was the cause of their admission or acquisition of a new hospital‐acquired illness. Once physiologic deterioration occurs, some patients are evaluated and quickly transferred to the intensive care unit (ICU), whereas others are left on the wards until further deterioration occurs. Because many critical illness syndromes benefit from early intervention, such as sepsis and respiratory failure, early transfer to the ICU for treatment may improve patient outcomes, and conversely, delays in ICU transfer may lead to increased mortality and length of stay (LOS) in critically ill ward patients.[1, 2] However, the timeliness of that transfer is dependent on numerous changing variables, such as ICU bed availability, clinician identification of the deterioration, and clinical judgment regarding the appropriate transfer thresholds.[2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] As a result, there is a large degree of heterogeneity in the severity of illness of patients at the time of ICU transfer and in patient outcomes.[6, 8]
Previous studies investigating the association between delayed ICU transfer and patient outcomes have typically utilized the time of consultation by the ICU team to denote the onset of critical illness.[5, 6, 9, 10] However, the decision to transfer a patient to the ICU is often subjective, and previous studies have found an alarmingly high rate of errors in diagnosis and management of critically ill ward patients, including the failure to call for help.[2, 11] Therefore, a more objective tool for quantifying critical illness is necessary for determining the onset of critical illness and quantifying the association of transfer delay with patient outcomes.
Early warning scores, which are designed to detect critical illness on the wards, represent objective measures of critical illness that can be easily calculated in ward patients.[12] The aim of this study was to utilize the electronic Cardiac Arrest Risk Triage (eCART) score, a previously published, statistically derived early warning score that utilizes demographic, vital sign, and laboratory data, as an objective measure of critical illness to estimate the effect of delayed ICU transfer on patient outcomes in a large, multicenter database.[13] We chose 6 hours as the cutoff for delay in this study a priori because it is a threshold noted to be an important time period in critical illness syndromes, such as sepsis.[14, 15]
METHODS
All patients admitted to the medical‐surgical wards at 5 hospitals between November 2008 and January 2013 were eligible for inclusion in this observational cohort study. Further details of the hospital populations have been previously described.[13] A waiver of consent was granted by NorthShore University HealthSystem (IRB #EH11‐258) and the University of Chicago Institutional Review Board (IRB #16995A) based on general impracticability and minimal harm. Collection of patient information was designed to comply with the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (HIPAA) regulations.
Defining the Onset of Critical Illness
The eCART score, a statistically derived early warning score that is calculated based on patient demographic, vital sign, and laboratory data, was used as an objective measure of critical illness.[13] Score calculation was performed utilizing demographic information from administrative databases and time‐ and location‐stamped vital signs and laboratory results from data warehouses at the respective institutions. In this study, a score was calculated for each time‐stamped point in the entire dataset. Of note, eCART was not used in this population for patient care as this was a retrospective observational study. An eCART score at the 95% specificity cutoff for ICU transfer from the entire dataset defined a ward patient as critically ill, a definition created a priori and before any data analysis was performed.
Defining ICU Transfer Delay and Study Outcomes
The period of time from when a patient first reached this predefined eCART score to ICU transfer was calculated for each patient, up to a maximum of 24 hours. Transfer to the ICU greater than 6 hours after reaching the critical eCART score was defined a priori as a delayed transfer to allow comparisons between patients with nondelayed and delayed transfer. A patient who suffered a ward cardiac arrest with attempted resuscitation was counted as an ICU transfer at the time of arrest. If a patient experienced more than 1 ICU transfer during the admission, then only the first ward to ICU transfer was used. The primary outcome of the study was in‐hospital mortality, and secondary outcomes were ICU mortality and hospital LOS.
Statistical Analysis
Patient characteristics were compared between patients who experienced delayed and nondelayed ICU transfers using t tests, Wilcoxon rank sums, and [2] tests, as appropriate. The association between length of transfer delay and in‐hospital mortality was calculated using logistic regression, with adjustment for age, sex, and surgical status. In a post hoc sensitivity analysis, additional adjustments were made using each patient's first eCART score on the ward, the individual vital signs and laboratory variables from eCART, and whether the ICU transfer was due to a cardiac arrest on the wards. In addition, an interaction term between time to transfer and the initial eCART on the ward was added to determine if the association between delay and mortality varied by baseline severity. The change in eCART score over time was plotted from 12 hours before the time of first reaching the critical value until ICU transfer for those in the delayed and nondelayed groups using restricted cubic splines to compare the trajectories of severity of illness between these 2 groups. In addition, a linear regression model was fit to investigate the association between the eCART slope in the 8 hours prior to the critical eCART value until ICU transfer and the timing of ICU transfer delay. Statistical analyses were performed using Stata version 12.1 (StataCorp, College Station, TX), and all tests of significance used a 2‐sided P0.05.
RESULTS
A total of 269,999 admissions had documented vital signs on the hospital wards during the study period, including 11,995 patients who were either transferred from the wards to the ICU (n=11,636) or who suffered a cardiac arrest on the wards (n=359) during their initial ward stay. Of these patients, 3789 reached an eCART score at the 95% specificity cutoff (critical eCART score of 60) within 24 hours of transfer. The median time from first critical eCART value to ICU transfer was 5.4 hours (interquartile range (IQR), 214 hours; mean, 8 hours). Compared to patients without delayed ICU transfer, those with delayed transfer were slightly older (median age, 73 [IQR, 6083] years vs 71 [IQR, 5882] years; P=0.002), whereas all other characteristics were similar (Table 1). Table 2 shows comparisons of vital sign and laboratory results for delayed and nondelayed transfers at the time of ICU transfer. As shown, patients with delayed transfer had lower median respiratory rate, blood pressure, heart rate, and hemoglobin, but higher median white blood cell count and creatinine.
| Characteristic | Transferred Within 6 Hours, n=2,055 | Transfer Delayed, n=1,734 | P Value |
|---|---|---|---|
| |||
| Age, median (IQR), y | 71 (5882) | 73 (6083) | 0.002 |
| Female sex, n (%) | 1,018 (49.5) | 847 (48.8) | 0.67 |
| Race, n (%) | 0.72 | ||
| Black | 467 (22.7) | 374 (21.6) | |
| White | 1,141 (55.5) | 971 (56.0) | |
| Other/unknown | 447 (21.8) | 389 (22.4) | |
| Surgical patient, n (%) | 572 (27.8) | 438 (25.2) | 0.07 |
| Hospital LOS prior to first critical eCART, median (IQR), d | 1.5 (0.33.7) | 1.6 (0.43.9) | 0.04 |
| Total hospital LOS, median (IQR), d* | 11 (719) | 13 (821) | 0.001 |
| Died during admission, n (%) | 503 (24.5) | 576 (33.2) | 0.001 |
| Transferred Within 6 Hours, n=2,055 | Transfer Delayed, n=1,734 | P Value | |
|---|---|---|---|
| |||
| Respiratory rate, breaths/min | 23 (1830) | 22 (1828) | 0.001 |
| Systolic blood pressure, mm Hg | 111 (92134) | 109 (92128) | 0.002 |
| Diastolic blood pressure, mm Hg | 61 (5075) | 59 (4971) | 0.001 |
| Heart rate, beats/min | 106 (88124) | 101 (85117) | 0.001 |
| Oxygen saturation, median (IQR), % | 97 (9499) | 97 (9599) | 0.15 |
| Temperature, F | 98.0 (97.299.1) | 98.0 (97.199.0) | 0.001 |
| Alert mental status, number of observations (%) | 1,749 (85%) | 1,431 (83%) | 0.001 |
| eCART score at time of ICU transfer | 61 (26122) | 48 (21121) | 0.914 |
| WBC | 10.3 (7.514.5) | 11.7 (8.117.0) | 0.001 |
| Hemoglobin | 10.7 (9.312.0) | 10.3 (9.111.6) | 0.001 |
| Platelet | 215 (137275) | 195 (120269) | 0.017 |
| Sodium | 137 (134140) | 137 (134141) | 0.70 |
| K+ | 4.1 (3.84.6) | 4.2 (3.84.7) | 0.006 |
| Anion Gap | 10 (813) | 10 (814) | 0.001 |
| CO2 | 24 (2026) | 23 (1826) | 0.001 |
| BUN | 24 (1640) | 32 (1853) | 0.001 |
| Cr | 1.2 (0.92.0) | 1.5 (1.02.7) | 0.001 |
| GFR | 70 (7070) | 70 (5170) | 0.001 |
| Glucose | 123 (106161) | 129 (105164) | 0.48 |
| Calcium | 8.5 (7.98.8) | 8.2 (7.78.7) | 0.001 |
| SGOT | 26 (2635) | 26 (2644) | 0.001 |
| SGPT | 21 (2127) | 21 (2033) | 0.002 |
| Total bilirubin | 0.7 (0.71.0) | 0.7 (0.71.3) | 0.001 |
| Alk phos | 80 (8096) | 80 (79111) | 0.175 |
| Albumin | 3.0 (2.73.0) | 3.0 (2.43.0) | 0.001 |
Delayed transfer occurred in 46% of patients (n=1734) and was associated with increased in‐hospital mortality (33.2% vs 24.5%, P0.001). This relationship was linear, with each 1‐hour increase in transfer delay associated with a 3% increase in the odds of in‐hospital death (P0.001) (Figure 1). The association between length of transfer delay and hospital mortality remained unchanged after controlling for age, sex, surgical status, initial eCART score on the wards, vital signs, laboratory values, and whether the ICU transfer was due to a cardiac arrest (3% increase per hour, P0.001). This association did not vary based on the initial eCART score on the wards (P=0.71 for interaction). Additionally, despite having similar median hospital lengths of stay prior to first critical eCART score (1.6 vs 1.5 days, P=0.04), patients experiencing delayed ICU transfer who survived to discharge had a longer median hospital LOS by 2 days compared to those with nondelayed transfer who survived to discharge (median LOS, 13 (821) days vs 11 (719) days, P=0.01). The change in eCART score over time in the 12 hours before first reaching the critical eCART score until ICU transfer is shown in Figure 2 for patients with delayed and nondelayed transfer. As shown, patients transferred within 6 hours had a more rapid rise in eCART score prior to ICU transfer compared to those with a delayed transfer. This difference in trajectories between delayed and nondelayed patients was similar in patients with low (13), intermediate (1359), and high (60) initial eCART scores on the wards. A regression model investigating the association between eCART slope prior to ICU transfer and time to ICU transfer demonstrated that a steeper slope was significantly associated with a decreased time to ICU transfer (P0.01).
DISCUSSION
We found that a delay in transfer to the ICU after reaching a predefined objective threshold of critical illness was associated with a significant increase in hospital mortality and hospital LOS. We also discovered a significant association between critical illness trajectory and delays in transfer, suggesting that caregivers may not recognize more subtle trends in critical illness. This work highlights the importance of timely transfer to the ICU for critically ill ward patients, which can be affected by several factors such as ICU bed availability and caregiver recognition and triage decisions. Our findings have significant implications for patient safety on the wards and provide further evidence for implementing early warning scores into practice to aid with clinical decision making.
Our findings of increased mortality with delayed ICU transfer are consistent with previous studies.[1, 5, 9] For example, Young et al. compared ICU mortality between delayed and nondelayed transfers in 91 consecutive patients with noncardiac diagnoses at a community hospital.[1] They also used predefined criteria for critical illness, and found that delayed transfers had a higher ICU mortality than nondelayed patients (41% vs 11%). However, their criteria for critical illness only had a specificity of 13% for predicting ICU transfer, compared to 95% in our study, suggesting that our threshold is more consistent with critical illness. Another study, by Cardoso and colleagues, investigated the impact of delayed ICU admission due to bed shortages on ICU mortality in 401 patients at a university hospital.[9] Of those patients deemed appropriate for transfer to the ICU but who had to wait for a bed to become available, the median wait time for a bed was 18 hours. They found that each hour of waiting was associated with a 1.5% increase in ICU death. A similar study by Robert and colleagues investigated the impact of delayed or refused ICU admission due to a lack of bed availability.[5] Patients deemed too sick (or too well) to benefit from ICU transfer were excluded. Twenty‐eightday and 60‐day mortality were higher in the admitted group compared to those not admitted, although this finding was not statistically significant. In addition, patients later admitted to the ICU once a bed became available (median wait time, 6 hours; n=89) had higher 28‐day mortality than those admitted immediately (adjusted odds ratio, 1.78; P=0.05). Several other studies have investigated the impact of ICU refusal for reasons that included bed shortages, and found increased mortality in those not admitted to the ICU.[16, 17] However, many of these studies included patients deemed too sick or too well to be transferred to the ICU in the group of nonadmitted patients. Our study adds to this literature by utilizing a highly specific objective measure of critical illness and by including all patients on the wards who reached this threshold, rather than only those for whom a consult was requested.
There are several potential explanations for our finding of increased mortality with delayed ICU transfer. First, those with delayed transfer might be different in some way from those transferred immediately. For example, we found that those with delayed transfer were older. The finding that increasing age is associated with a delay in ICU transfer is interesting, and may reflect physiologic differences in older patients compared to younger ones. For example, older patients have a lower maximum heart rate and thus may not develop the same level of vital sign abnormalities that younger patients do, causing them to be inappropriately left on the wards for too long.[18] In addition, patients with delayed transfer had more deranged renal function and lower blood pressure. It is unknown whether these organ dysfunctions would have been prevented by earlier transfer and to what degree they were related to chronic conditions. However, delayed transfer was still associated with increased mortality even after controlling for age, vital sign and laboratory values, and eCART on ward admission. It may also be possible that patients with delayed transfer received early and appropriate treatment on the wards but failed to improve and thus required ICU transfer. We did not have access to orders in this large database, so this theory will need to be investigated in future work. Finally, the most likely explanation for our findings is that earlier identification and treatment improves outcomes of critically ill patients on the wards, which is consistent with the findings of previous studies.[1, 5, 9, 10] Our study demonstrates that early identification of critical illness is crucial, and that delayed treatment can rapidly lead to increased mortality and LOS.
Our comparison of eCART score trajectory showed that patients transferred within 6 hours of onset of critical illness had a more rapid rise in eCART score over the preceding time period, whereas patients who experienced transfer delay showed a slower increase in eCART score. One explanation for this finding is that patients who decompensate more rapidly are in turn more readily recognizable to providers, whereas patients who experience a more insidious clinical deterioration are recognized later in the process, which then leads to a delay in escalation of care. This hypothesis underlines the importance of utilizing an objective marker of illness that is calculated longitudinally and in real time, as opposed to relying upon provider recognition alone. In fact, we have recently demonstrated that eCART is more accurate and identifies patients earlier than standard rapid response team activation.[19]
There are several important implications of our findings. First, it highlights the potential impact that early warning scores, particular those that are evidence based, can have on the outcomes of hospitalized patients. Second, it suggests that it is important to include age in early warning scores. Previous studies have been mixed as to whether the inclusion of age improves detection of outcomes on the wards, although the method of inclusion of age has been variable in terms of its weighting.[20, 21, 22] Our study found that older patients were more likely to be left on the wards longer prior to ICU transfer after becoming critically ill. By incorporating age into early warning scores, both accuracy and early recognition of critical illness may be improved. Finally, our finding that the trends of the eCART score differed among patients who were immediately transferred to the ICU, and who had a delay in their transfer, suggests that adding vital sign trends to early warning scores may further improve their accuracy and ability to serve as clinical decision support tools.
Our study is unique in that we used an objective measure of critical illness and then examined outcomes after patients reached this threshold on the wards. This overcomes the subjectivity of using evaluation by the ICU team or rapid response team as the starting point, as previous studies have shown a failure to call for help when patients become critically ill on the wards.[2, 11, 23] By using the eCART score, which contains commonly collected electronic health record data and can be calculated electronically in real time, we were able to calculate the score for patients on the wards and in the ICU. This allowed us to examine trends in the eCART score over time to find clues as to why some patients are transferred late to the ICU and why these late transfers have worse outcomes than those transferred earlier. Another strength is the large multicenter database used for the analysis, which included an urban tertiary care hospital, suburban teaching hospitals, and a community nonteaching hospital.
Our study has several limitations. First, we utilized just 1 of many potential measures of critical illness and a cutoff that only included one‐third of patients ultimately transferred to the ICU. However, by using the eCART score, we were able to track a patient's physiologic status over time and remove the variability that comes with using subjective definitions of critical illness. Furthermore, we utilized a high‐specificity cutoff for eCART to ensure that transferred patients had significantly deranged physiology and to avoid including planned transfers to the ICU. It is likely that some patients who were critically ill with less deranged physiology that would have benefitted from earlier transfer were excluded from the study. Second, we were unable to determine the cause of physiologic deterioration for patients in our study due to the large number of included patients. In addition, we did not have code status, comorbidities, or reason for ICU admission available in the dataset. It is likely that the impact of delayed transfer varies by the indication for ICU admission and chronic disease burden. It is also possible that controlling for these unmeasured factors could negate the beneficial association seen for earlier ICU admission. However, our finding of such a strong relationship between time to transfer and mortality after controlling for several important variables suggests that early recognition of critical illness is beneficial to many patients on the wards. Third, due to its observational nature, our study cannot estimate the true impact of timely ICU transfer on critically ill ward patient outcomes. Future clinical trials will be needed to determine the impact of electronic early warning scores on patient outcomes.
In conclusion, delayed ICU transfer is associated with significantly increased hospital LOS and mortality. This association highlights the need for ongoing work toward both the implementation of an evidence‐based risk stratification tool as well as development of effective critical care outreach resources for patients decompensating on the wards. Real‐time use of a validated early warning score, such as eCART, could potentially lead to more timely ICU transfer for critically ill patients and reduced rates of preventable in‐hospital death.
Acknowledgements
The authors thank Timothy Holper, Justin Lakeman, and Contessa Hsu for assistance with data extraction and technical support; Poome Chamnankit, MS, CNP, Kelly Bhatia, MSN, ACNP, and Audrey Seitman, MSN, ACNP for performing manual chart review of cardiac arrest patients; and Nicole Twu for administrative support.
Disclosures: This research was funded in part by an institutional Clinical and Translational Science Award grant (UL1 RR024999, PI: Dr. Julian Solway). Dr. Churpek is supported by a career development award from the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute (K08 HL121080). Drs. Churpek and Edelson have a patent pending (ARCD. P0535US.P2) for risk stratification algorithms for hospitalized patients. In addition, Dr. Edelson has received research support from Philips Healthcare (Andover, MA), the American Heart Association (Dallas, TX), and Laerdal Medical (Stavanger, Norway). She has ownership interest in Quant HC (Chicago, IL), which is developing products for risk stratification of hospitalized patients. Drs. Churpek and Wendlandt had full access to all the data in the study and take responsibility for the integrity of the data and the accuracy of the data analysis. Preliminary versions of these data were presented at the 2015 meeting of the Society of Hospital Medicine (March 31, 2015, National Harbor, MD).
- , , , , . Inpatient transfers to the intensive care unit: delays are associated with increased mortality and morbidity. J Gen Intern Med. 2003;18(2):77–83.
- , , , et al. Confidential inquiry into quality of care before admission to intensive care. BMJ. 1998;316(7148):1853–1858.
- , , , , , . Relationship between ICU bed availability, ICU readmission, and cardiac arrest in the general wards. Crit Care Med. 2014;42(9):2037–2041.
- , , , et al. Survival of critically ill patients hospitalized in and out of intensive care units under paucity of intensive care unit beds. Crit Care Med. 2004;32(8):1654–1661.
- , , , et al. Refusal of intensive care unit admission due to a full unit: impact on mortality. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2012;185(10):1081–1087.
- , , , et al. Evaluation of triage decisions for intensive care admission. Crit Care Med. 1999;27(6):1073–1079.
- , , , et al. Predictors of intensive care unit refusal in French intensive care units: a multiple‐center study. Crit Care Med. 2005;33(4):750–755.
- , , , . Acute Physiology and Chronic Health Evaluation (APACHE) IV: hospital mortality assessment for today's critically ill patients. Crit Care Med. 2006;34(5):1297–1310.
- , , , et al. Impact of delayed admission to intensive care units on mortality of critically ill patients: a cohort study. Crit Care. 2011;15(1):R28.
- , , , et al. Reasons for refusal of admission to intensive care and impact on mortality. Intensive Care Med. 2010;36(10):1772–1779.
- , , , et al. Incidence, location and reasons for avoidable in‐hospital cardiac arrest in a district general hospital. Resuscitation. 2002;54(2):115–123.
- , , . Risk stratification of hospitalized patients on the wards. Chest. 2013;143(6):1758–1765.
- , , , et al. Multicenter development and validation of a risk stratification tool for ward patients. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2014;190(6):649–655.
- , , , et al. Early goal‐directed therapy in the treatment of severe sepsis and septic shock. N Engl J Med. 2001;345(19):1368–1377.
- , , , et al. Surviving sepsis campaign: international guidelines for management of severe sepsis and septic shock: 2012. Crit Care Med. 2013;41(2):580–637.
- , , , et al. Outcomes of patients considered for, but not admitted to, the intensive care unit. Crit Care Med. 2008;36(3):812–817.
- , , . Mortality among appropriately referred patients refused admission to intensive‐care units. Lancet. 1997;350(9070):7–11.
- , , , , . Differences in vital signs between elderly and nonelderly patients prior to ward cardiac arrest. Crit Care Med. 2015;43(4):816–822.
- , , , , , . Real‐time risk prediction on the wards: a feasibility study [published April 13, 2016]. Crit Care Med. doi: 10.1097/CCM.0000000000001716.
- , , , et al. Should age be included as a component of track and trigger systems used to identify sick adult patients? Resuscitation. 2008;78(2):109–115.
- , , , et al. Worthing physiological scoring system: derivation and validation of a physiological early‐warning system for medical admissions. An observational, population‐based single‐centre study. Br J Anaesth. 2007;98(6):769–774.
- , , , . Validation of a modified Early Warning Score in medical admissions. QJM. 2001;94(10):521–526.
- , , , et al. Introduction of the medical emergency team (MET) system: a cluster‐randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2005;365(9477):2091–2097.
- , , , , . Inpatient transfers to the intensive care unit: delays are associated with increased mortality and morbidity. J Gen Intern Med. 2003;18(2):77–83.
- , , , et al. Confidential inquiry into quality of care before admission to intensive care. BMJ. 1998;316(7148):1853–1858.
- , , , , , . Relationship between ICU bed availability, ICU readmission, and cardiac arrest in the general wards. Crit Care Med. 2014;42(9):2037–2041.
- , , , et al. Survival of critically ill patients hospitalized in and out of intensive care units under paucity of intensive care unit beds. Crit Care Med. 2004;32(8):1654–1661.
- , , , et al. Refusal of intensive care unit admission due to a full unit: impact on mortality. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2012;185(10):1081–1087.
- , , , et al. Evaluation of triage decisions for intensive care admission. Crit Care Med. 1999;27(6):1073–1079.
- , , , et al. Predictors of intensive care unit refusal in French intensive care units: a multiple‐center study. Crit Care Med. 2005;33(4):750–755.
- , , , . Acute Physiology and Chronic Health Evaluation (APACHE) IV: hospital mortality assessment for today's critically ill patients. Crit Care Med. 2006;34(5):1297–1310.
- , , , et al. Impact of delayed admission to intensive care units on mortality of critically ill patients: a cohort study. Crit Care. 2011;15(1):R28.
- , , , et al. Reasons for refusal of admission to intensive care and impact on mortality. Intensive Care Med. 2010;36(10):1772–1779.
- , , , et al. Incidence, location and reasons for avoidable in‐hospital cardiac arrest in a district general hospital. Resuscitation. 2002;54(2):115–123.
- , , . Risk stratification of hospitalized patients on the wards. Chest. 2013;143(6):1758–1765.
- , , , et al. Multicenter development and validation of a risk stratification tool for ward patients. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2014;190(6):649–655.
- , , , et al. Early goal‐directed therapy in the treatment of severe sepsis and septic shock. N Engl J Med. 2001;345(19):1368–1377.
- , , , et al. Surviving sepsis campaign: international guidelines for management of severe sepsis and septic shock: 2012. Crit Care Med. 2013;41(2):580–637.
- , , , et al. Outcomes of patients considered for, but not admitted to, the intensive care unit. Crit Care Med. 2008;36(3):812–817.
- , , . Mortality among appropriately referred patients refused admission to intensive‐care units. Lancet. 1997;350(9070):7–11.
- , , , , . Differences in vital signs between elderly and nonelderly patients prior to ward cardiac arrest. Crit Care Med. 2015;43(4):816–822.
- , , , , , . Real‐time risk prediction on the wards: a feasibility study [published April 13, 2016]. Crit Care Med. doi: 10.1097/CCM.0000000000001716.
- , , , et al. Should age be included as a component of track and trigger systems used to identify sick adult patients? Resuscitation. 2008;78(2):109–115.
- , , , et al. Worthing physiological scoring system: derivation and validation of a physiological early‐warning system for medical admissions. An observational, population‐based single‐centre study. Br J Anaesth. 2007;98(6):769–774.
- , , , . Validation of a modified Early Warning Score in medical admissions. QJM. 2001;94(10):521–526.
- , , , et al. Introduction of the medical emergency team (MET) system: a cluster‐randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2005;365(9477):2091–2097.
Efficacy of Unloader Bracing in Reducing Symptoms of Knee Osteoarthritis
Knee osteoarthritis (OA) is a progressive, degenerative joint disease characterized by pain and dysfunction. OA is a leading cause of disability in middle-aged and older adults,1 affecting an estimated 27 million Americans.2 With the continued aging of the baby boomer population and rising obesity rates, the incidence of OA is estimated to increase by 40% by 2025.3 The clinical and economic burdens of OA on our society—medical costs and workdays lost—are significant and will continue to be a problem for years to come.4
Total knee arthroplasty (TKA) is an option for severe end-stage OA. Most patients with mild to moderate OA follow nonsurgical strategies in an attempt to avoid invasive procedures. As there is no established cure, initial treatment of knee OA is geared toward alleviating pain and improving function. A multimodal approach is typically used and recommended.5,6 Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), acetaminophen, and narcotic analgesics are commonly prescribed. NSAIDs can be effective7 but have well-known cardiovascular, renal, and gastrointestinal risks. If possible, narcotic analgesics should be avoided because of the risk of addiction and the problems associated with dependence. Intra-articular injections of corticosteroids or hyaluronic acid (viscosupplementation) are often recommended to reduce pain associated with arthritis. Braces designed to “off-load” the more diseased medial or lateral compartment of the knee have also been used in an effort to provide symptomatic relief. These low-risk, noninvasive unloader braces have increasingly been advanced as a conservative treatment modality for knee OA,6,8-10despite modest evidence and lack of appropriately powered randomized controlled trials.11 As more research on the efficacy of these braces is needed, we conducted a study to determine whether an unloader brace is an acceptable and valid treatment modality for knee OA.
Patients and Methods
This was a prospective, randomized, controlled trial of patients with symptomatic, predominantly unicompartmental OA involving the medial compartment of the knee. The study protocol was approved by the Institutional Review Board at Baptist Hospital in Pensacola, Florida. Patients were excluded if they had a rheumatologic disorder other than OA; a history of knee surgery other than a routine arthroscopic procedure; any soft-tissue, neurologic, or vascular compromise preventing long-term brace use; or obesity preventing effective or comfortable brace use. It is generally felt that unloader bracing may not be effective for patients with severe contractures or significant knee deformity; therefore, those lacking more than 10° of extension or 20° of flexion, or those who had a varus deformity of more than 8° of varus, were not offered enrollment.
Ideal sizes for the proposed study groups were determined through power analysis using standard deviations from prior similar investigations. The target was 30 patients per group.
Patients gave informed consent to the work. A computer-generated randomization schedule was used to randomize patients either to receive a medial unloader brace (Fusion OA; Breg, Inc) or not to receive a brace. Patients in these brace and control groups were allowed to continue their standard conservative OA treatment modalities, including NSAID use, home exercises, and joint supplement use. Patients were restricted from receiving any injection therapy or narcotic pain medication in an effort to isolate the effects of bracing on relief of pain and other symptoms.
All patients were examined by an orthopedic surgeon or fellowship-trained primary care sports medicine specialist. Age, sex, height, and weight data were recorded. Body mass index was calculated. Anteroposterior, lateral, flexion weight-bearing, and long-leg standing radiographs were obtained. Two orthopedic surgeons blindly graded OA12 and calculated knee varus angles.13 Values were averaged, and intraobserver reliability and interobserver reliability were calculated.
Prospective subjective outcomes were evaluated with the Knee Injury and Osteoarthritis Outcome Score (KOOS), administered on study entry and at 4, 8, 16, and 24 weeks during the study. The KOOS has 5 subscales: Pain, Symptoms, Function in Daily Living, Function in Sport and Recreation, and Knee-Related Quality of Life. Each subscale is scored separately. Items are rated 0 (extreme problems) to 100 (no problems). Patients were also asked to complete a weekly diary, which included visual analog scale (VAS) ratings of pain, NSAID use, sleep, and activity level. VAS items were rated 1 (extreme problems) to 100 (no problems). For brace-group patients, hours of brace use per day were recorded. Patients were required to use the brace for a minimum of 4 hours per day.
KOOS and VAS data were analyzed with repeated-measures analysis of variance. Significance level was set at P < .05.
Results
Of the 50 patients randomized, 31 (16 brace, 15 control) completed the study. Of the 19 dropouts, 10 were in the brace group (4 dropped out because of brace discomfort) and 9 in the control group (5 dropped out because of significant pain and the desire for more aggressive treatment with injections). The target patient numbers based on the power analysis were not achieved because of patient enrollment difficulties resulting from the strict criteria established in the study design.
The brace group consisted of 8 men and 8 women. Braces were worn an average of 6.7 hours per day. The control group consisted of 8 men and 7 women. The groups were not significantly different in age, height, weight, body mass index, measured varus knee angle, or arthritis grade (Table 1).
Radiographs were assessed by 2 orthopedic surgeons. Varus angle measurements showed high interobserver reliability (.904, P = .03) and high intraobserver reliability (.969, P = .05); arthritis grades showed low interobserver reliability (.469, P = .59) and high intraobserver reliability (.810, P = .001).
KOOS results showed that, compared with control patients, brace patients had significantly less pain (P < .001), fewer arthritis symptoms (P = .007), better ability to engage in activities of daily living (ADLs) (P = .008), and better total knee function (P = .004) (Figures 1-4). The groups did not differ in ability to engage in sport and recreation (P = .402) or in knee-related quality of life (P = .718), but each parameter showed a trend to be better in the brace group. There was no effect of time in any KOOS subscale. Confidence intervals for these data are listed in Table 2.
VAS results showed that, compared with control patients, brace patients had significantly less pain throughout the day (P = .021) and better activity levels (P = .035) (Figures 5, 6). The groups did not differ in ability to sleep (P = .117) or NSAID use (P = .138), but each parameter showed a trend to be better in the brace group. There was no effect of time in either VAS.
Discussion
We conducted this study to determine the efficacy of a medial unloader brace in reducing the pain and symptoms associated with varus knee OA.
Although TKA is an option for patients with significant end-stage knee OA, mild OA and moderate OA typically are managed with nonoperative modalities. These modalities can be effective and may delay or eliminate the need for surgery, which poses a small but definite risk. Delaying surgery, especially in younger, active patients, has the potential to reduce the number of wear-related revision surgeries.14
Braces designed to off-load the more diseased medial or lateral compartment of the knee have been used in an effort to provide relief from symptomatic OA. There is a lack of appropriately powered, randomized controlled studies on the efficacy of these braces. With the evidence being inconclusive, the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons is unable to recommend for or against use of a brace in medial unicompartmental OA.11 More research on the efficacy of these braces is needed. In the present study, we asked 2 questions: Does use of an unloader brace lessen the pain associated with knee OA? Is the unloader brace an acceptable and valid treatment modality for knee OA?
The 2 clinical outcome tools used in this study showed significant improvement in pain in brace patients compared with control patients. KOOS results showed reduced pain and arthritis symptoms. VAS results showed less pain experienced throughout the day. Pain reduction is probably the most important benefit of any nonoperative modality for knee OA. Pain typically is the driving force and the major indication for TKA. Other investigators have found pain reduced with use of unloader braces, but few long-term prospective randomized trials have been conducted. Ramsey and colleagues15 compared a neutral stabilizing brace with a medial unloading brace and found that both helped reduce pain and functional disability. This led to discussion about the 2 major potential mechanisms for symptom relief. One theory holds that bracing unloads the diseased portion of the joint and thereby helps improve symptoms.16-18 According to the other theory, bracing stabilizes the knee, reducing muscle cocontractions and joint compression.15,19,20 Draganich and colleagues21 found that both off-the-shelf and adjustable unloader braces reduced pain. In a short-term (8-week) study, Barnes and colleagues22 found substantial improvement in knee pain with use of an unloader brace. In one of the larger, better designed, prospective studies, Brouwer and colleagues23 found borderline but significant improvements in pain. Larsen and colleagues,24 in another short-term study, found no improvement in pain but did report improved activity levels with use of a medial unloader brace.
In addition to demonstrating pain reduction, our results showed that, compared with control patients, brace patients had fewer arthritis symptoms, better ability to engage in ADLs, and increased activity levels. Other studies have identified additional benefits of bracing for knee arthritis. Larsen and colleagues24 found that valgus bracing for medial compartment knee OA improved walking and sit-to-stand activities. Although pain relief results were modest, Brouwer and colleagues23 found significantly better knee function and longer walking distances for patients who used a medial unloader brace. Hewett and colleagues25 found that pain, ADLs, and walking distance were all improved after 9 weeks of brace wear.
Our study had a few limitations. Although injections and narcotic pain medications were not allowed, NSAIDs, home exercises, and other modalities were permitted. We did not think it was reasonable to eliminate every nonoperative modality during the 6-month study period. Therefore, it is possible that some of the study population’s improvements are attributable to these other modalities, which were not rigidly controlled.
Patient enrollment was difficult because of the strict inclusion and exclusion criteria used. The result was a smaller than anticipated patient population. Although there were many excellent study candidates, most declined enrollment when they learned they could be randomized to the control group. These patients were not willing to forgo injections or bracing for 6 months. We thought it was important to maintain our study design because it allowed us to evaluate the true effect of brace use while eliminating confounding variables. Nearly equal numbers of brace and control patients dropped out of the study. The majority of control group dropouts wanted more treatment options, indicating that NSAIDs and exercises alone were not controlling patients’ symptoms. This finding supports recommendations for a multimodal approach to treatment. As expected, some patients dropped out because their brace was uncomfortable—an important finding that should be considered when counseling patients about treatment options for OA.
Not all patients are candidates for braces. Braces can be irritating and uncomfortable for obese patients and patients with skin or vascular issues. Some patients find braces inconvenient. As discussed, a multimodal OA treatment approach is encouraged, but not every mode fits every patient. Physician and patient should thoroughly discuss the benefits and potential problems of brace use before prescribing. Our study results showed trends toward better improvements for brace patients (compared with control patients) in quality of life, ability to engage in sport and recreation, ability to sleep, and need for NSAIDs. Had we enrolled more patients, we might have found statistical significance for these trends. Despite the challenges with patient enrollment and study population size, the data make clear that unloader braces can benefit appropriate patients.
Our findings support use of a medial unloader brace as an acceptable and valid treatment modality for mild and moderate knee OA. The medial unloader brace should be considered a reasonable alternative, as part of a multimodal approach, to more invasive options, such as TKA.
1. Michaud C, McKenna M, Begg S, et al. The burden of disease and injury in the United States 1996. Popul Health Metr. 2006;4:11.
2. Lawrence RC, Felson DT, Helmick CG, et al; National Arthritis Data Workgroup. Estimates of the prevalence of arthritis and other rheumatic conditions in the United States. Part II. Arthritis Rheum. 2008;58(1):26-35.
3. Woolf AD, Pfleger B. Burden of major musculoskeletal conditions. Bull World Health Organ. 2003;81(9):646-656.
4. London NJ, Miller LE, Block JE. Clinical and economic consequences of the treatment gap in knee osteoarthritis management. Med Hypotheses. 2011;76(6):887-892.
5. Hochberg MC, Altman RD, April KT, et al; American College of Rheumatology. American College of Rheumatology 2012 recommendations for the use of nonpharmacologic and pharmacologic therapies in osteoarthritis of the hand, hip, and knee. Arthritis Care Res. 2012;64(4):465-474.
6. McAlindon TE, Bannuru RR, Sullivan MC, et al. OARSI guidelines for the non-surgical management of knee osteoarthritis. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2014;22(3):363-388.
7. Gallelli L, Galasso O, Falcone D, et al. The effects of nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs on clinical outcomes, synovial fluid cytokine concentration and signal transduction pathways in knee osteoarthritis. A randomized open label trial. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2013;21(9):1400-1408.
8. Pollo FE, Jackson RW. Knee bracing for unicompartmental osteoarthritis. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2006;14(1):5-11.
9. Ramsey DK, Russell ME. Unloader braces for medial compartment knee osteoarthritis: implications on mediating progression. Sports Health. 2009;1(5):416-426.
10. Zhang W, Moskowitz RW, Nuki G, et al. OARSI recommendations for the management of hip and knee osteoarthritis, part II: OARSI evidence-based, expert consensus guidelines. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2008;16(2):137-162.
11. Richmond J, Hunter D, Irrgang J, et al; American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons. American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons clinical practice guideline on the treatment of osteoarthritis (OA) of the knee. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2010;92(4):990-993.
12. Kellgren JH, Lawrence JS. Radiological assessment of osteo-arthrosis. Ann Rheum Dis. 1957;16(4):494-502.
13. Dugdale TW, Noyes FR, Styer D. Preoperative planning for high tibial osteotomy. The effect of lateral tibiofemoral separation and tibiofemoral length. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1992;(274):248-264.
14. Weinstein AM, Rome BN, Reichmann WM, et al. Estimating the burden of total knee replacement in the United States. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2013;95(5):385-392.
15. Ramsey DK, Briem K, Axe MJ, Snyder-Mackler L. A mechanical theory for the effectiveness of bracing for medial compartment osteoarthritis of the knee. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2007;89(11):2398-2407.
16. Haim A, Wolf A, Rubin G, Genis Y, Khoury M, Rozen N. Effect of center of pressure modulation on knee adduction moment in medial compartment knee osteoarthritis. J Orthop Res. 2011;29(11):1668-1674.
17. Pollo FE, Otis JC, Backus SI, Warren RF, Wickiewicz TL. Reduction of medial compartment loads with valgus bracing of the osteoarthritic knee. Am J Sports Med. 2002;30(3):414-421.
18. Shelburne KB, Torry MR, Steadman JR, Pandy MG. Effects of foot orthoses and valgus bracing on the knee adduction moment and medial joint load during gait. Clin Biomech. 2008;23(6):814-821.
19. Lewek MD, Ramsey DK, Snyder-Mackler L, Rudolph KS. Knee stabilization in patients with medial compartment knee osteoarthritis. Arthritis Rheum. 2005;52(9):2845-2853.
20. Lewek MD, Rudolph KS, Snyder-Mackler L. Control of frontal plane knee laxity during gait in patients with medial compartment knee osteoarthritis. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2004;12(9):745-751.
21. Draganich L, Reider B, Rimington T, Piotrowski G, Mallik K, Nasson S. The effectiveness of self-adjustable custom and off-the-shelf bracing in the treatment of varus gonarthrosis. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2006;88(12):2645-2652.
22. Barnes CL, Cawley PW, Hederman B. Effect of CounterForce brace on symptomatic relief in a group of patients with symptomatic unicompartmental osteoarthritis: a prospective 2-year investigation. Am J Orthop. 2002;31(7):396-401.
23. Brouwer RW, van Raaij TM, Verhaar JA, Coene LN, Bierma-Zeinstra SM. Brace treatment for osteoarthritis of the knee: a prospective randomized multi-centre trial. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2006;14(8):777-783.
24. Larsen BL, Jacofsky MC, Brown JA, Jacofsky DJ. Valgus bracing affords short-term treatment solution across walking and sit-to-stand activities. J Arthroplasty. 2013;28(5):792-797.
25. Hewett TE, Noyes FR, Barber-Westin SD, Heckmann TP. Decrease in knee joint pain and increase in function in patients with medial compartment arthrosis: a prospective analysis of valgus bracing. Orthopedics. 1998;21(2):131-138.
Knee osteoarthritis (OA) is a progressive, degenerative joint disease characterized by pain and dysfunction. OA is a leading cause of disability in middle-aged and older adults,1 affecting an estimated 27 million Americans.2 With the continued aging of the baby boomer population and rising obesity rates, the incidence of OA is estimated to increase by 40% by 2025.3 The clinical and economic burdens of OA on our society—medical costs and workdays lost—are significant and will continue to be a problem for years to come.4
Total knee arthroplasty (TKA) is an option for severe end-stage OA. Most patients with mild to moderate OA follow nonsurgical strategies in an attempt to avoid invasive procedures. As there is no established cure, initial treatment of knee OA is geared toward alleviating pain and improving function. A multimodal approach is typically used and recommended.5,6 Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), acetaminophen, and narcotic analgesics are commonly prescribed. NSAIDs can be effective7 but have well-known cardiovascular, renal, and gastrointestinal risks. If possible, narcotic analgesics should be avoided because of the risk of addiction and the problems associated with dependence. Intra-articular injections of corticosteroids or hyaluronic acid (viscosupplementation) are often recommended to reduce pain associated with arthritis. Braces designed to “off-load” the more diseased medial or lateral compartment of the knee have also been used in an effort to provide symptomatic relief. These low-risk, noninvasive unloader braces have increasingly been advanced as a conservative treatment modality for knee OA,6,8-10despite modest evidence and lack of appropriately powered randomized controlled trials.11 As more research on the efficacy of these braces is needed, we conducted a study to determine whether an unloader brace is an acceptable and valid treatment modality for knee OA.
Patients and Methods
This was a prospective, randomized, controlled trial of patients with symptomatic, predominantly unicompartmental OA involving the medial compartment of the knee. The study protocol was approved by the Institutional Review Board at Baptist Hospital in Pensacola, Florida. Patients were excluded if they had a rheumatologic disorder other than OA; a history of knee surgery other than a routine arthroscopic procedure; any soft-tissue, neurologic, or vascular compromise preventing long-term brace use; or obesity preventing effective or comfortable brace use. It is generally felt that unloader bracing may not be effective for patients with severe contractures or significant knee deformity; therefore, those lacking more than 10° of extension or 20° of flexion, or those who had a varus deformity of more than 8° of varus, were not offered enrollment.
Ideal sizes for the proposed study groups were determined through power analysis using standard deviations from prior similar investigations. The target was 30 patients per group.
Patients gave informed consent to the work. A computer-generated randomization schedule was used to randomize patients either to receive a medial unloader brace (Fusion OA; Breg, Inc) or not to receive a brace. Patients in these brace and control groups were allowed to continue their standard conservative OA treatment modalities, including NSAID use, home exercises, and joint supplement use. Patients were restricted from receiving any injection therapy or narcotic pain medication in an effort to isolate the effects of bracing on relief of pain and other symptoms.
All patients were examined by an orthopedic surgeon or fellowship-trained primary care sports medicine specialist. Age, sex, height, and weight data were recorded. Body mass index was calculated. Anteroposterior, lateral, flexion weight-bearing, and long-leg standing radiographs were obtained. Two orthopedic surgeons blindly graded OA12 and calculated knee varus angles.13 Values were averaged, and intraobserver reliability and interobserver reliability were calculated.
Prospective subjective outcomes were evaluated with the Knee Injury and Osteoarthritis Outcome Score (KOOS), administered on study entry and at 4, 8, 16, and 24 weeks during the study. The KOOS has 5 subscales: Pain, Symptoms, Function in Daily Living, Function in Sport and Recreation, and Knee-Related Quality of Life. Each subscale is scored separately. Items are rated 0 (extreme problems) to 100 (no problems). Patients were also asked to complete a weekly diary, which included visual analog scale (VAS) ratings of pain, NSAID use, sleep, and activity level. VAS items were rated 1 (extreme problems) to 100 (no problems). For brace-group patients, hours of brace use per day were recorded. Patients were required to use the brace for a minimum of 4 hours per day.
KOOS and VAS data were analyzed with repeated-measures analysis of variance. Significance level was set at P < .05.
Results
Of the 50 patients randomized, 31 (16 brace, 15 control) completed the study. Of the 19 dropouts, 10 were in the brace group (4 dropped out because of brace discomfort) and 9 in the control group (5 dropped out because of significant pain and the desire for more aggressive treatment with injections). The target patient numbers based on the power analysis were not achieved because of patient enrollment difficulties resulting from the strict criteria established in the study design.
The brace group consisted of 8 men and 8 women. Braces were worn an average of 6.7 hours per day. The control group consisted of 8 men and 7 women. The groups were not significantly different in age, height, weight, body mass index, measured varus knee angle, or arthritis grade (Table 1).
Radiographs were assessed by 2 orthopedic surgeons. Varus angle measurements showed high interobserver reliability (.904, P = .03) and high intraobserver reliability (.969, P = .05); arthritis grades showed low interobserver reliability (.469, P = .59) and high intraobserver reliability (.810, P = .001).
KOOS results showed that, compared with control patients, brace patients had significantly less pain (P < .001), fewer arthritis symptoms (P = .007), better ability to engage in activities of daily living (ADLs) (P = .008), and better total knee function (P = .004) (Figures 1-4). The groups did not differ in ability to engage in sport and recreation (P = .402) or in knee-related quality of life (P = .718), but each parameter showed a trend to be better in the brace group. There was no effect of time in any KOOS subscale. Confidence intervals for these data are listed in Table 2.
VAS results showed that, compared with control patients, brace patients had significantly less pain throughout the day (P = .021) and better activity levels (P = .035) (Figures 5, 6). The groups did not differ in ability to sleep (P = .117) or NSAID use (P = .138), but each parameter showed a trend to be better in the brace group. There was no effect of time in either VAS.
Discussion
We conducted this study to determine the efficacy of a medial unloader brace in reducing the pain and symptoms associated with varus knee OA.
Although TKA is an option for patients with significant end-stage knee OA, mild OA and moderate OA typically are managed with nonoperative modalities. These modalities can be effective and may delay or eliminate the need for surgery, which poses a small but definite risk. Delaying surgery, especially in younger, active patients, has the potential to reduce the number of wear-related revision surgeries.14
Braces designed to off-load the more diseased medial or lateral compartment of the knee have been used in an effort to provide relief from symptomatic OA. There is a lack of appropriately powered, randomized controlled studies on the efficacy of these braces. With the evidence being inconclusive, the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons is unable to recommend for or against use of a brace in medial unicompartmental OA.11 More research on the efficacy of these braces is needed. In the present study, we asked 2 questions: Does use of an unloader brace lessen the pain associated with knee OA? Is the unloader brace an acceptable and valid treatment modality for knee OA?
The 2 clinical outcome tools used in this study showed significant improvement in pain in brace patients compared with control patients. KOOS results showed reduced pain and arthritis symptoms. VAS results showed less pain experienced throughout the day. Pain reduction is probably the most important benefit of any nonoperative modality for knee OA. Pain typically is the driving force and the major indication for TKA. Other investigators have found pain reduced with use of unloader braces, but few long-term prospective randomized trials have been conducted. Ramsey and colleagues15 compared a neutral stabilizing brace with a medial unloading brace and found that both helped reduce pain and functional disability. This led to discussion about the 2 major potential mechanisms for symptom relief. One theory holds that bracing unloads the diseased portion of the joint and thereby helps improve symptoms.16-18 According to the other theory, bracing stabilizes the knee, reducing muscle cocontractions and joint compression.15,19,20 Draganich and colleagues21 found that both off-the-shelf and adjustable unloader braces reduced pain. In a short-term (8-week) study, Barnes and colleagues22 found substantial improvement in knee pain with use of an unloader brace. In one of the larger, better designed, prospective studies, Brouwer and colleagues23 found borderline but significant improvements in pain. Larsen and colleagues,24 in another short-term study, found no improvement in pain but did report improved activity levels with use of a medial unloader brace.
In addition to demonstrating pain reduction, our results showed that, compared with control patients, brace patients had fewer arthritis symptoms, better ability to engage in ADLs, and increased activity levels. Other studies have identified additional benefits of bracing for knee arthritis. Larsen and colleagues24 found that valgus bracing for medial compartment knee OA improved walking and sit-to-stand activities. Although pain relief results were modest, Brouwer and colleagues23 found significantly better knee function and longer walking distances for patients who used a medial unloader brace. Hewett and colleagues25 found that pain, ADLs, and walking distance were all improved after 9 weeks of brace wear.
Our study had a few limitations. Although injections and narcotic pain medications were not allowed, NSAIDs, home exercises, and other modalities were permitted. We did not think it was reasonable to eliminate every nonoperative modality during the 6-month study period. Therefore, it is possible that some of the study population’s improvements are attributable to these other modalities, which were not rigidly controlled.
Patient enrollment was difficult because of the strict inclusion and exclusion criteria used. The result was a smaller than anticipated patient population. Although there were many excellent study candidates, most declined enrollment when they learned they could be randomized to the control group. These patients were not willing to forgo injections or bracing for 6 months. We thought it was important to maintain our study design because it allowed us to evaluate the true effect of brace use while eliminating confounding variables. Nearly equal numbers of brace and control patients dropped out of the study. The majority of control group dropouts wanted more treatment options, indicating that NSAIDs and exercises alone were not controlling patients’ symptoms. This finding supports recommendations for a multimodal approach to treatment. As expected, some patients dropped out because their brace was uncomfortable—an important finding that should be considered when counseling patients about treatment options for OA.
Not all patients are candidates for braces. Braces can be irritating and uncomfortable for obese patients and patients with skin or vascular issues. Some patients find braces inconvenient. As discussed, a multimodal OA treatment approach is encouraged, but not every mode fits every patient. Physician and patient should thoroughly discuss the benefits and potential problems of brace use before prescribing. Our study results showed trends toward better improvements for brace patients (compared with control patients) in quality of life, ability to engage in sport and recreation, ability to sleep, and need for NSAIDs. Had we enrolled more patients, we might have found statistical significance for these trends. Despite the challenges with patient enrollment and study population size, the data make clear that unloader braces can benefit appropriate patients.
Our findings support use of a medial unloader brace as an acceptable and valid treatment modality for mild and moderate knee OA. The medial unloader brace should be considered a reasonable alternative, as part of a multimodal approach, to more invasive options, such as TKA.
Knee osteoarthritis (OA) is a progressive, degenerative joint disease characterized by pain and dysfunction. OA is a leading cause of disability in middle-aged and older adults,1 affecting an estimated 27 million Americans.2 With the continued aging of the baby boomer population and rising obesity rates, the incidence of OA is estimated to increase by 40% by 2025.3 The clinical and economic burdens of OA on our society—medical costs and workdays lost—are significant and will continue to be a problem for years to come.4
Total knee arthroplasty (TKA) is an option for severe end-stage OA. Most patients with mild to moderate OA follow nonsurgical strategies in an attempt to avoid invasive procedures. As there is no established cure, initial treatment of knee OA is geared toward alleviating pain and improving function. A multimodal approach is typically used and recommended.5,6 Nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), acetaminophen, and narcotic analgesics are commonly prescribed. NSAIDs can be effective7 but have well-known cardiovascular, renal, and gastrointestinal risks. If possible, narcotic analgesics should be avoided because of the risk of addiction and the problems associated with dependence. Intra-articular injections of corticosteroids or hyaluronic acid (viscosupplementation) are often recommended to reduce pain associated with arthritis. Braces designed to “off-load” the more diseased medial or lateral compartment of the knee have also been used in an effort to provide symptomatic relief. These low-risk, noninvasive unloader braces have increasingly been advanced as a conservative treatment modality for knee OA,6,8-10despite modest evidence and lack of appropriately powered randomized controlled trials.11 As more research on the efficacy of these braces is needed, we conducted a study to determine whether an unloader brace is an acceptable and valid treatment modality for knee OA.
Patients and Methods
This was a prospective, randomized, controlled trial of patients with symptomatic, predominantly unicompartmental OA involving the medial compartment of the knee. The study protocol was approved by the Institutional Review Board at Baptist Hospital in Pensacola, Florida. Patients were excluded if they had a rheumatologic disorder other than OA; a history of knee surgery other than a routine arthroscopic procedure; any soft-tissue, neurologic, or vascular compromise preventing long-term brace use; or obesity preventing effective or comfortable brace use. It is generally felt that unloader bracing may not be effective for patients with severe contractures or significant knee deformity; therefore, those lacking more than 10° of extension or 20° of flexion, or those who had a varus deformity of more than 8° of varus, were not offered enrollment.
Ideal sizes for the proposed study groups were determined through power analysis using standard deviations from prior similar investigations. The target was 30 patients per group.
Patients gave informed consent to the work. A computer-generated randomization schedule was used to randomize patients either to receive a medial unloader brace (Fusion OA; Breg, Inc) or not to receive a brace. Patients in these brace and control groups were allowed to continue their standard conservative OA treatment modalities, including NSAID use, home exercises, and joint supplement use. Patients were restricted from receiving any injection therapy or narcotic pain medication in an effort to isolate the effects of bracing on relief of pain and other symptoms.
All patients were examined by an orthopedic surgeon or fellowship-trained primary care sports medicine specialist. Age, sex, height, and weight data were recorded. Body mass index was calculated. Anteroposterior, lateral, flexion weight-bearing, and long-leg standing radiographs were obtained. Two orthopedic surgeons blindly graded OA12 and calculated knee varus angles.13 Values were averaged, and intraobserver reliability and interobserver reliability were calculated.
Prospective subjective outcomes were evaluated with the Knee Injury and Osteoarthritis Outcome Score (KOOS), administered on study entry and at 4, 8, 16, and 24 weeks during the study. The KOOS has 5 subscales: Pain, Symptoms, Function in Daily Living, Function in Sport and Recreation, and Knee-Related Quality of Life. Each subscale is scored separately. Items are rated 0 (extreme problems) to 100 (no problems). Patients were also asked to complete a weekly diary, which included visual analog scale (VAS) ratings of pain, NSAID use, sleep, and activity level. VAS items were rated 1 (extreme problems) to 100 (no problems). For brace-group patients, hours of brace use per day were recorded. Patients were required to use the brace for a minimum of 4 hours per day.
KOOS and VAS data were analyzed with repeated-measures analysis of variance. Significance level was set at P < .05.
Results
Of the 50 patients randomized, 31 (16 brace, 15 control) completed the study. Of the 19 dropouts, 10 were in the brace group (4 dropped out because of brace discomfort) and 9 in the control group (5 dropped out because of significant pain and the desire for more aggressive treatment with injections). The target patient numbers based on the power analysis were not achieved because of patient enrollment difficulties resulting from the strict criteria established in the study design.
The brace group consisted of 8 men and 8 women. Braces were worn an average of 6.7 hours per day. The control group consisted of 8 men and 7 women. The groups were not significantly different in age, height, weight, body mass index, measured varus knee angle, or arthritis grade (Table 1).
Radiographs were assessed by 2 orthopedic surgeons. Varus angle measurements showed high interobserver reliability (.904, P = .03) and high intraobserver reliability (.969, P = .05); arthritis grades showed low interobserver reliability (.469, P = .59) and high intraobserver reliability (.810, P = .001).
KOOS results showed that, compared with control patients, brace patients had significantly less pain (P < .001), fewer arthritis symptoms (P = .007), better ability to engage in activities of daily living (ADLs) (P = .008), and better total knee function (P = .004) (Figures 1-4). The groups did not differ in ability to engage in sport and recreation (P = .402) or in knee-related quality of life (P = .718), but each parameter showed a trend to be better in the brace group. There was no effect of time in any KOOS subscale. Confidence intervals for these data are listed in Table 2.
VAS results showed that, compared with control patients, brace patients had significantly less pain throughout the day (P = .021) and better activity levels (P = .035) (Figures 5, 6). The groups did not differ in ability to sleep (P = .117) or NSAID use (P = .138), but each parameter showed a trend to be better in the brace group. There was no effect of time in either VAS.
Discussion
We conducted this study to determine the efficacy of a medial unloader brace in reducing the pain and symptoms associated with varus knee OA.
Although TKA is an option for patients with significant end-stage knee OA, mild OA and moderate OA typically are managed with nonoperative modalities. These modalities can be effective and may delay or eliminate the need for surgery, which poses a small but definite risk. Delaying surgery, especially in younger, active patients, has the potential to reduce the number of wear-related revision surgeries.14
Braces designed to off-load the more diseased medial or lateral compartment of the knee have been used in an effort to provide relief from symptomatic OA. There is a lack of appropriately powered, randomized controlled studies on the efficacy of these braces. With the evidence being inconclusive, the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons is unable to recommend for or against use of a brace in medial unicompartmental OA.11 More research on the efficacy of these braces is needed. In the present study, we asked 2 questions: Does use of an unloader brace lessen the pain associated with knee OA? Is the unloader brace an acceptable and valid treatment modality for knee OA?
The 2 clinical outcome tools used in this study showed significant improvement in pain in brace patients compared with control patients. KOOS results showed reduced pain and arthritis symptoms. VAS results showed less pain experienced throughout the day. Pain reduction is probably the most important benefit of any nonoperative modality for knee OA. Pain typically is the driving force and the major indication for TKA. Other investigators have found pain reduced with use of unloader braces, but few long-term prospective randomized trials have been conducted. Ramsey and colleagues15 compared a neutral stabilizing brace with a medial unloading brace and found that both helped reduce pain and functional disability. This led to discussion about the 2 major potential mechanisms for symptom relief. One theory holds that bracing unloads the diseased portion of the joint and thereby helps improve symptoms.16-18 According to the other theory, bracing stabilizes the knee, reducing muscle cocontractions and joint compression.15,19,20 Draganich and colleagues21 found that both off-the-shelf and adjustable unloader braces reduced pain. In a short-term (8-week) study, Barnes and colleagues22 found substantial improvement in knee pain with use of an unloader brace. In one of the larger, better designed, prospective studies, Brouwer and colleagues23 found borderline but significant improvements in pain. Larsen and colleagues,24 in another short-term study, found no improvement in pain but did report improved activity levels with use of a medial unloader brace.
In addition to demonstrating pain reduction, our results showed that, compared with control patients, brace patients had fewer arthritis symptoms, better ability to engage in ADLs, and increased activity levels. Other studies have identified additional benefits of bracing for knee arthritis. Larsen and colleagues24 found that valgus bracing for medial compartment knee OA improved walking and sit-to-stand activities. Although pain relief results were modest, Brouwer and colleagues23 found significantly better knee function and longer walking distances for patients who used a medial unloader brace. Hewett and colleagues25 found that pain, ADLs, and walking distance were all improved after 9 weeks of brace wear.
Our study had a few limitations. Although injections and narcotic pain medications were not allowed, NSAIDs, home exercises, and other modalities were permitted. We did not think it was reasonable to eliminate every nonoperative modality during the 6-month study period. Therefore, it is possible that some of the study population’s improvements are attributable to these other modalities, which were not rigidly controlled.
Patient enrollment was difficult because of the strict inclusion and exclusion criteria used. The result was a smaller than anticipated patient population. Although there were many excellent study candidates, most declined enrollment when they learned they could be randomized to the control group. These patients were not willing to forgo injections or bracing for 6 months. We thought it was important to maintain our study design because it allowed us to evaluate the true effect of brace use while eliminating confounding variables. Nearly equal numbers of brace and control patients dropped out of the study. The majority of control group dropouts wanted more treatment options, indicating that NSAIDs and exercises alone were not controlling patients’ symptoms. This finding supports recommendations for a multimodal approach to treatment. As expected, some patients dropped out because their brace was uncomfortable—an important finding that should be considered when counseling patients about treatment options for OA.
Not all patients are candidates for braces. Braces can be irritating and uncomfortable for obese patients and patients with skin or vascular issues. Some patients find braces inconvenient. As discussed, a multimodal OA treatment approach is encouraged, but not every mode fits every patient. Physician and patient should thoroughly discuss the benefits and potential problems of brace use before prescribing. Our study results showed trends toward better improvements for brace patients (compared with control patients) in quality of life, ability to engage in sport and recreation, ability to sleep, and need for NSAIDs. Had we enrolled more patients, we might have found statistical significance for these trends. Despite the challenges with patient enrollment and study population size, the data make clear that unloader braces can benefit appropriate patients.
Our findings support use of a medial unloader brace as an acceptable and valid treatment modality for mild and moderate knee OA. The medial unloader brace should be considered a reasonable alternative, as part of a multimodal approach, to more invasive options, such as TKA.
1. Michaud C, McKenna M, Begg S, et al. The burden of disease and injury in the United States 1996. Popul Health Metr. 2006;4:11.
2. Lawrence RC, Felson DT, Helmick CG, et al; National Arthritis Data Workgroup. Estimates of the prevalence of arthritis and other rheumatic conditions in the United States. Part II. Arthritis Rheum. 2008;58(1):26-35.
3. Woolf AD, Pfleger B. Burden of major musculoskeletal conditions. Bull World Health Organ. 2003;81(9):646-656.
4. London NJ, Miller LE, Block JE. Clinical and economic consequences of the treatment gap in knee osteoarthritis management. Med Hypotheses. 2011;76(6):887-892.
5. Hochberg MC, Altman RD, April KT, et al; American College of Rheumatology. American College of Rheumatology 2012 recommendations for the use of nonpharmacologic and pharmacologic therapies in osteoarthritis of the hand, hip, and knee. Arthritis Care Res. 2012;64(4):465-474.
6. McAlindon TE, Bannuru RR, Sullivan MC, et al. OARSI guidelines for the non-surgical management of knee osteoarthritis. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2014;22(3):363-388.
7. Gallelli L, Galasso O, Falcone D, et al. The effects of nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs on clinical outcomes, synovial fluid cytokine concentration and signal transduction pathways in knee osteoarthritis. A randomized open label trial. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2013;21(9):1400-1408.
8. Pollo FE, Jackson RW. Knee bracing for unicompartmental osteoarthritis. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2006;14(1):5-11.
9. Ramsey DK, Russell ME. Unloader braces for medial compartment knee osteoarthritis: implications on mediating progression. Sports Health. 2009;1(5):416-426.
10. Zhang W, Moskowitz RW, Nuki G, et al. OARSI recommendations for the management of hip and knee osteoarthritis, part II: OARSI evidence-based, expert consensus guidelines. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2008;16(2):137-162.
11. Richmond J, Hunter D, Irrgang J, et al; American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons. American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons clinical practice guideline on the treatment of osteoarthritis (OA) of the knee. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2010;92(4):990-993.
12. Kellgren JH, Lawrence JS. Radiological assessment of osteo-arthrosis. Ann Rheum Dis. 1957;16(4):494-502.
13. Dugdale TW, Noyes FR, Styer D. Preoperative planning for high tibial osteotomy. The effect of lateral tibiofemoral separation and tibiofemoral length. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1992;(274):248-264.
14. Weinstein AM, Rome BN, Reichmann WM, et al. Estimating the burden of total knee replacement in the United States. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2013;95(5):385-392.
15. Ramsey DK, Briem K, Axe MJ, Snyder-Mackler L. A mechanical theory for the effectiveness of bracing for medial compartment osteoarthritis of the knee. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2007;89(11):2398-2407.
16. Haim A, Wolf A, Rubin G, Genis Y, Khoury M, Rozen N. Effect of center of pressure modulation on knee adduction moment in medial compartment knee osteoarthritis. J Orthop Res. 2011;29(11):1668-1674.
17. Pollo FE, Otis JC, Backus SI, Warren RF, Wickiewicz TL. Reduction of medial compartment loads with valgus bracing of the osteoarthritic knee. Am J Sports Med. 2002;30(3):414-421.
18. Shelburne KB, Torry MR, Steadman JR, Pandy MG. Effects of foot orthoses and valgus bracing on the knee adduction moment and medial joint load during gait. Clin Biomech. 2008;23(6):814-821.
19. Lewek MD, Ramsey DK, Snyder-Mackler L, Rudolph KS. Knee stabilization in patients with medial compartment knee osteoarthritis. Arthritis Rheum. 2005;52(9):2845-2853.
20. Lewek MD, Rudolph KS, Snyder-Mackler L. Control of frontal plane knee laxity during gait in patients with medial compartment knee osteoarthritis. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2004;12(9):745-751.
21. Draganich L, Reider B, Rimington T, Piotrowski G, Mallik K, Nasson S. The effectiveness of self-adjustable custom and off-the-shelf bracing in the treatment of varus gonarthrosis. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2006;88(12):2645-2652.
22. Barnes CL, Cawley PW, Hederman B. Effect of CounterForce brace on symptomatic relief in a group of patients with symptomatic unicompartmental osteoarthritis: a prospective 2-year investigation. Am J Orthop. 2002;31(7):396-401.
23. Brouwer RW, van Raaij TM, Verhaar JA, Coene LN, Bierma-Zeinstra SM. Brace treatment for osteoarthritis of the knee: a prospective randomized multi-centre trial. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2006;14(8):777-783.
24. Larsen BL, Jacofsky MC, Brown JA, Jacofsky DJ. Valgus bracing affords short-term treatment solution across walking and sit-to-stand activities. J Arthroplasty. 2013;28(5):792-797.
25. Hewett TE, Noyes FR, Barber-Westin SD, Heckmann TP. Decrease in knee joint pain and increase in function in patients with medial compartment arthrosis: a prospective analysis of valgus bracing. Orthopedics. 1998;21(2):131-138.
1. Michaud C, McKenna M, Begg S, et al. The burden of disease and injury in the United States 1996. Popul Health Metr. 2006;4:11.
2. Lawrence RC, Felson DT, Helmick CG, et al; National Arthritis Data Workgroup. Estimates of the prevalence of arthritis and other rheumatic conditions in the United States. Part II. Arthritis Rheum. 2008;58(1):26-35.
3. Woolf AD, Pfleger B. Burden of major musculoskeletal conditions. Bull World Health Organ. 2003;81(9):646-656.
4. London NJ, Miller LE, Block JE. Clinical and economic consequences of the treatment gap in knee osteoarthritis management. Med Hypotheses. 2011;76(6):887-892.
5. Hochberg MC, Altman RD, April KT, et al; American College of Rheumatology. American College of Rheumatology 2012 recommendations for the use of nonpharmacologic and pharmacologic therapies in osteoarthritis of the hand, hip, and knee. Arthritis Care Res. 2012;64(4):465-474.
6. McAlindon TE, Bannuru RR, Sullivan MC, et al. OARSI guidelines for the non-surgical management of knee osteoarthritis. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2014;22(3):363-388.
7. Gallelli L, Galasso O, Falcone D, et al. The effects of nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs on clinical outcomes, synovial fluid cytokine concentration and signal transduction pathways in knee osteoarthritis. A randomized open label trial. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2013;21(9):1400-1408.
8. Pollo FE, Jackson RW. Knee bracing for unicompartmental osteoarthritis. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2006;14(1):5-11.
9. Ramsey DK, Russell ME. Unloader braces for medial compartment knee osteoarthritis: implications on mediating progression. Sports Health. 2009;1(5):416-426.
10. Zhang W, Moskowitz RW, Nuki G, et al. OARSI recommendations for the management of hip and knee osteoarthritis, part II: OARSI evidence-based, expert consensus guidelines. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2008;16(2):137-162.
11. Richmond J, Hunter D, Irrgang J, et al; American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons. American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons clinical practice guideline on the treatment of osteoarthritis (OA) of the knee. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2010;92(4):990-993.
12. Kellgren JH, Lawrence JS. Radiological assessment of osteo-arthrosis. Ann Rheum Dis. 1957;16(4):494-502.
13. Dugdale TW, Noyes FR, Styer D. Preoperative planning for high tibial osteotomy. The effect of lateral tibiofemoral separation and tibiofemoral length. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1992;(274):248-264.
14. Weinstein AM, Rome BN, Reichmann WM, et al. Estimating the burden of total knee replacement in the United States. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2013;95(5):385-392.
15. Ramsey DK, Briem K, Axe MJ, Snyder-Mackler L. A mechanical theory for the effectiveness of bracing for medial compartment osteoarthritis of the knee. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2007;89(11):2398-2407.
16. Haim A, Wolf A, Rubin G, Genis Y, Khoury M, Rozen N. Effect of center of pressure modulation on knee adduction moment in medial compartment knee osteoarthritis. J Orthop Res. 2011;29(11):1668-1674.
17. Pollo FE, Otis JC, Backus SI, Warren RF, Wickiewicz TL. Reduction of medial compartment loads with valgus bracing of the osteoarthritic knee. Am J Sports Med. 2002;30(3):414-421.
18. Shelburne KB, Torry MR, Steadman JR, Pandy MG. Effects of foot orthoses and valgus bracing on the knee adduction moment and medial joint load during gait. Clin Biomech. 2008;23(6):814-821.
19. Lewek MD, Ramsey DK, Snyder-Mackler L, Rudolph KS. Knee stabilization in patients with medial compartment knee osteoarthritis. Arthritis Rheum. 2005;52(9):2845-2853.
20. Lewek MD, Rudolph KS, Snyder-Mackler L. Control of frontal plane knee laxity during gait in patients with medial compartment knee osteoarthritis. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2004;12(9):745-751.
21. Draganich L, Reider B, Rimington T, Piotrowski G, Mallik K, Nasson S. The effectiveness of self-adjustable custom and off-the-shelf bracing in the treatment of varus gonarthrosis. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2006;88(12):2645-2652.
22. Barnes CL, Cawley PW, Hederman B. Effect of CounterForce brace on symptomatic relief in a group of patients with symptomatic unicompartmental osteoarthritis: a prospective 2-year investigation. Am J Orthop. 2002;31(7):396-401.
23. Brouwer RW, van Raaij TM, Verhaar JA, Coene LN, Bierma-Zeinstra SM. Brace treatment for osteoarthritis of the knee: a prospective randomized multi-centre trial. Osteoarthritis Cartilage. 2006;14(8):777-783.
24. Larsen BL, Jacofsky MC, Brown JA, Jacofsky DJ. Valgus bracing affords short-term treatment solution across walking and sit-to-stand activities. J Arthroplasty. 2013;28(5):792-797.
25. Hewett TE, Noyes FR, Barber-Westin SD, Heckmann TP. Decrease in knee joint pain and increase in function in patients with medial compartment arthrosis: a prospective analysis of valgus bracing. Orthopedics. 1998;21(2):131-138.
Platelet-Rich Plasma Can Be Used to Successfully Treat Elbow Ulnar Collateral Ligament Insufficiency in High-Level Throwers
For overhead athletes, elbow ulnar collateral ligament (UCL) insufficiency is a potential career-ending injury. Baseball players with UCL insufficiency typically complain of medial-sided elbow pain that affects their ability to throw. Loss of velocity, loss of control, difficulty warming up, and pain while throwing are all symptoms of UCL injury.
Classically, nonoperative treatment of UCL injuries involves activity modification, use of anti-inflammatory medication, and a structured physical therapy program. Asymptomatic players can return to throwing after a structured interval throwing program. Rettig and colleagues1 found a 42% rate of success in conservatively treating UCL injuries in throwing athletes. UCL reconstruction is reserved for players with complete tears of the UCL or with partial tears after failed conservative treatment. Several techniques have been used to reconstruct the ligament, but successful outcomes depend on a long rehabilitation process. According to most published series, 85% to 90% of athletes who had UCL reconstruction returned to their previous level of play, but it took, on average, 9 to 12 months.2,3 This prolonged recovery period is one reason that some older professional baseball players, as well as casual high school and college players, elect to forgo surgery.
Over the past few years, platelet-rich plasma (PRP) has garnered attention as a bridge between conservative treatment and surgery. PRP refers to a sample of autologous blood that contains a platelet concentration higher than baseline levels. This sample often has a 3 to 5 times increase in growth factor concentration.4-6 Initial studies focused on its ability to successfully treat lateral epicondylitis.7-9 More recent clinical work has shown that PRP can potentially enhance healing after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction,10-14 rotator cuff repair,15-17 and subacromial decompression.11,18-23 If PRP could be used to successfully treat UCL insufficiency that is refractory to conservative treatment, then year-long recovery periods could be avoided. This could potentially prolong certain athletes’ careers or, at the very least, allow them to return to play much sooner. In the present case series, we hypothesized that PRP injections could be used to successfully treat partial UCL tears in high-level throwing athletes, obviating the need for surgery and its associated prolonged recovery period.
Materials and Methods
Institutional Review Board approval was obtained for this retrospective study of 44 baseball players treated with PRP injections for partial-thickness UCL tears.
Patients provided written informed consent. They were diagnosed with UCL insufficiency by physical examination, and findings were confirmed by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). After diagnosis, all throwers underwent a trial of conservative treatment that included rest, activity modification, use of anti-inflammatory medication, and physical therapy followed by an attempt to return to throwing using an interval throwing program.
Study inclusion criteria were physical examinations and MRI results consistent with UCL insufficiency, and failure of the conservative treatment plan described.
Patients were injected using the Autologous Conditioned Plasma system (Arthrex). PRP solutions were prepared according to manufacturer guidelines. After the elbow was prepared sterilely, the UCL was injected at the location of the tear. Typically, 3 mL of PRP was injected into the elbow. Sixteen patients had 1 injection, 6 had 2, and 22 had 3. Repeat injections were considered for recalcitrant pain after 3 weeks.
After injection, patients used acetaminophen and ice for pain control. Anti-inflammatory medications were avoided for a minimum of 2 weeks after injection. Typical postinjection therapy protocol consisted of rest followed by progressive stretching and strengthening for about 4 to 6 weeks before the start of an interval throwing program. Although there is no well-defined postinjection recovery protocol, as a general rule rest was prescribed for the first 2 weeks, followed by a progressive stretching and strengthening program for the next month. Patients who were asymptomatic subjectively and clinically—negative moving valgus stress test, negative milking maneuver, no pain with valgus stress—were started on an interval throwing program.
Final follow-up involved a physical examination. Results were classified according to a modified version of the Conway Scale12,24-26: excellent (return to preinjury level of competition or performance), good (return to play at a lower level of competition or performance or, specifically for baseball players, ability to throw in daily batting practice), fair (able to play recreationally), and poor (unable to return to previous sport at any level).
By final follow-up, all patients had completed their postoperative rehabilitation protocol, and all had at least tried to return to their previous activities. No patients were lost to follow-up.
Results
Of the 44 baseball players, 6 were professional, 14 were in college, and 24 were in high school. There were 36 pitchers and 8 position players. Mean age was 17.3 years (range, 16-28 years). All patients were available for follow-up after injection (mean, 11 months). Fifteen of the 44 players had an excellent outcome (34%), 17 had a good outcome, 2 had a fair outcome, and 10 had a poor outcome. After injection, 4 (67%) of the 6 professional baseball players returned to professional play. Five (36%) of the 14 college players had an excellent outcome, and 4 (17%) of the 24 high school players had an excellent outcome. Of the 8 position players, 4 had an excellent outcome, 3 had a good outcome, and 1 had a poor outcome.
Before treatment, all patients had medial-sided elbow pain over the UCL inhibiting their ability to throw. Mean duration of symptoms before injection was 8.8 months (range, 1-36 months). There was no correlation between symptom duration and any outcome measure. On MRI, 29 patients showed partial tears: 22 proximally based and 7 distally based. The other 15 patients had diffuse signal without partial tear. All 7 patients with distally based partial tears and 3 of the patients with proximally based partial tears had a poor outcome. Overall, there were 6 excellent, 7 good, and 2 fair outcomes in the partial-tear group. In the patients with diffuse signal without partial tear, there were 9 excellent and 10 good outcomes.
Mean time from injection to return to throwing was 5 weeks, and mean time to return to competition was 12 weeks (range, 5-24 weeks). The 1 player who returned at 5 weeks was a professional relief pitcher whose team was in the playoffs. He has now pitched for an additional 2 baseball seasons without elbow difficulty.
There were no injection-related complications.
Discussion
To our knowledge, this is the first report documenting successful PRP treatment of UCL insufficiency. In this study, 73% of players who had failed a course of conservative treatment had good to excellent outcomes with PRP injection.
Data on successful nonoperative treatment of UCL injuries are limited. Rettig and colleagues1 treated 31 throwing athletes’ UCL injuries with a supervised rehabilitation program. Treatment included rest, use of anti-inflammatory medication, progressive strengthening, and an interval throwing program. Only 41% of the athletes returned to their previous level of play, and it took, on average, 24.5 weeks. There was no significant difference in age or in duration or acuity of symptoms between those who returned to play and those whose conservative treatment failed.
Surgical reconstruction of UCL injuries has been very successful, with upward of 90% of athletes returning to previous level of play.3,27The procedure, however, is not without associated complications, including retear of the ligament, stiffness, ulnar nerve injury, and fracture.27-29 In addition, even when successful, the procedure requires that athletes take 9 to 12 months to recover before returning to competition at their previous level.
Savoie and colleagues,30 in their recent study on UCL repairs, highlighted an important fact that is often overlooked when reviewing the literature on UCL tears. Most of the literature on these injuries focuses on college and professional baseball players in whom ligament damage is often extensive, precluding repair. In contrast to prior reports, Savoie and colleagues30 found excellent results in 93% of their young athletes who underwent UCL repair. It is possible that their results can be attributed to the fact that many of their athletes had tears isolated to one area of the ligament, as opposed to generalized ligament incompetence. Our improved results vis-à-vis other reports on conservative management may be attributable to the same phenomenon.
PRP has garnered much attention in the literature and media because of its potential to enhance healing of tendons and ligaments; in some cases, it can obviate the need for surgery. After failure of other nonoperative measures in 15 patients with elbow epicondylitis, Mishra and Pavelko8 treated each patient with a single PRP injection. They prepared the PRP using the GPS III system (Biomet). At final follow-up, 93% improvement was seen. Clearly, their experiment had design flaws: It was nonblinded, and 3 of the 5 patients in the control group treated with bupivacaine injection withdrew from the experiment. Despite its shortcomings, their study became the impetus for several other studies.
A larger, double-blinded, randomized controlled trial comparing PRP and cortisone injections for lateral epicondylitis in 100 patients is under way, and preliminary results have been published.9 A minimum of 6 months after injection, patients who received PRP showed more improvement in visual analog scale (VAS) pain scores and Disabilities of the Arm, Shoulder, and Hand (DASH) questionnaire scores. In another large, double-blinded, randomized controlled trial, patients with chronic lateral epicondylitis had significant improvements in VAS pain scores and DASH scores relative to patients injected with corticosteroids with a 2-year follow-up.31 Similarly, Thanasas and colleagues32 found significantly reduced VAS pain scores in patients injected with PRP versus autologous whole blood. Another study demonstrated improved tendon morphology using ultrasound imaging 6 months after PRP injection.33
Contrary to these positive results, Krogh and colleagues34 found that a single injection of PRP or glucocorticoid was not significantly superior to a saline injection for reducing pain and disability over a 3-month period in patients with lateral epicondylitis. Their study, however, had major flaws. Its original design called for a 12-month follow-up, but there was massive dropout in all 3 treatment arms, necessitating reporting of only 3-month data. In addition, 60% of the patients in the glucocorticoid group were not naïve to this treatment, so definitive conclusions about the efficacy of glucocorticoids could not be made.
In the present study, we successfully treated partial ligament tears with PRP injections. Sixty-seven percent of our baseball players returned to play at a mean of 4 months, much earlier than the 9 to 12 months typically required after ligament reconstruction. Many athletes, such as high school baseball players or aging veteran professional baseball players, do not have the luxury of 12 months for recovery. Therefore, this select group of patients clearly has a limited window of opportunity to return to play. In fact, these patients might be ideal candidates for PRP injections for UCL injuries. Return-to-play rates, however, differed significantly among professional players and nonprofessional players. The difference may be attributable to professional players’ conditioning, quality of physical therapy, extrinsic motivation, and other intangible factors. Four (67%) of our 6 professional baseball players returned to professional play after injection, whereas only 36% of college players and 17% of high school players had excellent outcomes.
Limitations
The present study had several weaknesses, several of which are inherent to PRP studies conducted so far. It was not a prospective, randomized controlled trial. It is important to note that PRP treatment in diseased tissue may have some drawbacks, as its success depends on the ability of healing tissue to use concentrated growth factors and cytokines to proliferate.35 Thus, a chronically injured ligament with depleted active cells may have a diminished response to PRP. Another limitation of this study is that we evaluated outcomes based on return to play using the Conway Scale, which is well reported but not validated. Despite the potential weaknesses of this outcome scale, it has become the benchmark for measuring the success of outcomes of UCL reconstruction. Furthermore, we did not measure patients’ satisfaction with the treatment. Players who could not return to their preinjury level of play may have considered the treatment a failure regardless of their ability to continue throwing. Last, MRI was not repeated to document ligament healing. We did not routinely perform a second MRI because we thought it would not affect treatment. Several series have found a high incidence of abnormal signal in baseball players’ UCLs. In this group of patients, the most important outcome is return to previous level of competition.
This study raised several questions. Is one PRP brand better than another? Should more than 1 injection be given? What is the ideal postinjection protocol? Clearly, larger, prospective, randomized controlled studies are needed to truly elucidate the potential role of PRP in the treatment algorithm for UCL injury. Nevertheless, in certain cases in which traditional conservative measures have failed and patients do not have the luxury of rehabilitating for 9 to 12 months after surgery, PRP may be a viable treatment option.
Conclusion
In this study, use of PRP in the treatment of UCL insufficiency produced outcomes much better than earlier reported outcomes of conservative treatment of these injuries. PRP injections may be particularly beneficial in young athletes who have sustained acute damage to an isolated part of the ligament and in athletes unwilling or unable to undergo the extended rehabilitation required after surgical reconstruction of the ligament.
1. Rettig AC, Sherrill C, Snead DS, Mendler JC, Mieling P. Nonoperative treatment of ulnar collateral ligament injuries in throwing athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2001;29(1):15-17.
2. Eygendaal D, Rahussen FT, Diercks RL. Biomechanics of the elbow joint in tennis players and relation to pathology. Br J Sports Med. 2007;41(11):820-823.
3. Bowers AL, Dines JS, Dines DM, Altchek DW. Elbow medial ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction: clinical relevance and the docking technique. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2010;19(2):110-117.
5. Kibler WB. Biomechanical analysis of the shoulder during tennis activities. Clin Sports Med. 1995;14(1):79-85.
5. Marx RE. Platelet-rich plasma: evidence to support its use. J Oral Maxillofac Surg. 2004;62(4):489-496.
6. Marx RE. Platelet-rich plasma (PRP): what is PRP and what is not PRP? Implant Dent. 2001;10(4):225-228.
7. Elliott B, Fleisig G, Nicholls R, Escamilia R. Technique effects on upper limb loading in the tennis serve. J Sci Med Sport. 2003;6(1):76-87.
8. Mishra A, Pavelko T. Treatment of chronic elbow tendinosis with buffered platelet-rich plasma. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34(11):1774-1778.
9. Mishra A, Woodall J Jr, Vieira A. Treatment of tendon and muscle using platelet-rich plasma. Clin Sports Med. 2009;28(1):113-125.
10. Kovacs MS. Applied physiology of tennis performance. Br J Sports Med. 2006;40(5):381-386.
11. Xie X, Wu H, Zhao S, Xie G, Huangfu X, Zhao J. The effect of platelet-rich plasma on patterns of gene expression in a dog model of anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. J Surg Res. 2013;180(1):80-88.
12. Pluim BM, Staal JB, Windler GE, Jayanthi N. Tennis injuries: occurrence, aetiology, and prevention. Br J Sports Med. 2006;40(5):415-423.
13. Xie X, Zhao S, Wu H, et al. Platelet-rich plasma enhances autograft revascularization and reinnervation in a dog model of anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. J Surg Res. 2013;183(1):214-222.
14. Lopez-Vidriero E, Goulding KA, Simon DA, Sanchez M, Johnson DH. The use of platelet-rich plasma in arthroscopy and sports medicine: optimizing the healing environment. Arthroscopy. 2010;26(2):269-278.
15. Jo CH, Shin JS, Shin WH, Lee SY, Yoon KS, Shin S. Platelet-rich plasma for arthroscopic repair of medium to large rotator cuff tears: a randomized controlled trial. Am J Sports Med. 2015;43(9):2102-2110.
16. Jo CH, Shin JS, Lee YG, et al. Platelet-rich plasma for arthroscopic repair of large to massive rotator cuff tears: a randomized, single-blinded, parallel-group trial. Am J Sports Med. 2013;41(10):2240-2248.
17. Randelli P, Arrigoni P, Ragone V, Aliprandi A, Cabitza P. Platelet-rich plasma in arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: a prospective RCT study, 2-year follow-up. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2011;20(4):518-528.
18. Randelli P, Arrigoni P, Ragone V, Aliprandi A, Cabitza P. Platelet rich plasma in arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: a prospective RCT study, 2-year follow-up. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2011;20(4):518-528.
19. Barber FA, Hrnack SA, Snyder SJ, Hapa O. Rotator cuff repair healing influenced by platelet-rich plasma construct augmentation. Arthroscopy. 2011;27(8):1029-1035.
20. Jo CH, Kim JE, Yoon KS, et al. Does platelet-rich plasma accelerate recovery after rotator cuff repair? A prospective cohort study. Am J Sports Med. 2011;39(10):2082-2090.
21. Jo CH, Kim JE, Yoon KS, Shin S. Platelet-rich plasma stimulates cell proliferation and enhances matrix gene expression and synthesis in tenocytes from human rotator cuff tendons with degenerative tears. Am J Sports Med. 2012;40(5):1035-1045.
22. Chahal J, Van Thiel GS, Mall N, et al. The role of platelet-rich plasma in arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: a systematic review with quantitative synthesis. Arthroscopy. 2012;28(11):1718-1727.
23. Mei-Dan O, Carmont MR. The role of platelet-rich plasma in rotator cuff repair. Sports Med Arthrosc Rev. 2011;19(3):244-250.
24. Dines JS, ElAttrache NS, Conway JE, Smith W, Ahmad CS. Clinical outcomes of the DANE TJ technique to treat ulnar collateral ligament insufficiency of the elbow. Am J Sports Med. 2007;35(12):2039-2044.
25. Hutchinson MR, Laprade RF, Burnett QM 2nd, Moss R, Terpstra J. Injury surveillance at the USTA boys’ tennis championships: a 6-yr study. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 1995;27(6):826-830.
26. Winge S, Jørgensen U, Nielsen A. Epidemiology of injuries in Danish championship tennis. Int J Sports Med. 1989;10(5):368-371.
27. Safran MR, Hutchinson MR, Moss R, Albrandt J. A comparison of injuries in elite boys and girls tennis players. Paper presented at: 9th Annual Meeting of the Society of Tennis Medicine and Science; March 1999; Indian Wells, CA.
28. Cain EL, Andrews JR, Dugas JR, et al. Outcome of ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction of the elbow in 1281 athletes: results in 743 athletes with minimum 2-year follow-up. Am J Sports Med. 2010;38(12):2426-2434.
29. Dines JS, Yocum LA, Frank JB, ElAttrache NS, Gambardella RA, Jobe FW. Revision surgery for failed elbow medial collateral ligament reconstruction. Am J Sports Med. 2008;36(6):1061-1065.
30. Savoie FH, Trenhaile SW, Roberts J, Field LD, Ramsey JR. Primary repair of ulnar collateral ligament injuries of the elbow in young athletes: a case series of injuries to the proximal and distal ends of the ligament. Am J Sports Med. 2008;36(6):1066-1072.
31. Gosens T, Peerbooms JC, van Laar W, Oudsten den BL. Ongoing positive effect of platelet-rich plasma versus corticosteroid injection in lateral epicondylitis: a double-blind randomized controlled trial with 2-year follow-up. Am J Sports Med. 2011;39(6):1200-1208.
32. Thanasas C, Papadimitriou G, Charalambidis C, Paraskevopoulos I, Papanikolaou A. Platelet-rich plasma versus autologous whole blood for the treatment of chronic lateral elbow epicondylitis: a randomized controlled clinical trial. Am J Sports Med. 2011;39(10):2130-2134.
33. Chaudhury S, La Lama de M, Adler RS, et al. Platelet-rich plasma for the treatment of lateral epicondylitis: sonographic assessment of tendon morphology and vascularity (pilot study). Skeletal Radiol. 2013;42(1):91-97.
34. Krogh TP, Fredberg U, Stengaard-Pedersen K, Christensen R, Jensen P, Ellingsen T. Treatment of lateral epicondylitis with platelet-rich plasma, glucocorticoid, or saline: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Am J Sports Med. 2013;41(3):625-635.
35. Anz AW, Hackel JG, Nilssen EC, Andrews JR. Application of biologics in the treatment of the rotator cuff, meniscus, cartilage, and osteoarthritis. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2014;22(2):68-79.
For overhead athletes, elbow ulnar collateral ligament (UCL) insufficiency is a potential career-ending injury. Baseball players with UCL insufficiency typically complain of medial-sided elbow pain that affects their ability to throw. Loss of velocity, loss of control, difficulty warming up, and pain while throwing are all symptoms of UCL injury.
Classically, nonoperative treatment of UCL injuries involves activity modification, use of anti-inflammatory medication, and a structured physical therapy program. Asymptomatic players can return to throwing after a structured interval throwing program. Rettig and colleagues1 found a 42% rate of success in conservatively treating UCL injuries in throwing athletes. UCL reconstruction is reserved for players with complete tears of the UCL or with partial tears after failed conservative treatment. Several techniques have been used to reconstruct the ligament, but successful outcomes depend on a long rehabilitation process. According to most published series, 85% to 90% of athletes who had UCL reconstruction returned to their previous level of play, but it took, on average, 9 to 12 months.2,3 This prolonged recovery period is one reason that some older professional baseball players, as well as casual high school and college players, elect to forgo surgery.
Over the past few years, platelet-rich plasma (PRP) has garnered attention as a bridge between conservative treatment and surgery. PRP refers to a sample of autologous blood that contains a platelet concentration higher than baseline levels. This sample often has a 3 to 5 times increase in growth factor concentration.4-6 Initial studies focused on its ability to successfully treat lateral epicondylitis.7-9 More recent clinical work has shown that PRP can potentially enhance healing after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction,10-14 rotator cuff repair,15-17 and subacromial decompression.11,18-23 If PRP could be used to successfully treat UCL insufficiency that is refractory to conservative treatment, then year-long recovery periods could be avoided. This could potentially prolong certain athletes’ careers or, at the very least, allow them to return to play much sooner. In the present case series, we hypothesized that PRP injections could be used to successfully treat partial UCL tears in high-level throwing athletes, obviating the need for surgery and its associated prolonged recovery period.
Materials and Methods
Institutional Review Board approval was obtained for this retrospective study of 44 baseball players treated with PRP injections for partial-thickness UCL tears.
Patients provided written informed consent. They were diagnosed with UCL insufficiency by physical examination, and findings were confirmed by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). After diagnosis, all throwers underwent a trial of conservative treatment that included rest, activity modification, use of anti-inflammatory medication, and physical therapy followed by an attempt to return to throwing using an interval throwing program.
Study inclusion criteria were physical examinations and MRI results consistent with UCL insufficiency, and failure of the conservative treatment plan described.
Patients were injected using the Autologous Conditioned Plasma system (Arthrex). PRP solutions were prepared according to manufacturer guidelines. After the elbow was prepared sterilely, the UCL was injected at the location of the tear. Typically, 3 mL of PRP was injected into the elbow. Sixteen patients had 1 injection, 6 had 2, and 22 had 3. Repeat injections were considered for recalcitrant pain after 3 weeks.
After injection, patients used acetaminophen and ice for pain control. Anti-inflammatory medications were avoided for a minimum of 2 weeks after injection. Typical postinjection therapy protocol consisted of rest followed by progressive stretching and strengthening for about 4 to 6 weeks before the start of an interval throwing program. Although there is no well-defined postinjection recovery protocol, as a general rule rest was prescribed for the first 2 weeks, followed by a progressive stretching and strengthening program for the next month. Patients who were asymptomatic subjectively and clinically—negative moving valgus stress test, negative milking maneuver, no pain with valgus stress—were started on an interval throwing program.
Final follow-up involved a physical examination. Results were classified according to a modified version of the Conway Scale12,24-26: excellent (return to preinjury level of competition or performance), good (return to play at a lower level of competition or performance or, specifically for baseball players, ability to throw in daily batting practice), fair (able to play recreationally), and poor (unable to return to previous sport at any level).
By final follow-up, all patients had completed their postoperative rehabilitation protocol, and all had at least tried to return to their previous activities. No patients were lost to follow-up.
Results
Of the 44 baseball players, 6 were professional, 14 were in college, and 24 were in high school. There were 36 pitchers and 8 position players. Mean age was 17.3 years (range, 16-28 years). All patients were available for follow-up after injection (mean, 11 months). Fifteen of the 44 players had an excellent outcome (34%), 17 had a good outcome, 2 had a fair outcome, and 10 had a poor outcome. After injection, 4 (67%) of the 6 professional baseball players returned to professional play. Five (36%) of the 14 college players had an excellent outcome, and 4 (17%) of the 24 high school players had an excellent outcome. Of the 8 position players, 4 had an excellent outcome, 3 had a good outcome, and 1 had a poor outcome.
Before treatment, all patients had medial-sided elbow pain over the UCL inhibiting their ability to throw. Mean duration of symptoms before injection was 8.8 months (range, 1-36 months). There was no correlation between symptom duration and any outcome measure. On MRI, 29 patients showed partial tears: 22 proximally based and 7 distally based. The other 15 patients had diffuse signal without partial tear. All 7 patients with distally based partial tears and 3 of the patients with proximally based partial tears had a poor outcome. Overall, there were 6 excellent, 7 good, and 2 fair outcomes in the partial-tear group. In the patients with diffuse signal without partial tear, there were 9 excellent and 10 good outcomes.
Mean time from injection to return to throwing was 5 weeks, and mean time to return to competition was 12 weeks (range, 5-24 weeks). The 1 player who returned at 5 weeks was a professional relief pitcher whose team was in the playoffs. He has now pitched for an additional 2 baseball seasons without elbow difficulty.
There were no injection-related complications.
Discussion
To our knowledge, this is the first report documenting successful PRP treatment of UCL insufficiency. In this study, 73% of players who had failed a course of conservative treatment had good to excellent outcomes with PRP injection.
Data on successful nonoperative treatment of UCL injuries are limited. Rettig and colleagues1 treated 31 throwing athletes’ UCL injuries with a supervised rehabilitation program. Treatment included rest, use of anti-inflammatory medication, progressive strengthening, and an interval throwing program. Only 41% of the athletes returned to their previous level of play, and it took, on average, 24.5 weeks. There was no significant difference in age or in duration or acuity of symptoms between those who returned to play and those whose conservative treatment failed.
Surgical reconstruction of UCL injuries has been very successful, with upward of 90% of athletes returning to previous level of play.3,27The procedure, however, is not without associated complications, including retear of the ligament, stiffness, ulnar nerve injury, and fracture.27-29 In addition, even when successful, the procedure requires that athletes take 9 to 12 months to recover before returning to competition at their previous level.
Savoie and colleagues,30 in their recent study on UCL repairs, highlighted an important fact that is often overlooked when reviewing the literature on UCL tears. Most of the literature on these injuries focuses on college and professional baseball players in whom ligament damage is often extensive, precluding repair. In contrast to prior reports, Savoie and colleagues30 found excellent results in 93% of their young athletes who underwent UCL repair. It is possible that their results can be attributed to the fact that many of their athletes had tears isolated to one area of the ligament, as opposed to generalized ligament incompetence. Our improved results vis-à-vis other reports on conservative management may be attributable to the same phenomenon.
PRP has garnered much attention in the literature and media because of its potential to enhance healing of tendons and ligaments; in some cases, it can obviate the need for surgery. After failure of other nonoperative measures in 15 patients with elbow epicondylitis, Mishra and Pavelko8 treated each patient with a single PRP injection. They prepared the PRP using the GPS III system (Biomet). At final follow-up, 93% improvement was seen. Clearly, their experiment had design flaws: It was nonblinded, and 3 of the 5 patients in the control group treated with bupivacaine injection withdrew from the experiment. Despite its shortcomings, their study became the impetus for several other studies.
A larger, double-blinded, randomized controlled trial comparing PRP and cortisone injections for lateral epicondylitis in 100 patients is under way, and preliminary results have been published.9 A minimum of 6 months after injection, patients who received PRP showed more improvement in visual analog scale (VAS) pain scores and Disabilities of the Arm, Shoulder, and Hand (DASH) questionnaire scores. In another large, double-blinded, randomized controlled trial, patients with chronic lateral epicondylitis had significant improvements in VAS pain scores and DASH scores relative to patients injected with corticosteroids with a 2-year follow-up.31 Similarly, Thanasas and colleagues32 found significantly reduced VAS pain scores in patients injected with PRP versus autologous whole blood. Another study demonstrated improved tendon morphology using ultrasound imaging 6 months after PRP injection.33
Contrary to these positive results, Krogh and colleagues34 found that a single injection of PRP or glucocorticoid was not significantly superior to a saline injection for reducing pain and disability over a 3-month period in patients with lateral epicondylitis. Their study, however, had major flaws. Its original design called for a 12-month follow-up, but there was massive dropout in all 3 treatment arms, necessitating reporting of only 3-month data. In addition, 60% of the patients in the glucocorticoid group were not naïve to this treatment, so definitive conclusions about the efficacy of glucocorticoids could not be made.
In the present study, we successfully treated partial ligament tears with PRP injections. Sixty-seven percent of our baseball players returned to play at a mean of 4 months, much earlier than the 9 to 12 months typically required after ligament reconstruction. Many athletes, such as high school baseball players or aging veteran professional baseball players, do not have the luxury of 12 months for recovery. Therefore, this select group of patients clearly has a limited window of opportunity to return to play. In fact, these patients might be ideal candidates for PRP injections for UCL injuries. Return-to-play rates, however, differed significantly among professional players and nonprofessional players. The difference may be attributable to professional players’ conditioning, quality of physical therapy, extrinsic motivation, and other intangible factors. Four (67%) of our 6 professional baseball players returned to professional play after injection, whereas only 36% of college players and 17% of high school players had excellent outcomes.
Limitations
The present study had several weaknesses, several of which are inherent to PRP studies conducted so far. It was not a prospective, randomized controlled trial. It is important to note that PRP treatment in diseased tissue may have some drawbacks, as its success depends on the ability of healing tissue to use concentrated growth factors and cytokines to proliferate.35 Thus, a chronically injured ligament with depleted active cells may have a diminished response to PRP. Another limitation of this study is that we evaluated outcomes based on return to play using the Conway Scale, which is well reported but not validated. Despite the potential weaknesses of this outcome scale, it has become the benchmark for measuring the success of outcomes of UCL reconstruction. Furthermore, we did not measure patients’ satisfaction with the treatment. Players who could not return to their preinjury level of play may have considered the treatment a failure regardless of their ability to continue throwing. Last, MRI was not repeated to document ligament healing. We did not routinely perform a second MRI because we thought it would not affect treatment. Several series have found a high incidence of abnormal signal in baseball players’ UCLs. In this group of patients, the most important outcome is return to previous level of competition.
This study raised several questions. Is one PRP brand better than another? Should more than 1 injection be given? What is the ideal postinjection protocol? Clearly, larger, prospective, randomized controlled studies are needed to truly elucidate the potential role of PRP in the treatment algorithm for UCL injury. Nevertheless, in certain cases in which traditional conservative measures have failed and patients do not have the luxury of rehabilitating for 9 to 12 months after surgery, PRP may be a viable treatment option.
Conclusion
In this study, use of PRP in the treatment of UCL insufficiency produced outcomes much better than earlier reported outcomes of conservative treatment of these injuries. PRP injections may be particularly beneficial in young athletes who have sustained acute damage to an isolated part of the ligament and in athletes unwilling or unable to undergo the extended rehabilitation required after surgical reconstruction of the ligament.
For overhead athletes, elbow ulnar collateral ligament (UCL) insufficiency is a potential career-ending injury. Baseball players with UCL insufficiency typically complain of medial-sided elbow pain that affects their ability to throw. Loss of velocity, loss of control, difficulty warming up, and pain while throwing are all symptoms of UCL injury.
Classically, nonoperative treatment of UCL injuries involves activity modification, use of anti-inflammatory medication, and a structured physical therapy program. Asymptomatic players can return to throwing after a structured interval throwing program. Rettig and colleagues1 found a 42% rate of success in conservatively treating UCL injuries in throwing athletes. UCL reconstruction is reserved for players with complete tears of the UCL or with partial tears after failed conservative treatment. Several techniques have been used to reconstruct the ligament, but successful outcomes depend on a long rehabilitation process. According to most published series, 85% to 90% of athletes who had UCL reconstruction returned to their previous level of play, but it took, on average, 9 to 12 months.2,3 This prolonged recovery period is one reason that some older professional baseball players, as well as casual high school and college players, elect to forgo surgery.
Over the past few years, platelet-rich plasma (PRP) has garnered attention as a bridge between conservative treatment and surgery. PRP refers to a sample of autologous blood that contains a platelet concentration higher than baseline levels. This sample often has a 3 to 5 times increase in growth factor concentration.4-6 Initial studies focused on its ability to successfully treat lateral epicondylitis.7-9 More recent clinical work has shown that PRP can potentially enhance healing after anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction,10-14 rotator cuff repair,15-17 and subacromial decompression.11,18-23 If PRP could be used to successfully treat UCL insufficiency that is refractory to conservative treatment, then year-long recovery periods could be avoided. This could potentially prolong certain athletes’ careers or, at the very least, allow them to return to play much sooner. In the present case series, we hypothesized that PRP injections could be used to successfully treat partial UCL tears in high-level throwing athletes, obviating the need for surgery and its associated prolonged recovery period.
Materials and Methods
Institutional Review Board approval was obtained for this retrospective study of 44 baseball players treated with PRP injections for partial-thickness UCL tears.
Patients provided written informed consent. They were diagnosed with UCL insufficiency by physical examination, and findings were confirmed by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI). After diagnosis, all throwers underwent a trial of conservative treatment that included rest, activity modification, use of anti-inflammatory medication, and physical therapy followed by an attempt to return to throwing using an interval throwing program.
Study inclusion criteria were physical examinations and MRI results consistent with UCL insufficiency, and failure of the conservative treatment plan described.
Patients were injected using the Autologous Conditioned Plasma system (Arthrex). PRP solutions were prepared according to manufacturer guidelines. After the elbow was prepared sterilely, the UCL was injected at the location of the tear. Typically, 3 mL of PRP was injected into the elbow. Sixteen patients had 1 injection, 6 had 2, and 22 had 3. Repeat injections were considered for recalcitrant pain after 3 weeks.
After injection, patients used acetaminophen and ice for pain control. Anti-inflammatory medications were avoided for a minimum of 2 weeks after injection. Typical postinjection therapy protocol consisted of rest followed by progressive stretching and strengthening for about 4 to 6 weeks before the start of an interval throwing program. Although there is no well-defined postinjection recovery protocol, as a general rule rest was prescribed for the first 2 weeks, followed by a progressive stretching and strengthening program for the next month. Patients who were asymptomatic subjectively and clinically—negative moving valgus stress test, negative milking maneuver, no pain with valgus stress—were started on an interval throwing program.
Final follow-up involved a physical examination. Results were classified according to a modified version of the Conway Scale12,24-26: excellent (return to preinjury level of competition or performance), good (return to play at a lower level of competition or performance or, specifically for baseball players, ability to throw in daily batting practice), fair (able to play recreationally), and poor (unable to return to previous sport at any level).
By final follow-up, all patients had completed their postoperative rehabilitation protocol, and all had at least tried to return to their previous activities. No patients were lost to follow-up.
Results
Of the 44 baseball players, 6 were professional, 14 were in college, and 24 were in high school. There were 36 pitchers and 8 position players. Mean age was 17.3 years (range, 16-28 years). All patients were available for follow-up after injection (mean, 11 months). Fifteen of the 44 players had an excellent outcome (34%), 17 had a good outcome, 2 had a fair outcome, and 10 had a poor outcome. After injection, 4 (67%) of the 6 professional baseball players returned to professional play. Five (36%) of the 14 college players had an excellent outcome, and 4 (17%) of the 24 high school players had an excellent outcome. Of the 8 position players, 4 had an excellent outcome, 3 had a good outcome, and 1 had a poor outcome.
Before treatment, all patients had medial-sided elbow pain over the UCL inhibiting their ability to throw. Mean duration of symptoms before injection was 8.8 months (range, 1-36 months). There was no correlation between symptom duration and any outcome measure. On MRI, 29 patients showed partial tears: 22 proximally based and 7 distally based. The other 15 patients had diffuse signal without partial tear. All 7 patients with distally based partial tears and 3 of the patients with proximally based partial tears had a poor outcome. Overall, there were 6 excellent, 7 good, and 2 fair outcomes in the partial-tear group. In the patients with diffuse signal without partial tear, there were 9 excellent and 10 good outcomes.
Mean time from injection to return to throwing was 5 weeks, and mean time to return to competition was 12 weeks (range, 5-24 weeks). The 1 player who returned at 5 weeks was a professional relief pitcher whose team was in the playoffs. He has now pitched for an additional 2 baseball seasons without elbow difficulty.
There were no injection-related complications.
Discussion
To our knowledge, this is the first report documenting successful PRP treatment of UCL insufficiency. In this study, 73% of players who had failed a course of conservative treatment had good to excellent outcomes with PRP injection.
Data on successful nonoperative treatment of UCL injuries are limited. Rettig and colleagues1 treated 31 throwing athletes’ UCL injuries with a supervised rehabilitation program. Treatment included rest, use of anti-inflammatory medication, progressive strengthening, and an interval throwing program. Only 41% of the athletes returned to their previous level of play, and it took, on average, 24.5 weeks. There was no significant difference in age or in duration or acuity of symptoms between those who returned to play and those whose conservative treatment failed.
Surgical reconstruction of UCL injuries has been very successful, with upward of 90% of athletes returning to previous level of play.3,27The procedure, however, is not without associated complications, including retear of the ligament, stiffness, ulnar nerve injury, and fracture.27-29 In addition, even when successful, the procedure requires that athletes take 9 to 12 months to recover before returning to competition at their previous level.
Savoie and colleagues,30 in their recent study on UCL repairs, highlighted an important fact that is often overlooked when reviewing the literature on UCL tears. Most of the literature on these injuries focuses on college and professional baseball players in whom ligament damage is often extensive, precluding repair. In contrast to prior reports, Savoie and colleagues30 found excellent results in 93% of their young athletes who underwent UCL repair. It is possible that their results can be attributed to the fact that many of their athletes had tears isolated to one area of the ligament, as opposed to generalized ligament incompetence. Our improved results vis-à-vis other reports on conservative management may be attributable to the same phenomenon.
PRP has garnered much attention in the literature and media because of its potential to enhance healing of tendons and ligaments; in some cases, it can obviate the need for surgery. After failure of other nonoperative measures in 15 patients with elbow epicondylitis, Mishra and Pavelko8 treated each patient with a single PRP injection. They prepared the PRP using the GPS III system (Biomet). At final follow-up, 93% improvement was seen. Clearly, their experiment had design flaws: It was nonblinded, and 3 of the 5 patients in the control group treated with bupivacaine injection withdrew from the experiment. Despite its shortcomings, their study became the impetus for several other studies.
A larger, double-blinded, randomized controlled trial comparing PRP and cortisone injections for lateral epicondylitis in 100 patients is under way, and preliminary results have been published.9 A minimum of 6 months after injection, patients who received PRP showed more improvement in visual analog scale (VAS) pain scores and Disabilities of the Arm, Shoulder, and Hand (DASH) questionnaire scores. In another large, double-blinded, randomized controlled trial, patients with chronic lateral epicondylitis had significant improvements in VAS pain scores and DASH scores relative to patients injected with corticosteroids with a 2-year follow-up.31 Similarly, Thanasas and colleagues32 found significantly reduced VAS pain scores in patients injected with PRP versus autologous whole blood. Another study demonstrated improved tendon morphology using ultrasound imaging 6 months after PRP injection.33
Contrary to these positive results, Krogh and colleagues34 found that a single injection of PRP or glucocorticoid was not significantly superior to a saline injection for reducing pain and disability over a 3-month period in patients with lateral epicondylitis. Their study, however, had major flaws. Its original design called for a 12-month follow-up, but there was massive dropout in all 3 treatment arms, necessitating reporting of only 3-month data. In addition, 60% of the patients in the glucocorticoid group were not naïve to this treatment, so definitive conclusions about the efficacy of glucocorticoids could not be made.
In the present study, we successfully treated partial ligament tears with PRP injections. Sixty-seven percent of our baseball players returned to play at a mean of 4 months, much earlier than the 9 to 12 months typically required after ligament reconstruction. Many athletes, such as high school baseball players or aging veteran professional baseball players, do not have the luxury of 12 months for recovery. Therefore, this select group of patients clearly has a limited window of opportunity to return to play. In fact, these patients might be ideal candidates for PRP injections for UCL injuries. Return-to-play rates, however, differed significantly among professional players and nonprofessional players. The difference may be attributable to professional players’ conditioning, quality of physical therapy, extrinsic motivation, and other intangible factors. Four (67%) of our 6 professional baseball players returned to professional play after injection, whereas only 36% of college players and 17% of high school players had excellent outcomes.
Limitations
The present study had several weaknesses, several of which are inherent to PRP studies conducted so far. It was not a prospective, randomized controlled trial. It is important to note that PRP treatment in diseased tissue may have some drawbacks, as its success depends on the ability of healing tissue to use concentrated growth factors and cytokines to proliferate.35 Thus, a chronically injured ligament with depleted active cells may have a diminished response to PRP. Another limitation of this study is that we evaluated outcomes based on return to play using the Conway Scale, which is well reported but not validated. Despite the potential weaknesses of this outcome scale, it has become the benchmark for measuring the success of outcomes of UCL reconstruction. Furthermore, we did not measure patients’ satisfaction with the treatment. Players who could not return to their preinjury level of play may have considered the treatment a failure regardless of their ability to continue throwing. Last, MRI was not repeated to document ligament healing. We did not routinely perform a second MRI because we thought it would not affect treatment. Several series have found a high incidence of abnormal signal in baseball players’ UCLs. In this group of patients, the most important outcome is return to previous level of competition.
This study raised several questions. Is one PRP brand better than another? Should more than 1 injection be given? What is the ideal postinjection protocol? Clearly, larger, prospective, randomized controlled studies are needed to truly elucidate the potential role of PRP in the treatment algorithm for UCL injury. Nevertheless, in certain cases in which traditional conservative measures have failed and patients do not have the luxury of rehabilitating for 9 to 12 months after surgery, PRP may be a viable treatment option.
Conclusion
In this study, use of PRP in the treatment of UCL insufficiency produced outcomes much better than earlier reported outcomes of conservative treatment of these injuries. PRP injections may be particularly beneficial in young athletes who have sustained acute damage to an isolated part of the ligament and in athletes unwilling or unable to undergo the extended rehabilitation required after surgical reconstruction of the ligament.
1. Rettig AC, Sherrill C, Snead DS, Mendler JC, Mieling P. Nonoperative treatment of ulnar collateral ligament injuries in throwing athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2001;29(1):15-17.
2. Eygendaal D, Rahussen FT, Diercks RL. Biomechanics of the elbow joint in tennis players and relation to pathology. Br J Sports Med. 2007;41(11):820-823.
3. Bowers AL, Dines JS, Dines DM, Altchek DW. Elbow medial ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction: clinical relevance and the docking technique. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2010;19(2):110-117.
5. Kibler WB. Biomechanical analysis of the shoulder during tennis activities. Clin Sports Med. 1995;14(1):79-85.
5. Marx RE. Platelet-rich plasma: evidence to support its use. J Oral Maxillofac Surg. 2004;62(4):489-496.
6. Marx RE. Platelet-rich plasma (PRP): what is PRP and what is not PRP? Implant Dent. 2001;10(4):225-228.
7. Elliott B, Fleisig G, Nicholls R, Escamilia R. Technique effects on upper limb loading in the tennis serve. J Sci Med Sport. 2003;6(1):76-87.
8. Mishra A, Pavelko T. Treatment of chronic elbow tendinosis with buffered platelet-rich plasma. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34(11):1774-1778.
9. Mishra A, Woodall J Jr, Vieira A. Treatment of tendon and muscle using platelet-rich plasma. Clin Sports Med. 2009;28(1):113-125.
10. Kovacs MS. Applied physiology of tennis performance. Br J Sports Med. 2006;40(5):381-386.
11. Xie X, Wu H, Zhao S, Xie G, Huangfu X, Zhao J. The effect of platelet-rich plasma on patterns of gene expression in a dog model of anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. J Surg Res. 2013;180(1):80-88.
12. Pluim BM, Staal JB, Windler GE, Jayanthi N. Tennis injuries: occurrence, aetiology, and prevention. Br J Sports Med. 2006;40(5):415-423.
13. Xie X, Zhao S, Wu H, et al. Platelet-rich plasma enhances autograft revascularization and reinnervation in a dog model of anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. J Surg Res. 2013;183(1):214-222.
14. Lopez-Vidriero E, Goulding KA, Simon DA, Sanchez M, Johnson DH. The use of platelet-rich plasma in arthroscopy and sports medicine: optimizing the healing environment. Arthroscopy. 2010;26(2):269-278.
15. Jo CH, Shin JS, Shin WH, Lee SY, Yoon KS, Shin S. Platelet-rich plasma for arthroscopic repair of medium to large rotator cuff tears: a randomized controlled trial. Am J Sports Med. 2015;43(9):2102-2110.
16. Jo CH, Shin JS, Lee YG, et al. Platelet-rich plasma for arthroscopic repair of large to massive rotator cuff tears: a randomized, single-blinded, parallel-group trial. Am J Sports Med. 2013;41(10):2240-2248.
17. Randelli P, Arrigoni P, Ragone V, Aliprandi A, Cabitza P. Platelet-rich plasma in arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: a prospective RCT study, 2-year follow-up. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2011;20(4):518-528.
18. Randelli P, Arrigoni P, Ragone V, Aliprandi A, Cabitza P. Platelet rich plasma in arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: a prospective RCT study, 2-year follow-up. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2011;20(4):518-528.
19. Barber FA, Hrnack SA, Snyder SJ, Hapa O. Rotator cuff repair healing influenced by platelet-rich plasma construct augmentation. Arthroscopy. 2011;27(8):1029-1035.
20. Jo CH, Kim JE, Yoon KS, et al. Does platelet-rich plasma accelerate recovery after rotator cuff repair? A prospective cohort study. Am J Sports Med. 2011;39(10):2082-2090.
21. Jo CH, Kim JE, Yoon KS, Shin S. Platelet-rich plasma stimulates cell proliferation and enhances matrix gene expression and synthesis in tenocytes from human rotator cuff tendons with degenerative tears. Am J Sports Med. 2012;40(5):1035-1045.
22. Chahal J, Van Thiel GS, Mall N, et al. The role of platelet-rich plasma in arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: a systematic review with quantitative synthesis. Arthroscopy. 2012;28(11):1718-1727.
23. Mei-Dan O, Carmont MR. The role of platelet-rich plasma in rotator cuff repair. Sports Med Arthrosc Rev. 2011;19(3):244-250.
24. Dines JS, ElAttrache NS, Conway JE, Smith W, Ahmad CS. Clinical outcomes of the DANE TJ technique to treat ulnar collateral ligament insufficiency of the elbow. Am J Sports Med. 2007;35(12):2039-2044.
25. Hutchinson MR, Laprade RF, Burnett QM 2nd, Moss R, Terpstra J. Injury surveillance at the USTA boys’ tennis championships: a 6-yr study. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 1995;27(6):826-830.
26. Winge S, Jørgensen U, Nielsen A. Epidemiology of injuries in Danish championship tennis. Int J Sports Med. 1989;10(5):368-371.
27. Safran MR, Hutchinson MR, Moss R, Albrandt J. A comparison of injuries in elite boys and girls tennis players. Paper presented at: 9th Annual Meeting of the Society of Tennis Medicine and Science; March 1999; Indian Wells, CA.
28. Cain EL, Andrews JR, Dugas JR, et al. Outcome of ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction of the elbow in 1281 athletes: results in 743 athletes with minimum 2-year follow-up. Am J Sports Med. 2010;38(12):2426-2434.
29. Dines JS, Yocum LA, Frank JB, ElAttrache NS, Gambardella RA, Jobe FW. Revision surgery for failed elbow medial collateral ligament reconstruction. Am J Sports Med. 2008;36(6):1061-1065.
30. Savoie FH, Trenhaile SW, Roberts J, Field LD, Ramsey JR. Primary repair of ulnar collateral ligament injuries of the elbow in young athletes: a case series of injuries to the proximal and distal ends of the ligament. Am J Sports Med. 2008;36(6):1066-1072.
31. Gosens T, Peerbooms JC, van Laar W, Oudsten den BL. Ongoing positive effect of platelet-rich plasma versus corticosteroid injection in lateral epicondylitis: a double-blind randomized controlled trial with 2-year follow-up. Am J Sports Med. 2011;39(6):1200-1208.
32. Thanasas C, Papadimitriou G, Charalambidis C, Paraskevopoulos I, Papanikolaou A. Platelet-rich plasma versus autologous whole blood for the treatment of chronic lateral elbow epicondylitis: a randomized controlled clinical trial. Am J Sports Med. 2011;39(10):2130-2134.
33. Chaudhury S, La Lama de M, Adler RS, et al. Platelet-rich plasma for the treatment of lateral epicondylitis: sonographic assessment of tendon morphology and vascularity (pilot study). Skeletal Radiol. 2013;42(1):91-97.
34. Krogh TP, Fredberg U, Stengaard-Pedersen K, Christensen R, Jensen P, Ellingsen T. Treatment of lateral epicondylitis with platelet-rich plasma, glucocorticoid, or saline: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Am J Sports Med. 2013;41(3):625-635.
35. Anz AW, Hackel JG, Nilssen EC, Andrews JR. Application of biologics in the treatment of the rotator cuff, meniscus, cartilage, and osteoarthritis. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2014;22(2):68-79.
1. Rettig AC, Sherrill C, Snead DS, Mendler JC, Mieling P. Nonoperative treatment of ulnar collateral ligament injuries in throwing athletes. Am J Sports Med. 2001;29(1):15-17.
2. Eygendaal D, Rahussen FT, Diercks RL. Biomechanics of the elbow joint in tennis players and relation to pathology. Br J Sports Med. 2007;41(11):820-823.
3. Bowers AL, Dines JS, Dines DM, Altchek DW. Elbow medial ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction: clinical relevance and the docking technique. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2010;19(2):110-117.
5. Kibler WB. Biomechanical analysis of the shoulder during tennis activities. Clin Sports Med. 1995;14(1):79-85.
5. Marx RE. Platelet-rich plasma: evidence to support its use. J Oral Maxillofac Surg. 2004;62(4):489-496.
6. Marx RE. Platelet-rich plasma (PRP): what is PRP and what is not PRP? Implant Dent. 2001;10(4):225-228.
7. Elliott B, Fleisig G, Nicholls R, Escamilia R. Technique effects on upper limb loading in the tennis serve. J Sci Med Sport. 2003;6(1):76-87.
8. Mishra A, Pavelko T. Treatment of chronic elbow tendinosis with buffered platelet-rich plasma. Am J Sports Med. 2006;34(11):1774-1778.
9. Mishra A, Woodall J Jr, Vieira A. Treatment of tendon and muscle using platelet-rich plasma. Clin Sports Med. 2009;28(1):113-125.
10. Kovacs MS. Applied physiology of tennis performance. Br J Sports Med. 2006;40(5):381-386.
11. Xie X, Wu H, Zhao S, Xie G, Huangfu X, Zhao J. The effect of platelet-rich plasma on patterns of gene expression in a dog model of anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. J Surg Res. 2013;180(1):80-88.
12. Pluim BM, Staal JB, Windler GE, Jayanthi N. Tennis injuries: occurrence, aetiology, and prevention. Br J Sports Med. 2006;40(5):415-423.
13. Xie X, Zhao S, Wu H, et al. Platelet-rich plasma enhances autograft revascularization and reinnervation in a dog model of anterior cruciate ligament reconstruction. J Surg Res. 2013;183(1):214-222.
14. Lopez-Vidriero E, Goulding KA, Simon DA, Sanchez M, Johnson DH. The use of platelet-rich plasma in arthroscopy and sports medicine: optimizing the healing environment. Arthroscopy. 2010;26(2):269-278.
15. Jo CH, Shin JS, Shin WH, Lee SY, Yoon KS, Shin S. Platelet-rich plasma for arthroscopic repair of medium to large rotator cuff tears: a randomized controlled trial. Am J Sports Med. 2015;43(9):2102-2110.
16. Jo CH, Shin JS, Lee YG, et al. Platelet-rich plasma for arthroscopic repair of large to massive rotator cuff tears: a randomized, single-blinded, parallel-group trial. Am J Sports Med. 2013;41(10):2240-2248.
17. Randelli P, Arrigoni P, Ragone V, Aliprandi A, Cabitza P. Platelet-rich plasma in arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: a prospective RCT study, 2-year follow-up. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2011;20(4):518-528.
18. Randelli P, Arrigoni P, Ragone V, Aliprandi A, Cabitza P. Platelet rich plasma in arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: a prospective RCT study, 2-year follow-up. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2011;20(4):518-528.
19. Barber FA, Hrnack SA, Snyder SJ, Hapa O. Rotator cuff repair healing influenced by platelet-rich plasma construct augmentation. Arthroscopy. 2011;27(8):1029-1035.
20. Jo CH, Kim JE, Yoon KS, et al. Does platelet-rich plasma accelerate recovery after rotator cuff repair? A prospective cohort study. Am J Sports Med. 2011;39(10):2082-2090.
21. Jo CH, Kim JE, Yoon KS, Shin S. Platelet-rich plasma stimulates cell proliferation and enhances matrix gene expression and synthesis in tenocytes from human rotator cuff tendons with degenerative tears. Am J Sports Med. 2012;40(5):1035-1045.
22. Chahal J, Van Thiel GS, Mall N, et al. The role of platelet-rich plasma in arthroscopic rotator cuff repair: a systematic review with quantitative synthesis. Arthroscopy. 2012;28(11):1718-1727.
23. Mei-Dan O, Carmont MR. The role of platelet-rich plasma in rotator cuff repair. Sports Med Arthrosc Rev. 2011;19(3):244-250.
24. Dines JS, ElAttrache NS, Conway JE, Smith W, Ahmad CS. Clinical outcomes of the DANE TJ technique to treat ulnar collateral ligament insufficiency of the elbow. Am J Sports Med. 2007;35(12):2039-2044.
25. Hutchinson MR, Laprade RF, Burnett QM 2nd, Moss R, Terpstra J. Injury surveillance at the USTA boys’ tennis championships: a 6-yr study. Med Sci Sports Exerc. 1995;27(6):826-830.
26. Winge S, Jørgensen U, Nielsen A. Epidemiology of injuries in Danish championship tennis. Int J Sports Med. 1989;10(5):368-371.
27. Safran MR, Hutchinson MR, Moss R, Albrandt J. A comparison of injuries in elite boys and girls tennis players. Paper presented at: 9th Annual Meeting of the Society of Tennis Medicine and Science; March 1999; Indian Wells, CA.
28. Cain EL, Andrews JR, Dugas JR, et al. Outcome of ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction of the elbow in 1281 athletes: results in 743 athletes with minimum 2-year follow-up. Am J Sports Med. 2010;38(12):2426-2434.
29. Dines JS, Yocum LA, Frank JB, ElAttrache NS, Gambardella RA, Jobe FW. Revision surgery for failed elbow medial collateral ligament reconstruction. Am J Sports Med. 2008;36(6):1061-1065.
30. Savoie FH, Trenhaile SW, Roberts J, Field LD, Ramsey JR. Primary repair of ulnar collateral ligament injuries of the elbow in young athletes: a case series of injuries to the proximal and distal ends of the ligament. Am J Sports Med. 2008;36(6):1066-1072.
31. Gosens T, Peerbooms JC, van Laar W, Oudsten den BL. Ongoing positive effect of platelet-rich plasma versus corticosteroid injection in lateral epicondylitis: a double-blind randomized controlled trial with 2-year follow-up. Am J Sports Med. 2011;39(6):1200-1208.
32. Thanasas C, Papadimitriou G, Charalambidis C, Paraskevopoulos I, Papanikolaou A. Platelet-rich plasma versus autologous whole blood for the treatment of chronic lateral elbow epicondylitis: a randomized controlled clinical trial. Am J Sports Med. 2011;39(10):2130-2134.
33. Chaudhury S, La Lama de M, Adler RS, et al. Platelet-rich plasma for the treatment of lateral epicondylitis: sonographic assessment of tendon morphology and vascularity (pilot study). Skeletal Radiol. 2013;42(1):91-97.
34. Krogh TP, Fredberg U, Stengaard-Pedersen K, Christensen R, Jensen P, Ellingsen T. Treatment of lateral epicondylitis with platelet-rich plasma, glucocorticoid, or saline: a randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled trial. Am J Sports Med. 2013;41(3):625-635.
35. Anz AW, Hackel JG, Nilssen EC, Andrews JR. Application of biologics in the treatment of the rotator cuff, meniscus, cartilage, and osteoarthritis. J Am Acad Orthop Surg. 2014;22(2):68-79.
Visiting Professor in Hospital Medicine
Hospital medicine is an emerging specialty comprised predominantly of early‐career faculty, often less than 5 years postresidency and predominately at instructor or assistant professor level.[1] Effective mentoring has been identified as a critical component of academic success.[2, 3] Published data suggest that most academic hospitalists do not have a mentor, and when they do, the majority of them spend less than 4 hours per year with their mentor.[2] The reasons for this are multifactorial but largely result from the lack of structure, opportunities, and local senior academic hospitalists.[1, 4] Early‐career faculty have difficulty establishing external mentoring relationships, and new models beyond the traditional intrainstitutional dyad are needed.[3, 4] The need for mentors and structured mentorship networks may be particularly high in hospital medicine.[5]
The Visiting Professorship in Hospital Medicine Program was designed to promote cross‐institutional mentorship, share hospitalist innovations, and facilitate academic collaboration between hospitalist groups. We describe the design and early experience with this program across 5 academic hospital medicine programs.
PROGRAM DESIGN
Objectives
The program was designed to promote mentoring relationships between early‐career hospitalist faculty and a visiting professor from another academic hospital medicine group. The program sought to provide immediate career advice during the visits, but also create opportunities for long‐term mentorship and collaboration between institutions. Goals for each visiting professorship included: (1) follow‐up contact between early‐career faculty and visiting professor in the 6 months following the visit, (2) long‐term mentoring relationship with at least 1 early‐career faculty at the visited institution, and (3) identification of opportunities for interinstitutional collaboration to disseminate innovations.
Selection of Sites and Faculty
The first 2 academic medical centers (AMCs) for the visiting professorship exchange designed the program (University of Colorado and University of New Mexico). In subsequent years, each participating AMC was able to solicit additional sites for faculty exchange. This model can expand without requiring ongoing central direction. No criteria were set for selection of AMCs. Visiting professors in hospital medicine were explicitly targeted to be at midcareer stage of late assistant professor or early associate professor and within 1 to 2 years of promotion. It was felt that this group would gain the maximal career benefit from delivering an invited visit to an external AMC, yet have a sufficient track record to deliver effective mentoring advice to early‐career hospitalists. The hospitalist group sending the visiting professor would propose a few candidates, with the innovations they would be able to present, and the hosting site would select 1 for the visit. Early‐career faculty at the hosting institution were generally instructor to early assistant professors.
Visit Itinerary
The visit itinerary was set up as follows:
- Visiting professor delivers a formal 1‐hour presentation to hospitalist faculty, describing an innovation in clinical care, quality improvement, patient safety, or education.
- Individual meetings with 3 to 5 early‐career hospitalists to review faculty portfolios and provide career advice.
- Group lunch between the visiting professor and faculty with similar interests to promote cross‐institutional networking and spark potential collaborations.
- Meeting with hospital medicine program leadership.
- Visiting professor receives exposure to an innovation developed at the hosting institution.
- Dinner with the hosting faculty including the senior hospitalist coordinating the visit.
In advance of the visit, both early‐career faculty and visiting professors receive written materials describing the program, its objectives, and tips to prepare for the visit (see Supporting Information in the online version of this article). The curricula vitae of early‐career faculty at the hosting institution were provided to the visiting professor. Visit costs were covered by the visiting professor's institution. Honoraria were not offered.
Program Evaluation
Within a month of each visit, a paper survey was administered to the visiting professor and the faculty with whom she/he met. In addition to demographic data including gender, self‐reported minority status, academic rank, years at rank, and total years in academic medicine, the survey asked faculty to rate on a 5‐point Likert scale their assessment of the usefulness of the visit to accomplish the 4 core goals of the program: (1) cross‐institutional dissemination of innovations in clinical medicine, education, or research; (2) advancing the respondent's academic career; (3) fostering cross‐institutional mentor‐mentee relationships; and (4) promoting cross‐institutional collaborations. Free‐text responses for overall impression of program and suggestions for improvement were solicited.
At the time of this writing, 1 year has passed from the initial visits for the first 3 visiting professorships. A 1‐year follow‐up survey was administered assessing (1) total number of contacts with the visiting professor in the year following the visit, (2) whether a letter of recommendation resulted from the visit, (3) whether the respondent had seen evidence of spread of innovative ideas as a result of the program, (4) participation in a cross‐institutional collaboration as a result of the program, and (5) assessment of benefit in continuing the program in the next year. The respondents were also asked to rate the global utility of the program to their professional development on a 5‐point scale ranging from not at all useful to very useful (Thinking about what has happened to you since the visit a year ago, please rate the usefulness of the entire program to your professional life: overall usefulness for my professional development.). Domain‐specific utility in improving clinical, research, quality improvement, and administrative skills were also elicited (results not shown). Finally, suggestions to improve the program for the future were solicited. The Colorado Multiple Institutional Review Board determined that the study of this faculty development program did not qualify as human subjects research, and subjects were therefore not asked to provide informed consent for participation.
RESULTS
To date, 5 academic medical centers have participated in the visiting professorship program, with 7 visiting professors interacting with 29 early‐career faculty. Of the 29 early‐career faculty, 72% (21/29) were at the rank of assistant professor, 17% (5/29) instructor, 7% (2/29) residents with plans to hire, and 3% (1/29) associate professor. The median was 2 years in academic medicine and 1 year at current academic rank. Forty‐one percent (12/29) were women and 7% (2/29) identified as ethnic minority. Of the 7 visiting professors, 57% (4/7) were assistant professor and 43% (3/7) were associate professors. The median was 5 years in academic medicine, 29% (2/7) were women, and none identified as ethnic minority.
Immediate postvisit survey response was obtained for all participating faculty. In the immediate postvisit survey, on a 5‐point Likert scale, the 29 early‐career faculty rated the visit: 4.4 for promoting cross‐institutional dissemination of innovations, 4.2 for advancing my academic career, 4.2 for fostering cross‐institutional mentor‐mentee relationships, and 4.4 for promoting cross‐institutional collaborations. Ninety‐three percent (26/28 accounting for 1 nonresponse to this question) reported the visiting professorship had high potential to disseminate innovation (rated greater than 3 on the 5‐point Likert score). Eighty‐three percent (24/29) of the early‐career faculty rated the visit highly useful in advancing their career, 76% (22/29) responded that the visit was highly likely to foster external mentorship relationships, and 90% (26/29) reported the visit highly effective in promoting cross‐institutional collaborations. In the immediate postvisit survey, the 7 visiting professors rated the visit 4.9 for promoting cross‐institutional dissemination of innovations, 4.3 for advancing my academic career, 4.0 for fostering cross‐institutional mentor‐mentee relationships, and 4.3 for promoting cross‐institutional collaborations.
Free‐text comments from both visiting professors and early‐career faculty were generally favorable (Table 1). Some comments offered constructive input on appropriate matching of faculty, previsit preparation, or desire for more time in sessions (Table 1).
| Visiting Professors (n = 7) | Early‐Career Faculty (n = 29) |
|---|---|
| I was very impressed with the degree of organization, preparation, and structure from [host institution]. The project is a great concept and may well lead to similar and even more developed ones in the future. It is very helpful to get the pulse on another program and to hear of some of the same struggles and successes of another hospitalist program. The potential for cross‐site mentor‐mentee relationships and collaborations is a win‐win for both programs. | I really enjoyed my individual meeting with [visiting professor]. She was helpful in reviewing current projects from another perspective and very helpful in making suggestions for future projects. Also enjoyed her Grand Rounds and plan to follow‐up on this issue for possible cross‐institutional collaboration. |
| Overall, this exchange is a great program. It is fun, promotes idea exchange, and is immensely helpful to the visiting professor for promotion. Every meeting I had with faculty at [host institution] was interesting and worthwhile. The primary challenge is maintaining mentorship ties and momentum after the visit. I personally e‐mailed every person I met and received many responses, including several explicit requests for ongoing advising and collaboration. | I think this is a great program. It definitely gives us the opportunity to meet people outside of the [host institution] community and foster relationships, mentorship, and possible collaborations with projects and programs. |
| I liked multidisciplinary rounding. Research club. Meeting with faculty and trying to find common areas of interest. | I think this is a fantastic program so far. [Visiting professor] was very energetic and interested in making the most of the day. She contacted me after the visit and offered to keep in touch in the future. Right now I can see the program as being most useful in establishing new mentor/mentee relationships. |
| Most of the faculty I met with see value in being involved in systems/quality improvement, but most do not express interest in specific projects. Areas needing improvement were identified by everyone I met with so developing projects around these areas should be doable. They might benefit from access to mentoring in quality improvement. | It was fantastic to meet with [visiting professor] and get a sense for his work and also brainstorm about how we might do similar work here in the future (eg, in high‐value care). It was also great to then see him 2 days later at [national conference]. I feel this is a great program to improve our connections cross‐institutionally and hopefully to spark some future collaborations. |
| Very worthwhile. Was really helpful to meet with various faculty and leadership to see similarities and differences between our institutions. Generated several ideas for collaborative activities already. Also really helpful to have a somewhat structured way to share my work at an outside institution, as well as to create opportunities for mentor‐mentee relationships outside my home institution. | Incredibly valuable to promote this kind of cross‐pollination for both collaboration and innovation. |
| Wonderful, inspiring, professionally advantageous. | |
| Good idea. Good way to help midcareer faculty with advancement. Offers promise for collaboration of research/workshops. | |
| Suggestions for Improvement | |
| Please have e‐mails of the folks we meet available immediately after the visit. It is hard to know if anyone felt enough of a connection to want mentorship from me. | I feel like I may be a bit early on to benefit as much as I could have. |
| Develop a mentorship program for quality improvement. As part of this exchange, consider treating visits as similar to a consultation. Have visitor with specific focus that they can offer help with. | Nice to have personal access to accomplished faculty from other institutions. Their perspective and career trajectory don't always align due to differences in institution culture, specifics of promotion process, and so on, but still a useful experience. |
| Share any possible more‐formal topics for discussion with leadership prior to the visit so can prepare ahead of time (eg, gather information they may have questions on). Otherwise it was great! | For early career faculty, more discussions prior in regard to what to expect. |
| A question is who should continue to push? Is it the prospective mentee, the mentee's institution, an so on? | Great idea. Would have loved to be involved in more aspects. More time for discussion would have been good. Did not get to discuss collaboration in person. |
| Great to get to talk to someone from totally different system. Wish we had more time to talk. | |
One‐year follow‐up was obtained for all but 1 early‐career faculty member receiving the follow‐up survey, and all 3 visiting professors. Of the 3 visiting professorships that occurred more than 1 year ago, 16 mentorship contacts occurred in total (phone, e‐mail, or in person) between 13 early‐career faculty and 3 visiting professors in the year after the initial visits (range, 04 contacts). Follow‐up contact occurred for 3 of 4 early‐career faculty from the first visiting professorship, 3 of 5 from the second visiting professorship, and 2 of 4 from the third visiting professorship. One early‐career faculty member from each host academic medical center had 3 or more additional contacts with the visiting professor in the year following the initial visit. Overall, 8/13 (62%) of early‐career faculty had at least 1 follow‐up mentoring discussion. On 1‐year follow‐up, overall utility for professional development was rated an average of 3.5 by early‐career faculty (with a trend of higher ratings of efficacy with increasing number of follow‐up contacts) and 4.7 by visiting professors. Half (8/16) of the involved faculty report having seen evidence of cross‐institutional dissemination of innovation. Ninety‐four percent (15/16) of participants at 1‐year follow‐up felt there was benefit to their institution in continuing the program for the next year.
Objective evidence of cross‐institutional scholarship, assessed by email query of both visiting professors and senior hospitalists coordinating the visits, includes 2 collaborative peer reviewed publications including mentors and mentees participating in the visiting professorship.[6, 7] Joint educational curriculum development on high‐value care between sites is planned. The Visiting Professorship in Hospital Medicine Program has resulted in 1 external letter to support a visiting professor's promotion to date.
DISCUSSION
Hospital Medicine is a young, rapidly growing field, hence the number of experienced academic hospitalist mentors with expertise in successfully navigating an academic career is limited. A national study of hospitalist leaders found that 75% of clinician‐educators and 58% of research faculty feel that lack of mentorship is a major issue.[1] Mentorship for hospitalist clinician‐investigators is often delivered by nonhospitalists.[2, 8] There is little evidence of external mentorship for academic clinician‐educators in hospital medicine.[1] Without explicit programmatic support, many faculty may find this to be a barrier to career advancement. A study of successfully promoted hospitalists identified difficulty identifying external senior hospitalists to write letters in support of promotion as an obstacle.[9] Our study of the Visiting Professorship in Hospital Medicine Program found that early‐career faculty rated the visit as useful in advancing their career and fostered external mentorship relationships. Subsequent experience suggests more than half of the early‐career faculty will maintain contact with the visiting professor over the year following the visit. Visiting professors rate the experience particularly highly in their own career advancement.
The hospitalist movement is built on a foundation of innovation. The focus of each presentation was on an innovation developed by the visiting professor, and each visit showcased an innovation of the visited institution. This is distinct from traditional Hospital Grand Rounds, which more often focus on basic science research or clinical pathophysiology/disease management based on subspecialty topics.[10] The Visiting Professorship in Hospital Medicine Program was judged by participants to be an effective means of spreading innovation.
Insights from experience with the Visiting Professorship in Hospital Medicine Program include the importance of preliminary work prior to each visit. Program directors need to attend closely to the fit between the interests and career path of the visiting professor and those of the early‐career faculty. The innovations being shared should be aligned with organizational interests to maximize the chance of subsequent spread of the innovation and future collaboration. Providing faculty information about the objectives of the program in advance of the visit and arranging an exchange of curricula vitae between the early‐career faculty and the visiting professor allows participants to prepare for the in‐person coaching. Based on comments from participants, prompting contact from the visiting professor after the visit may be helpful to initiate the longitudinal relationship. We also found that early‐career faculty may not be aware of how to effectively use a mentoring relationship with an external faculty member. Training sessions for both mentors and mentees on effective mentorship relationships before visiting professorships might improve early‐career faculty confidence in initiating relationships and maximize value from mentor coaching.
A key issue is finding the right level of career maturity for the visiting professor. Our approach in selecting visiting professors was congruent with utilization of midcareer peer coaches employed by intrainstitutional hospital medicine mentoring programs.[11] The visiting professor should have sufficient experience and accomplishments to be able to effectively counsel junior faculty. However, it is important that the visiting professor also has sufficient time and interest to take on additional mentees and to be a full participant in shared scholarship projects emerging from the experience.
This study represents the experience of 5 mature academic hospitalist groups, and results may not be generalizable to dissimilar institutions or if only the most senior faculty are selected to perform visits. There is an inherent selection bias in the choice of both visiting professor and early‐career faculty. The small sample size of the faculty exposed to this program is a limitation to generalizability of the results of this evaluation. Whether this program will result in greater success in promotion of academic hospitalists cannot be assessed based on the follow‐up available. The Visiting Professorship in Hospital Medicine Program has continued to be sustained with an additional academic medical center enrolled and 2 additional site visits planned. The costs of the program are low, largely air travel and a night of lodging, as well as nominal administrative logistical support. Perceived benefits by participants and academic medical centers make this modest investment worth considering for academic hospitalist groups.
CONCLUSIONS
The Visiting Professorship in Hospital Medicine Program offers structure, opportunities, and access to senior mentors to advance the development of early‐career hospitalists while spreading innovation to distant sites. It is assessed by participants to facilitate external mentoring relationships and has the potential to advance the careers of both early‐career faculty as well as the visiting professors.
Disclosure
Nothing to report.
- , , , . Survey of US academic hospitalist leaders about mentorship and academic activities in hospitalist groups. J Hosp Med. 2011;6:5–9.
- , , , , , . Mentorship, productivity, and promotion among academic hospitalists. J Gen Intern Med. 2012;27(1):23–27.
- , . Mentoring faculty in academic medicine: a new paradigm? J Gen Intern Med. 2005;20(9):866–870.
- , , , , , . Challenges and opportunities in academic hospital medicine: report from the Academic Hospital Medicine Summit. J Hosp Med. 2009;4:240–246.
- , . The need for mentors in the odyssey of the academic hospitalist. J Hosp Med. 2011;6:1–2.
- , , , . Procedural skills for hospitalists. Hosp Med Clin. 2016;5:114–136.
- , , . Cedecea davisae' s role in a polymicrobial lung infection in a cystic fibrosis patient. Case reports in infectious diseases. Case Rep Infect Dis. 2012;2012:176864.
- , , , . Innovative approach to supporting hospitalist physicians towards academic success. J Hosp Med. 2008;3:314–318.
- , , , , . Tried and true: a survey of successfully promoted academic hospitalists. J Hosp Med. 2011;6:411–415.
- , , , , . A case study of medical grand rounds: are we using effective methods? Acad Med. 2009;84(8):1144–1151.
- , , , . Investing in the future: building an academic hospitalist faculty development program. J Hosp Med. 2011;6:161–166.
Hospital medicine is an emerging specialty comprised predominantly of early‐career faculty, often less than 5 years postresidency and predominately at instructor or assistant professor level.[1] Effective mentoring has been identified as a critical component of academic success.[2, 3] Published data suggest that most academic hospitalists do not have a mentor, and when they do, the majority of them spend less than 4 hours per year with their mentor.[2] The reasons for this are multifactorial but largely result from the lack of structure, opportunities, and local senior academic hospitalists.[1, 4] Early‐career faculty have difficulty establishing external mentoring relationships, and new models beyond the traditional intrainstitutional dyad are needed.[3, 4] The need for mentors and structured mentorship networks may be particularly high in hospital medicine.[5]
The Visiting Professorship in Hospital Medicine Program was designed to promote cross‐institutional mentorship, share hospitalist innovations, and facilitate academic collaboration between hospitalist groups. We describe the design and early experience with this program across 5 academic hospital medicine programs.
PROGRAM DESIGN
Objectives
The program was designed to promote mentoring relationships between early‐career hospitalist faculty and a visiting professor from another academic hospital medicine group. The program sought to provide immediate career advice during the visits, but also create opportunities for long‐term mentorship and collaboration between institutions. Goals for each visiting professorship included: (1) follow‐up contact between early‐career faculty and visiting professor in the 6 months following the visit, (2) long‐term mentoring relationship with at least 1 early‐career faculty at the visited institution, and (3) identification of opportunities for interinstitutional collaboration to disseminate innovations.
Selection of Sites and Faculty
The first 2 academic medical centers (AMCs) for the visiting professorship exchange designed the program (University of Colorado and University of New Mexico). In subsequent years, each participating AMC was able to solicit additional sites for faculty exchange. This model can expand without requiring ongoing central direction. No criteria were set for selection of AMCs. Visiting professors in hospital medicine were explicitly targeted to be at midcareer stage of late assistant professor or early associate professor and within 1 to 2 years of promotion. It was felt that this group would gain the maximal career benefit from delivering an invited visit to an external AMC, yet have a sufficient track record to deliver effective mentoring advice to early‐career hospitalists. The hospitalist group sending the visiting professor would propose a few candidates, with the innovations they would be able to present, and the hosting site would select 1 for the visit. Early‐career faculty at the hosting institution were generally instructor to early assistant professors.
Visit Itinerary
The visit itinerary was set up as follows:
- Visiting professor delivers a formal 1‐hour presentation to hospitalist faculty, describing an innovation in clinical care, quality improvement, patient safety, or education.
- Individual meetings with 3 to 5 early‐career hospitalists to review faculty portfolios and provide career advice.
- Group lunch between the visiting professor and faculty with similar interests to promote cross‐institutional networking and spark potential collaborations.
- Meeting with hospital medicine program leadership.
- Visiting professor receives exposure to an innovation developed at the hosting institution.
- Dinner with the hosting faculty including the senior hospitalist coordinating the visit.
In advance of the visit, both early‐career faculty and visiting professors receive written materials describing the program, its objectives, and tips to prepare for the visit (see Supporting Information in the online version of this article). The curricula vitae of early‐career faculty at the hosting institution were provided to the visiting professor. Visit costs were covered by the visiting professor's institution. Honoraria were not offered.
Program Evaluation
Within a month of each visit, a paper survey was administered to the visiting professor and the faculty with whom she/he met. In addition to demographic data including gender, self‐reported minority status, academic rank, years at rank, and total years in academic medicine, the survey asked faculty to rate on a 5‐point Likert scale their assessment of the usefulness of the visit to accomplish the 4 core goals of the program: (1) cross‐institutional dissemination of innovations in clinical medicine, education, or research; (2) advancing the respondent's academic career; (3) fostering cross‐institutional mentor‐mentee relationships; and (4) promoting cross‐institutional collaborations. Free‐text responses for overall impression of program and suggestions for improvement were solicited.
At the time of this writing, 1 year has passed from the initial visits for the first 3 visiting professorships. A 1‐year follow‐up survey was administered assessing (1) total number of contacts with the visiting professor in the year following the visit, (2) whether a letter of recommendation resulted from the visit, (3) whether the respondent had seen evidence of spread of innovative ideas as a result of the program, (4) participation in a cross‐institutional collaboration as a result of the program, and (5) assessment of benefit in continuing the program in the next year. The respondents were also asked to rate the global utility of the program to their professional development on a 5‐point scale ranging from not at all useful to very useful (Thinking about what has happened to you since the visit a year ago, please rate the usefulness of the entire program to your professional life: overall usefulness for my professional development.). Domain‐specific utility in improving clinical, research, quality improvement, and administrative skills were also elicited (results not shown). Finally, suggestions to improve the program for the future were solicited. The Colorado Multiple Institutional Review Board determined that the study of this faculty development program did not qualify as human subjects research, and subjects were therefore not asked to provide informed consent for participation.
RESULTS
To date, 5 academic medical centers have participated in the visiting professorship program, with 7 visiting professors interacting with 29 early‐career faculty. Of the 29 early‐career faculty, 72% (21/29) were at the rank of assistant professor, 17% (5/29) instructor, 7% (2/29) residents with plans to hire, and 3% (1/29) associate professor. The median was 2 years in academic medicine and 1 year at current academic rank. Forty‐one percent (12/29) were women and 7% (2/29) identified as ethnic minority. Of the 7 visiting professors, 57% (4/7) were assistant professor and 43% (3/7) were associate professors. The median was 5 years in academic medicine, 29% (2/7) were women, and none identified as ethnic minority.
Immediate postvisit survey response was obtained for all participating faculty. In the immediate postvisit survey, on a 5‐point Likert scale, the 29 early‐career faculty rated the visit: 4.4 for promoting cross‐institutional dissemination of innovations, 4.2 for advancing my academic career, 4.2 for fostering cross‐institutional mentor‐mentee relationships, and 4.4 for promoting cross‐institutional collaborations. Ninety‐three percent (26/28 accounting for 1 nonresponse to this question) reported the visiting professorship had high potential to disseminate innovation (rated greater than 3 on the 5‐point Likert score). Eighty‐three percent (24/29) of the early‐career faculty rated the visit highly useful in advancing their career, 76% (22/29) responded that the visit was highly likely to foster external mentorship relationships, and 90% (26/29) reported the visit highly effective in promoting cross‐institutional collaborations. In the immediate postvisit survey, the 7 visiting professors rated the visit 4.9 for promoting cross‐institutional dissemination of innovations, 4.3 for advancing my academic career, 4.0 for fostering cross‐institutional mentor‐mentee relationships, and 4.3 for promoting cross‐institutional collaborations.
Free‐text comments from both visiting professors and early‐career faculty were generally favorable (Table 1). Some comments offered constructive input on appropriate matching of faculty, previsit preparation, or desire for more time in sessions (Table 1).
| Visiting Professors (n = 7) | Early‐Career Faculty (n = 29) |
|---|---|
| I was very impressed with the degree of organization, preparation, and structure from [host institution]. The project is a great concept and may well lead to similar and even more developed ones in the future. It is very helpful to get the pulse on another program and to hear of some of the same struggles and successes of another hospitalist program. The potential for cross‐site mentor‐mentee relationships and collaborations is a win‐win for both programs. | I really enjoyed my individual meeting with [visiting professor]. She was helpful in reviewing current projects from another perspective and very helpful in making suggestions for future projects. Also enjoyed her Grand Rounds and plan to follow‐up on this issue for possible cross‐institutional collaboration. |
| Overall, this exchange is a great program. It is fun, promotes idea exchange, and is immensely helpful to the visiting professor for promotion. Every meeting I had with faculty at [host institution] was interesting and worthwhile. The primary challenge is maintaining mentorship ties and momentum after the visit. I personally e‐mailed every person I met and received many responses, including several explicit requests for ongoing advising and collaboration. | I think this is a great program. It definitely gives us the opportunity to meet people outside of the [host institution] community and foster relationships, mentorship, and possible collaborations with projects and programs. |
| I liked multidisciplinary rounding. Research club. Meeting with faculty and trying to find common areas of interest. | I think this is a fantastic program so far. [Visiting professor] was very energetic and interested in making the most of the day. She contacted me after the visit and offered to keep in touch in the future. Right now I can see the program as being most useful in establishing new mentor/mentee relationships. |
| Most of the faculty I met with see value in being involved in systems/quality improvement, but most do not express interest in specific projects. Areas needing improvement were identified by everyone I met with so developing projects around these areas should be doable. They might benefit from access to mentoring in quality improvement. | It was fantastic to meet with [visiting professor] and get a sense for his work and also brainstorm about how we might do similar work here in the future (eg, in high‐value care). It was also great to then see him 2 days later at [national conference]. I feel this is a great program to improve our connections cross‐institutionally and hopefully to spark some future collaborations. |
| Very worthwhile. Was really helpful to meet with various faculty and leadership to see similarities and differences between our institutions. Generated several ideas for collaborative activities already. Also really helpful to have a somewhat structured way to share my work at an outside institution, as well as to create opportunities for mentor‐mentee relationships outside my home institution. | Incredibly valuable to promote this kind of cross‐pollination for both collaboration and innovation. |
| Wonderful, inspiring, professionally advantageous. | |
| Good idea. Good way to help midcareer faculty with advancement. Offers promise for collaboration of research/workshops. | |
| Suggestions for Improvement | |
| Please have e‐mails of the folks we meet available immediately after the visit. It is hard to know if anyone felt enough of a connection to want mentorship from me. | I feel like I may be a bit early on to benefit as much as I could have. |
| Develop a mentorship program for quality improvement. As part of this exchange, consider treating visits as similar to a consultation. Have visitor with specific focus that they can offer help with. | Nice to have personal access to accomplished faculty from other institutions. Their perspective and career trajectory don't always align due to differences in institution culture, specifics of promotion process, and so on, but still a useful experience. |
| Share any possible more‐formal topics for discussion with leadership prior to the visit so can prepare ahead of time (eg, gather information they may have questions on). Otherwise it was great! | For early career faculty, more discussions prior in regard to what to expect. |
| A question is who should continue to push? Is it the prospective mentee, the mentee's institution, an so on? | Great idea. Would have loved to be involved in more aspects. More time for discussion would have been good. Did not get to discuss collaboration in person. |
| Great to get to talk to someone from totally different system. Wish we had more time to talk. | |
One‐year follow‐up was obtained for all but 1 early‐career faculty member receiving the follow‐up survey, and all 3 visiting professors. Of the 3 visiting professorships that occurred more than 1 year ago, 16 mentorship contacts occurred in total (phone, e‐mail, or in person) between 13 early‐career faculty and 3 visiting professors in the year after the initial visits (range, 04 contacts). Follow‐up contact occurred for 3 of 4 early‐career faculty from the first visiting professorship, 3 of 5 from the second visiting professorship, and 2 of 4 from the third visiting professorship. One early‐career faculty member from each host academic medical center had 3 or more additional contacts with the visiting professor in the year following the initial visit. Overall, 8/13 (62%) of early‐career faculty had at least 1 follow‐up mentoring discussion. On 1‐year follow‐up, overall utility for professional development was rated an average of 3.5 by early‐career faculty (with a trend of higher ratings of efficacy with increasing number of follow‐up contacts) and 4.7 by visiting professors. Half (8/16) of the involved faculty report having seen evidence of cross‐institutional dissemination of innovation. Ninety‐four percent (15/16) of participants at 1‐year follow‐up felt there was benefit to their institution in continuing the program for the next year.
Objective evidence of cross‐institutional scholarship, assessed by email query of both visiting professors and senior hospitalists coordinating the visits, includes 2 collaborative peer reviewed publications including mentors and mentees participating in the visiting professorship.[6, 7] Joint educational curriculum development on high‐value care between sites is planned. The Visiting Professorship in Hospital Medicine Program has resulted in 1 external letter to support a visiting professor's promotion to date.
DISCUSSION
Hospital Medicine is a young, rapidly growing field, hence the number of experienced academic hospitalist mentors with expertise in successfully navigating an academic career is limited. A national study of hospitalist leaders found that 75% of clinician‐educators and 58% of research faculty feel that lack of mentorship is a major issue.[1] Mentorship for hospitalist clinician‐investigators is often delivered by nonhospitalists.[2, 8] There is little evidence of external mentorship for academic clinician‐educators in hospital medicine.[1] Without explicit programmatic support, many faculty may find this to be a barrier to career advancement. A study of successfully promoted hospitalists identified difficulty identifying external senior hospitalists to write letters in support of promotion as an obstacle.[9] Our study of the Visiting Professorship in Hospital Medicine Program found that early‐career faculty rated the visit as useful in advancing their career and fostered external mentorship relationships. Subsequent experience suggests more than half of the early‐career faculty will maintain contact with the visiting professor over the year following the visit. Visiting professors rate the experience particularly highly in their own career advancement.
The hospitalist movement is built on a foundation of innovation. The focus of each presentation was on an innovation developed by the visiting professor, and each visit showcased an innovation of the visited institution. This is distinct from traditional Hospital Grand Rounds, which more often focus on basic science research or clinical pathophysiology/disease management based on subspecialty topics.[10] The Visiting Professorship in Hospital Medicine Program was judged by participants to be an effective means of spreading innovation.
Insights from experience with the Visiting Professorship in Hospital Medicine Program include the importance of preliminary work prior to each visit. Program directors need to attend closely to the fit between the interests and career path of the visiting professor and those of the early‐career faculty. The innovations being shared should be aligned with organizational interests to maximize the chance of subsequent spread of the innovation and future collaboration. Providing faculty information about the objectives of the program in advance of the visit and arranging an exchange of curricula vitae between the early‐career faculty and the visiting professor allows participants to prepare for the in‐person coaching. Based on comments from participants, prompting contact from the visiting professor after the visit may be helpful to initiate the longitudinal relationship. We also found that early‐career faculty may not be aware of how to effectively use a mentoring relationship with an external faculty member. Training sessions for both mentors and mentees on effective mentorship relationships before visiting professorships might improve early‐career faculty confidence in initiating relationships and maximize value from mentor coaching.
A key issue is finding the right level of career maturity for the visiting professor. Our approach in selecting visiting professors was congruent with utilization of midcareer peer coaches employed by intrainstitutional hospital medicine mentoring programs.[11] The visiting professor should have sufficient experience and accomplishments to be able to effectively counsel junior faculty. However, it is important that the visiting professor also has sufficient time and interest to take on additional mentees and to be a full participant in shared scholarship projects emerging from the experience.
This study represents the experience of 5 mature academic hospitalist groups, and results may not be generalizable to dissimilar institutions or if only the most senior faculty are selected to perform visits. There is an inherent selection bias in the choice of both visiting professor and early‐career faculty. The small sample size of the faculty exposed to this program is a limitation to generalizability of the results of this evaluation. Whether this program will result in greater success in promotion of academic hospitalists cannot be assessed based on the follow‐up available. The Visiting Professorship in Hospital Medicine Program has continued to be sustained with an additional academic medical center enrolled and 2 additional site visits planned. The costs of the program are low, largely air travel and a night of lodging, as well as nominal administrative logistical support. Perceived benefits by participants and academic medical centers make this modest investment worth considering for academic hospitalist groups.
CONCLUSIONS
The Visiting Professorship in Hospital Medicine Program offers structure, opportunities, and access to senior mentors to advance the development of early‐career hospitalists while spreading innovation to distant sites. It is assessed by participants to facilitate external mentoring relationships and has the potential to advance the careers of both early‐career faculty as well as the visiting professors.
Disclosure
Nothing to report.
Hospital medicine is an emerging specialty comprised predominantly of early‐career faculty, often less than 5 years postresidency and predominately at instructor or assistant professor level.[1] Effective mentoring has been identified as a critical component of academic success.[2, 3] Published data suggest that most academic hospitalists do not have a mentor, and when they do, the majority of them spend less than 4 hours per year with their mentor.[2] The reasons for this are multifactorial but largely result from the lack of structure, opportunities, and local senior academic hospitalists.[1, 4] Early‐career faculty have difficulty establishing external mentoring relationships, and new models beyond the traditional intrainstitutional dyad are needed.[3, 4] The need for mentors and structured mentorship networks may be particularly high in hospital medicine.[5]
The Visiting Professorship in Hospital Medicine Program was designed to promote cross‐institutional mentorship, share hospitalist innovations, and facilitate academic collaboration between hospitalist groups. We describe the design and early experience with this program across 5 academic hospital medicine programs.
PROGRAM DESIGN
Objectives
The program was designed to promote mentoring relationships between early‐career hospitalist faculty and a visiting professor from another academic hospital medicine group. The program sought to provide immediate career advice during the visits, but also create opportunities for long‐term mentorship and collaboration between institutions. Goals for each visiting professorship included: (1) follow‐up contact between early‐career faculty and visiting professor in the 6 months following the visit, (2) long‐term mentoring relationship with at least 1 early‐career faculty at the visited institution, and (3) identification of opportunities for interinstitutional collaboration to disseminate innovations.
Selection of Sites and Faculty
The first 2 academic medical centers (AMCs) for the visiting professorship exchange designed the program (University of Colorado and University of New Mexico). In subsequent years, each participating AMC was able to solicit additional sites for faculty exchange. This model can expand without requiring ongoing central direction. No criteria were set for selection of AMCs. Visiting professors in hospital medicine were explicitly targeted to be at midcareer stage of late assistant professor or early associate professor and within 1 to 2 years of promotion. It was felt that this group would gain the maximal career benefit from delivering an invited visit to an external AMC, yet have a sufficient track record to deliver effective mentoring advice to early‐career hospitalists. The hospitalist group sending the visiting professor would propose a few candidates, with the innovations they would be able to present, and the hosting site would select 1 for the visit. Early‐career faculty at the hosting institution were generally instructor to early assistant professors.
Visit Itinerary
The visit itinerary was set up as follows:
- Visiting professor delivers a formal 1‐hour presentation to hospitalist faculty, describing an innovation in clinical care, quality improvement, patient safety, or education.
- Individual meetings with 3 to 5 early‐career hospitalists to review faculty portfolios and provide career advice.
- Group lunch between the visiting professor and faculty with similar interests to promote cross‐institutional networking and spark potential collaborations.
- Meeting with hospital medicine program leadership.
- Visiting professor receives exposure to an innovation developed at the hosting institution.
- Dinner with the hosting faculty including the senior hospitalist coordinating the visit.
In advance of the visit, both early‐career faculty and visiting professors receive written materials describing the program, its objectives, and tips to prepare for the visit (see Supporting Information in the online version of this article). The curricula vitae of early‐career faculty at the hosting institution were provided to the visiting professor. Visit costs were covered by the visiting professor's institution. Honoraria were not offered.
Program Evaluation
Within a month of each visit, a paper survey was administered to the visiting professor and the faculty with whom she/he met. In addition to demographic data including gender, self‐reported minority status, academic rank, years at rank, and total years in academic medicine, the survey asked faculty to rate on a 5‐point Likert scale their assessment of the usefulness of the visit to accomplish the 4 core goals of the program: (1) cross‐institutional dissemination of innovations in clinical medicine, education, or research; (2) advancing the respondent's academic career; (3) fostering cross‐institutional mentor‐mentee relationships; and (4) promoting cross‐institutional collaborations. Free‐text responses for overall impression of program and suggestions for improvement were solicited.
At the time of this writing, 1 year has passed from the initial visits for the first 3 visiting professorships. A 1‐year follow‐up survey was administered assessing (1) total number of contacts with the visiting professor in the year following the visit, (2) whether a letter of recommendation resulted from the visit, (3) whether the respondent had seen evidence of spread of innovative ideas as a result of the program, (4) participation in a cross‐institutional collaboration as a result of the program, and (5) assessment of benefit in continuing the program in the next year. The respondents were also asked to rate the global utility of the program to their professional development on a 5‐point scale ranging from not at all useful to very useful (Thinking about what has happened to you since the visit a year ago, please rate the usefulness of the entire program to your professional life: overall usefulness for my professional development.). Domain‐specific utility in improving clinical, research, quality improvement, and administrative skills were also elicited (results not shown). Finally, suggestions to improve the program for the future were solicited. The Colorado Multiple Institutional Review Board determined that the study of this faculty development program did not qualify as human subjects research, and subjects were therefore not asked to provide informed consent for participation.
RESULTS
To date, 5 academic medical centers have participated in the visiting professorship program, with 7 visiting professors interacting with 29 early‐career faculty. Of the 29 early‐career faculty, 72% (21/29) were at the rank of assistant professor, 17% (5/29) instructor, 7% (2/29) residents with plans to hire, and 3% (1/29) associate professor. The median was 2 years in academic medicine and 1 year at current academic rank. Forty‐one percent (12/29) were women and 7% (2/29) identified as ethnic minority. Of the 7 visiting professors, 57% (4/7) were assistant professor and 43% (3/7) were associate professors. The median was 5 years in academic medicine, 29% (2/7) were women, and none identified as ethnic minority.
Immediate postvisit survey response was obtained for all participating faculty. In the immediate postvisit survey, on a 5‐point Likert scale, the 29 early‐career faculty rated the visit: 4.4 for promoting cross‐institutional dissemination of innovations, 4.2 for advancing my academic career, 4.2 for fostering cross‐institutional mentor‐mentee relationships, and 4.4 for promoting cross‐institutional collaborations. Ninety‐three percent (26/28 accounting for 1 nonresponse to this question) reported the visiting professorship had high potential to disseminate innovation (rated greater than 3 on the 5‐point Likert score). Eighty‐three percent (24/29) of the early‐career faculty rated the visit highly useful in advancing their career, 76% (22/29) responded that the visit was highly likely to foster external mentorship relationships, and 90% (26/29) reported the visit highly effective in promoting cross‐institutional collaborations. In the immediate postvisit survey, the 7 visiting professors rated the visit 4.9 for promoting cross‐institutional dissemination of innovations, 4.3 for advancing my academic career, 4.0 for fostering cross‐institutional mentor‐mentee relationships, and 4.3 for promoting cross‐institutional collaborations.
Free‐text comments from both visiting professors and early‐career faculty were generally favorable (Table 1). Some comments offered constructive input on appropriate matching of faculty, previsit preparation, or desire for more time in sessions (Table 1).
| Visiting Professors (n = 7) | Early‐Career Faculty (n = 29) |
|---|---|
| I was very impressed with the degree of organization, preparation, and structure from [host institution]. The project is a great concept and may well lead to similar and even more developed ones in the future. It is very helpful to get the pulse on another program and to hear of some of the same struggles and successes of another hospitalist program. The potential for cross‐site mentor‐mentee relationships and collaborations is a win‐win for both programs. | I really enjoyed my individual meeting with [visiting professor]. She was helpful in reviewing current projects from another perspective and very helpful in making suggestions for future projects. Also enjoyed her Grand Rounds and plan to follow‐up on this issue for possible cross‐institutional collaboration. |
| Overall, this exchange is a great program. It is fun, promotes idea exchange, and is immensely helpful to the visiting professor for promotion. Every meeting I had with faculty at [host institution] was interesting and worthwhile. The primary challenge is maintaining mentorship ties and momentum after the visit. I personally e‐mailed every person I met and received many responses, including several explicit requests for ongoing advising and collaboration. | I think this is a great program. It definitely gives us the opportunity to meet people outside of the [host institution] community and foster relationships, mentorship, and possible collaborations with projects and programs. |
| I liked multidisciplinary rounding. Research club. Meeting with faculty and trying to find common areas of interest. | I think this is a fantastic program so far. [Visiting professor] was very energetic and interested in making the most of the day. She contacted me after the visit and offered to keep in touch in the future. Right now I can see the program as being most useful in establishing new mentor/mentee relationships. |
| Most of the faculty I met with see value in being involved in systems/quality improvement, but most do not express interest in specific projects. Areas needing improvement were identified by everyone I met with so developing projects around these areas should be doable. They might benefit from access to mentoring in quality improvement. | It was fantastic to meet with [visiting professor] and get a sense for his work and also brainstorm about how we might do similar work here in the future (eg, in high‐value care). It was also great to then see him 2 days later at [national conference]. I feel this is a great program to improve our connections cross‐institutionally and hopefully to spark some future collaborations. |
| Very worthwhile. Was really helpful to meet with various faculty and leadership to see similarities and differences between our institutions. Generated several ideas for collaborative activities already. Also really helpful to have a somewhat structured way to share my work at an outside institution, as well as to create opportunities for mentor‐mentee relationships outside my home institution. | Incredibly valuable to promote this kind of cross‐pollination for both collaboration and innovation. |
| Wonderful, inspiring, professionally advantageous. | |
| Good idea. Good way to help midcareer faculty with advancement. Offers promise for collaboration of research/workshops. | |
| Suggestions for Improvement | |
| Please have e‐mails of the folks we meet available immediately after the visit. It is hard to know if anyone felt enough of a connection to want mentorship from me. | I feel like I may be a bit early on to benefit as much as I could have. |
| Develop a mentorship program for quality improvement. As part of this exchange, consider treating visits as similar to a consultation. Have visitor with specific focus that they can offer help with. | Nice to have personal access to accomplished faculty from other institutions. Their perspective and career trajectory don't always align due to differences in institution culture, specifics of promotion process, and so on, but still a useful experience. |
| Share any possible more‐formal topics for discussion with leadership prior to the visit so can prepare ahead of time (eg, gather information they may have questions on). Otherwise it was great! | For early career faculty, more discussions prior in regard to what to expect. |
| A question is who should continue to push? Is it the prospective mentee, the mentee's institution, an so on? | Great idea. Would have loved to be involved in more aspects. More time for discussion would have been good. Did not get to discuss collaboration in person. |
| Great to get to talk to someone from totally different system. Wish we had more time to talk. | |
One‐year follow‐up was obtained for all but 1 early‐career faculty member receiving the follow‐up survey, and all 3 visiting professors. Of the 3 visiting professorships that occurred more than 1 year ago, 16 mentorship contacts occurred in total (phone, e‐mail, or in person) between 13 early‐career faculty and 3 visiting professors in the year after the initial visits (range, 04 contacts). Follow‐up contact occurred for 3 of 4 early‐career faculty from the first visiting professorship, 3 of 5 from the second visiting professorship, and 2 of 4 from the third visiting professorship. One early‐career faculty member from each host academic medical center had 3 or more additional contacts with the visiting professor in the year following the initial visit. Overall, 8/13 (62%) of early‐career faculty had at least 1 follow‐up mentoring discussion. On 1‐year follow‐up, overall utility for professional development was rated an average of 3.5 by early‐career faculty (with a trend of higher ratings of efficacy with increasing number of follow‐up contacts) and 4.7 by visiting professors. Half (8/16) of the involved faculty report having seen evidence of cross‐institutional dissemination of innovation. Ninety‐four percent (15/16) of participants at 1‐year follow‐up felt there was benefit to their institution in continuing the program for the next year.
Objective evidence of cross‐institutional scholarship, assessed by email query of both visiting professors and senior hospitalists coordinating the visits, includes 2 collaborative peer reviewed publications including mentors and mentees participating in the visiting professorship.[6, 7] Joint educational curriculum development on high‐value care between sites is planned. The Visiting Professorship in Hospital Medicine Program has resulted in 1 external letter to support a visiting professor's promotion to date.
DISCUSSION
Hospital Medicine is a young, rapidly growing field, hence the number of experienced academic hospitalist mentors with expertise in successfully navigating an academic career is limited. A national study of hospitalist leaders found that 75% of clinician‐educators and 58% of research faculty feel that lack of mentorship is a major issue.[1] Mentorship for hospitalist clinician‐investigators is often delivered by nonhospitalists.[2, 8] There is little evidence of external mentorship for academic clinician‐educators in hospital medicine.[1] Without explicit programmatic support, many faculty may find this to be a barrier to career advancement. A study of successfully promoted hospitalists identified difficulty identifying external senior hospitalists to write letters in support of promotion as an obstacle.[9] Our study of the Visiting Professorship in Hospital Medicine Program found that early‐career faculty rated the visit as useful in advancing their career and fostered external mentorship relationships. Subsequent experience suggests more than half of the early‐career faculty will maintain contact with the visiting professor over the year following the visit. Visiting professors rate the experience particularly highly in their own career advancement.
The hospitalist movement is built on a foundation of innovation. The focus of each presentation was on an innovation developed by the visiting professor, and each visit showcased an innovation of the visited institution. This is distinct from traditional Hospital Grand Rounds, which more often focus on basic science research or clinical pathophysiology/disease management based on subspecialty topics.[10] The Visiting Professorship in Hospital Medicine Program was judged by participants to be an effective means of spreading innovation.
Insights from experience with the Visiting Professorship in Hospital Medicine Program include the importance of preliminary work prior to each visit. Program directors need to attend closely to the fit between the interests and career path of the visiting professor and those of the early‐career faculty. The innovations being shared should be aligned with organizational interests to maximize the chance of subsequent spread of the innovation and future collaboration. Providing faculty information about the objectives of the program in advance of the visit and arranging an exchange of curricula vitae between the early‐career faculty and the visiting professor allows participants to prepare for the in‐person coaching. Based on comments from participants, prompting contact from the visiting professor after the visit may be helpful to initiate the longitudinal relationship. We also found that early‐career faculty may not be aware of how to effectively use a mentoring relationship with an external faculty member. Training sessions for both mentors and mentees on effective mentorship relationships before visiting professorships might improve early‐career faculty confidence in initiating relationships and maximize value from mentor coaching.
A key issue is finding the right level of career maturity for the visiting professor. Our approach in selecting visiting professors was congruent with utilization of midcareer peer coaches employed by intrainstitutional hospital medicine mentoring programs.[11] The visiting professor should have sufficient experience and accomplishments to be able to effectively counsel junior faculty. However, it is important that the visiting professor also has sufficient time and interest to take on additional mentees and to be a full participant in shared scholarship projects emerging from the experience.
This study represents the experience of 5 mature academic hospitalist groups, and results may not be generalizable to dissimilar institutions or if only the most senior faculty are selected to perform visits. There is an inherent selection bias in the choice of both visiting professor and early‐career faculty. The small sample size of the faculty exposed to this program is a limitation to generalizability of the results of this evaluation. Whether this program will result in greater success in promotion of academic hospitalists cannot be assessed based on the follow‐up available. The Visiting Professorship in Hospital Medicine Program has continued to be sustained with an additional academic medical center enrolled and 2 additional site visits planned. The costs of the program are low, largely air travel and a night of lodging, as well as nominal administrative logistical support. Perceived benefits by participants and academic medical centers make this modest investment worth considering for academic hospitalist groups.
CONCLUSIONS
The Visiting Professorship in Hospital Medicine Program offers structure, opportunities, and access to senior mentors to advance the development of early‐career hospitalists while spreading innovation to distant sites. It is assessed by participants to facilitate external mentoring relationships and has the potential to advance the careers of both early‐career faculty as well as the visiting professors.
Disclosure
Nothing to report.
- , , , . Survey of US academic hospitalist leaders about mentorship and academic activities in hospitalist groups. J Hosp Med. 2011;6:5–9.
- , , , , , . Mentorship, productivity, and promotion among academic hospitalists. J Gen Intern Med. 2012;27(1):23–27.
- , . Mentoring faculty in academic medicine: a new paradigm? J Gen Intern Med. 2005;20(9):866–870.
- , , , , , . Challenges and opportunities in academic hospital medicine: report from the Academic Hospital Medicine Summit. J Hosp Med. 2009;4:240–246.
- , . The need for mentors in the odyssey of the academic hospitalist. J Hosp Med. 2011;6:1–2.
- , , , . Procedural skills for hospitalists. Hosp Med Clin. 2016;5:114–136.
- , , . Cedecea davisae' s role in a polymicrobial lung infection in a cystic fibrosis patient. Case reports in infectious diseases. Case Rep Infect Dis. 2012;2012:176864.
- , , , . Innovative approach to supporting hospitalist physicians towards academic success. J Hosp Med. 2008;3:314–318.
- , , , , . Tried and true: a survey of successfully promoted academic hospitalists. J Hosp Med. 2011;6:411–415.
- , , , , . A case study of medical grand rounds: are we using effective methods? Acad Med. 2009;84(8):1144–1151.
- , , , . Investing in the future: building an academic hospitalist faculty development program. J Hosp Med. 2011;6:161–166.
- , , , . Survey of US academic hospitalist leaders about mentorship and academic activities in hospitalist groups. J Hosp Med. 2011;6:5–9.
- , , , , , . Mentorship, productivity, and promotion among academic hospitalists. J Gen Intern Med. 2012;27(1):23–27.
- , . Mentoring faculty in academic medicine: a new paradigm? J Gen Intern Med. 2005;20(9):866–870.
- , , , , , . Challenges and opportunities in academic hospital medicine: report from the Academic Hospital Medicine Summit. J Hosp Med. 2009;4:240–246.
- , . The need for mentors in the odyssey of the academic hospitalist. J Hosp Med. 2011;6:1–2.
- , , , . Procedural skills for hospitalists. Hosp Med Clin. 2016;5:114–136.
- , , . Cedecea davisae' s role in a polymicrobial lung infection in a cystic fibrosis patient. Case reports in infectious diseases. Case Rep Infect Dis. 2012;2012:176864.
- , , , . Innovative approach to supporting hospitalist physicians towards academic success. J Hosp Med. 2008;3:314–318.
- , , , , . Tried and true: a survey of successfully promoted academic hospitalists. J Hosp Med. 2011;6:411–415.
- , , , , . A case study of medical grand rounds: are we using effective methods? Acad Med. 2009;84(8):1144–1151.
- , , , . Investing in the future: building an academic hospitalist faculty development program. J Hosp Med. 2011;6:161–166.
Survival After Long-Term Residence in an Intensive Care Unit
Admission to an intensive care unit (ICU) is lifesaving for some patients, but for many, the admission carries high expectations and financial costs and fails to provide desirable outcomes. Patients who receive intensive care have a mortality rate of about 20%, and the costs of this care comprise about 4% of the U.S. health care budget.1,2 In a study of Medicare recipients, treatment intensity and expenses increased between the mid-1980s and 1999 but without any increase in survivorship; per capita ICU expenses were higher for patients who did not survive the ICU.3 Use of the ICU in patients’ final stages of life has increased in proportion since then, and the demand for critical care is likely to continue as the relative proportion of elderly patients in the population rises.2,4,5
Physicians and nurses who responded to a European survey on the inappropriateness of intensive care overwhelmingly endorsed the problems of “too much care” (89%) and “other patients would benefit more” (38%).6 Receiving terminal care in the ICU runs counter to the preferences of most patients.7 Therefore, the challenges are to define the true beneficiaries of critical care and to minimize the discomfort and unrealistic expectations of patients who will not benefit from intensive care.
For ICU patients, morbidity and mortality depend on the interaction of an acute insult (or a surgery), major comorbidities, and physiologic reserve. Aside from those with objective criteria of extreme illness, many patients have an indeterminate prognosis that is difficult to reliably predict.8,9 Several prognostic scores, including the APACHE (Acute Physiologic Assessment and Chronic Health Evaluation) and SOFA (Sequential Organ Failure Assessment) scores, have proved useful in understanding the illness burden of a population when comparing outcomes in different ICUs. Yet their use in assessing the survival of individual patients has not been advocated.10-15 The utility of such models is further challenged by the significant differences in survival between patients with similar illness scores; by the sometimes poor applicability of a model’s derivation cohort to other ICU populations (surgical in particular); by cases of huge disparities between actual and predicted mortality; and by the periodic need to recalibrate models according to advances in care.16-20
Physician intuition regarding prognosis is highly variable. In a series of medical (floor and ICU) admissions, resident physician estimates of illness severity and postdischarge status were associated with stepwise differences in mortality and APACHE scores.21,22 However, in a pure ICU population, in most cases seasoned providers could not accurately predict a patient’s chance of survival.23 Physicians are likewise poor in predicting family preferences regarding aggressive care vs alternatives, and often, survival is couched in terms of ICU survival, which for family members may not be as meaningful as long-term survival or functional recovery. Further, quality of life and patient preferences are not discussed in most cases, even those associated with poor outcomes.24 There also is a large amount of heterogeneity in the end of-life care of ICU patients. For example, cardiopulmonary resuscitation was attempted in up to 70% of dying patients in some ICUs and in as little as 4% in other ICUs.25 Thus, the limitations of predictive models, combined with misperceptions of patient preference, poor communication, and local traditions, lead to aggressive care being given to patients who might not benefit from or desire such care.
It has been stated that the trajectory of most critical illness is unclear enough so that patients should be admitted to the ICU for a trial of therapy, and that in outcome predictions, the response to intensive treatment may be more useful than laboratory and other data comprising illness severity scores.15,26 However, there is no consensus as to what constitutes a trial of intensive care therapy—vs a round of chemotherapy, a course of antibiotics, or a palliative ileostomy—yet this is the basis of many ICU admissions. Slight corrections in laboratory or physiologic findings often lead to continuation of aggressive care, often without any discussion of expected outcomes and the process of identifying and caring for patients who do not respond to therapy. Intensive care also may be prolonged because of several medical, personal, and social factors (Table 1).
At best, deciding how long to provide intensive care involves a synthesis of information about the trajectory, physiologic reserve, beliefs, values, and preferences of the patient. Any or all of these elements may not be known to the care decision-makers.
The authors conducted a study to determine whether a particular duration of care exists that represents a reasonable trial of therapy. As the VA Palo Alto Health Care System (VAPAHCS) ICU treats both medical and surgical patients, the authors were able to compare these subpopulations’ outcomes while providing the same standard of care. They analyzed the aggregate of patients as well as the medical and surgical subpopulations.
Methods
The VA Research and Development Committee and the Stanford Panel on Human Subjects approved the authors’ data collection and reporting.The study was conducted at the 15-bed mixed-medical/surgical VAPAHCS ICU. Analyzed data were drawn from all patients admitted during a 19-month period (July 14, 2008, to January 28, 2010). A serial log was used to prospectively capture basic data regarding each admission. Medical patients received care from the ICU service, and surgical patients were comanaged by the surgical and ICU teams.
A mortality database was constructed with data from the Decedent Affairs Office and from the national VistA database. The data included all deaths recorded either inside or outside the hospital or systemwide nursing facility. Mortality reported in the Computerized Patient Record System (CPRS) was queried further for patients with a length of stay (LOS) of more than 14 days.
Statistical Analysis
Calculations were based on denominators of individual patients or on number of admissions. All mortality calculations were based on a denominator of individual patients. For mortality analysis, only the last admission was included, unless a patient survived a full year between admissions. The Kruskal-Wallis test for nonnormally distributed data and the Dunn posttest for multiple comparisons were used for continuous variables (eg, age, LOS, risk scores); the Fisher exact test was used for categorical data; and the log-rank test was used to compare survival curves. For all analyses, P < .05 was considered statistically significant.
Mortality and Functional Status
Mortality risk scores on ICU admission were calculated with the Mortality Prediction Model–Admission III (MPM-III), using data from the CPRS. Specifics on this calculation are described in the eAppendix.
Current survival status of patients who were in the ICU more than 14 days was determined from the CPRS and telephone discussions with the patient or with relatives. Functional status was evaluated with the 36-Item Short Form Health Survey (SF-36), which has been used in comparable studies.27,28 Disposition at 6 months and 1 year was established by inspecting the CPRS for dates corresponding to these exact periods. For example, a patient in the hospital about 1 year after ICU discharge would be considered to be at home if discharged 1 day before the 365-day anniversary. In a few cases, progress notes indicated that the patient was receiving around-the-clock nursing care at home; in the analysis, these cases were included with those of patients known to be in traditional nursing facilities. In cases in which the CPRS lacked mortality information, the patient was presumed to be alive even if there were no records of clinic visits or other medical attention. Serial admission data from a mixed-medical/surgical ICU were collected over a 19-month period (July 14, 2008, to January 28, 2010) and analyzed.
Results
The final data set consisted of 1,113 admissions and 976 patients (one-third medical, two-thirds surgical). In this cohort, 12% of all patients studied were readmitted to the ICU at least once, and 12% of all ICU admissions were repeat admissions. The medical/surgical proportion was similar for readmitted patients. Demographics and other data are available in eTable 1.
Length of Stay
The distribution of all patients by LOS in the study period is shown in eFigure 1A. Data are skewed rightward toward longer LOS. The median LOS of 3 days for the entire population differed according to specialty, with a median of 3 days for medical patients (interquartile range, 2-7 days) and a median of 2 days for surgical patients (interquartile range, 1-5 days; P < .01 for medical vs surgical patients).
The LOS differed between ICU patients admitted for the first time and those readmitted within the 19-month study period. For both admission categories, LOS was longer for medical patients than for surgical patients. However, there were no significant differences between percentages of medical and surgical patients who were readmitted (Table 2). Despite comprising about 12% of the population, patients with more than 1 admission accounted for 23% of admissions and 25% of all bed occupancies during the study period.
Figure e1B shows ICU bed occupancy for different LOS intervals (calculated as bed days) and indicates that despite accounting for a small percentage of admissions, patients with long LOS accounted for a significant portion of total occupancy (32% for more than 1 month, 45% for more than 14 days). The medical and surgical contributions of these long-LOS patients were about equal. The figures indicate that more than half of medical ICU patient occupancy involved LOS of more than 14 days, while surgical patients tended to have shorter LOS.
Mortality
Of all the patients in this study, 5.1% died in the ICU; the mortality rate was 11% for medical patients and 2.1% for surgical patients. Thirty days after discharge, overall mortality was 10.4%, or 23.5% for medical patients and 3.9% for surgical patients. Finally, 1 year after discharge, mortality rates were 21.5% (overall), 39.4% (medical patients), and 12.5% (surgical patients) (Table 3). Survival curves demonstrated the difference between medical and surgical patients at 30 days and 1 year (Figures 1A & 1B).
Impact of LOS on Mortality
One-year mortality was 17% for patients who were in the ICU less than 14 days and 40% for those in the ICU more than 14 days (relative risk [RR] = 2.35; P < .01) (Table 4).
Mortality also was higher in patients with more than 1 ICU admission. For the aggregate of ICU patients, readmission status was significantly associated with a 10% increase in mortality. For both single- and multiple-admission status, the mortality rate was 2.5-fold higher for medical patients than for surgical patients. The increased mortality associated with readmission status was not significantly different for either medical or surgical patients analyzed as subgroups (eAppendix Table.)
Impact of Age on Mortality
Figures 4A and 4B shows 30-day and 1-year mortality associated with age; regression analysis indicated that age is an independent predictor of ICU mortality. For 30-day mortality, increased age was positively associated with mortality in medical patients but not in surgical patients (r2 = 0.91; P < .0001). Age had a significant impact on 1-year mortality for both medical and surgical patients but less so in the latter (r2 = 0.95 and 0.65, respectively; P < .001 for both). Although increased mortality was associated with both LOS and age, there was no clear association between the latter 2 variables.
Survival of Chronic Critical Illness
As eTable 2 shows, 21.5% of all patients died either in the ICU or within the first year after ICU discharge. To evaluate the survival of chronic ICU residence, the authors performed a detailed analysis of functional status and mortality of patients with LOS of more than 14 days. Seventy-one patients fit that profile (their mean LOS was 41 days; median, 28 days). Of these patients, 11 died in the ICU, and another 17 died within 6 months (including 2 in a stepdown unit and 7 in hospice). Overall, 28 (39%) of the 71 patients died either in the ICU or within 6 months (35% aggregate, 53% of medical patients, and 27% of surgical patients in ICU > 2 weeks). Another 8 patients (11%) died between 6 and 12 months after discharge. One-year mortality among patients in the ICU more than 14 days was 40% overall, 50% for medical patients, and 29% for surgical patients—or twice that predicted by the MPM-III model, which figured mortality rates of 25% and 12% for medical and surgical patients, respectively. In this cohort, the mean MPM-III score was 18.6% for 1-year survivors and 29.3% for nonsurvivors (P = .016, Mann-Whitney U test). Mortality was associated with a trend toward higher MPM-III scores in both medical and surgical patients but did not reach statistical significance.
Of the cohort patients who lived at least 6 months after ICU discharge, 45% were still in a hospital or were in a nursing facility at 6 months. Of the patients who lived at least 1 year, 33% were still in a hospital or were in a nursing facility (Figure 5). At 1 year, mean age was 63 years for survivors and 69 years for the deceased (P < .01 by Student t test).
Quality-of-Life Survey
The authors successfully contacted 32 of the 39 patients who lived at least 1 year after discharge after an ICU stay of more than 14 days. The subgroups’ median SF-36 scores were similar: 57 for medical patients and 51 for surgical patients. These average scores over 8 domains are similar to those reported by Graf and colleagues for 9 months after ICU discharge (53.7) and are lower than the normative data reported by those authors for the German population (mean, 66.5).29
Discussion
The goals of the present study were 2-fold—to gain a better understanding of the survival and functioning of patients after ICU residence and to define what may constitute a trial of therapy in ICU, or specifically to determine whether there is a particular ICU interval or point at which further care fails to improve survival. The study also compared medical and surgical subpopulations.
The main finding of this study was a 4-fold difference between ICU mortality and 1-year mortality. This mortality increase occurred in both medical and surgical patients, but there were large differences in magnitude between these groups. The survival rates generally were better than those of other general intensive care populations, though such a comparison should be made with caution, as survival differs by country, population, admitting practices, and a variety of other hospital characteristics.30,31 Although some findings of the present study may relate to its largely male U.S. veteran population, the authors believe they have provided a data-collection-and-analysis model that can be used by any hospital trying to understand the course and outcome of its ICU patients and recognizing the value of this knowledge in discussions on goals of care.
Mortality and LOS
As each interval of ICU residence was associated with a stepwise increase in mortality, there was no clear cutoff for diminishing return. To create a reference point, the authors analyzed the data of patients who were in an ICU more than 14 days—thinking that this duration may represent an outer limit of a reasonable trial of therapy and a measure that probably distinguishes acute from chronic critical illness.32 Use of this interval represented a conservative approach, as only 6.5% of the patients in this cohort had a LOS of more than 14 days. This small percentage of patients accounted for 45% of total bed occupancy in this study and 54% of all medical bed occupancy. In the more-than-14-days group, mortality was 37.5% for surgical patients and 46.3% for medical patients. Thus, LOS may be a dynamic measure of physiologic reserve and disease severity—reflecting variables such as response to therapy, severity of comorbidities, resistance to new problems, and rebound from chronic stress, inflammation, and catabolism. This view is supported by the nearly 2-fold higher mortality in medical patients and nearly 3-fold higher mortality in surgical patients in comparison with MPM-III predictions.
Twelve percent of all patients were admitted to ICU multiple times, and these admissions accounted for 25% of all bed occupancies. Multiple admissions indicate a high disease burden or a low physiologic reserve that prevents full recovery from critical illness. As mortality was higher in patients with multiple admissions, ICU readmission should be regarded as a marker for poor overall recovery and should prompt consideration of both initial discharge criteria and trajectory as well as goals of care.
Medical vs Surgical Patients
In this cohort, medical and surgical patients were distinguished on several grounds. Despite the similar mean age of these subpopulations, medical patients had longer LOS and higher short- and long-term mortality. These findings are not surprising, as medical patients in the ICU have high rates of end-stage disease, malignancy, and high comorbidity burden and are often admitted to have potentially life-ending conditions stabilized. Surgical patients generally are selected on their ability to withstand major systemic perturbations—palliative and emergency operations excepted—and generally have medical conditions optimized before surgery. As the expectation of postoperative survival likely biases clinician behavior toward aggressive care, some short-term survival may reflect this behavior.
In contrast, such biased behavior is not an issue in 1-year survival, which instead accurately reflects underlying health. The different slopes of medical and surgical patients on age-vs-mortality in Figures 4A & 4B indicate the different physiologic makeups of these ICU patients. With short and long LOS compared, the difference between surgical and medical patients in the ICU is striking: Sixty-one percent of all surgical bed days vs 45% of all medical bed days are for LOS less than 14 days. Nevertheless, chronic critical illness has a significant impact on both medical and surgical patients and tends to equalize some of the survival differences between these groups. These populations had similar ICU readmission rates as well as similar higher mortality rates for LOS of more than 14 days and especially for LOS of more than 1 month. With longer LOS, the survival curve of surgical patients begins to resemble that of medical patients—suggesting that the phenotype of chronic critical illness becomes the dominant force influencing survival and function (Figures 3A & 3B). Indeed, for surgical patients, the highest mortality categories were ICU readmission and LOS of more than 30 days.
The mortality rate was significantly lower for surgical patients than it was for medical patients at all intervals studied, with the largest separation in the short-term categories of ICU and 30-day mortality. The post-ICU mortality rates for medical and surgical patients are similar to those reported in several other studies, including a study of veterans.14-16,33,34 Among the present patients with LOS of more than 14 days, surviving surgical patients were significantly younger than nonsurviving surgical patients and both surviving and nonsurviving medical patients.
The few SF-36 responses collected revealed no differences between medical and surgical patients.
A Trial of Therapy
The present data are useful in describing the landscape of post-ICU survival to patients and their families. The data demonstrated a higher mortality trend that correlated with increases in age and increases in ICU duration and readmission. Within this continuum, there was no break point at which survivors and nonsurvivors clearly separated. The data therefore lack a boundary that can be used to define a trial of therapy. However, the added risks of age and recovery longer than 1 week are clear and should be included in care decisions. The generally better survival of surgical patients (nearly all of whom had elective surgery) in comparison with medical patients suggests these populations should be considered separately.
In the absence of a point distinguishing survivors from nonsurvivors, the authors performed a more detailed analysis of patients in the ICU for more than 14 days to provide some perspective on health care dependence in the subsequent year. That ICU survival does not necessarily equate to overall survival and independence long after ICU residence is an important matter for patients and families to consider when making decisions about critical care residence. The 14-day LOS data, though using a fairly arbitrary time point, suggest that patients who cannot recover from critical illness in less than 14 days should be advised of the range of short- and long-term mortality and the likelihood of high dependence on medical care within the subsequent year.
The concepts of hospital-dependent patient and persistent inflammation, immunosuppression, and catabolism syndrome have been introduced to describe the condition of progressive deterioration and inability to regain full independence after illness.32,35 These illness patterns deserve attention in prognosis discussions. The present study focused not on ICU survival but on 1-year mortality and functional independence, and it is these longer term outcomes that critical care professionals should consider. Intensive care units are successful in improving short-term survival, but a long line of successful ICU discharges may lead an intensivist to think that longer term survival is important as well and convey this impression to patients and their families.
Study Strengths
This study is one of a few to investigate the short- and long-term survival of an unselected cohort of critically ill patients and is unique in its inclusion of both medical and surgical patients receiving care in the same environment. Medical and surgical patients have different survival profiles that may necessitate separate studies of these subpopulations. However, the finding of different survival profiles under the same care highlights the intrinsic differences between these groups. Use of a 1.5-year study period allowed the authors to capture ICU patients with long LOS and to include multiple episodes of care provided by more than 10 different attending physicians. Therefore, these data likely were not influenced by any rare events or idiosyncrasies in practice styles. Further, the same teams of physicians and nurses cared for all the medical and surgical patients, and all unit-based protocols and quality improvement activities were applied to all patients.
Study Limitations
The intensive care patients come from a large catchment area; however, conditions seen in tertiary referral centers, such as bone marrow transplants, cerebrovascular, transplant surgery, and ventricular-assist devices are not represented in this population.
In this study, bed days were used as a crude measure of care burden. From a nursing perspective, however, the workload may be higher with quick-turnover beds than with long-term residents. On the other hand, long-term ICU residents are visited by multiple consultants and receive a much larger set of interventions, including weeks of ventilation and hemodialysis, line changes, and family meetings. A comparison of the costs involved for different ICU subpopulations would add valuable information to this discussion.
The authors took a conservative approach in establishing the mortality and residence of patients 1 year after their ICU stays. At 6 months, 1-year patients without evidence of hospital or nursing facility residence were assumed to be home. In reality, nearly all these patients had multiple admissions or emergency department stays, or there was other evidence of intensive care. Some patients who were assumed to be home may have left the area and become untraceable. All estimates of care dependence and mortality should therefore be considered minimums. The authors cannot envision how any of their estimates could overstate the morbidity and mortality.
The concept of hospital dependence is applicable to the majority of the ICU survivors, though the authors did not attempt to create a quantitative measure of this status.36 Another study limitation is that absence of hospitalization does not equal functional independence. A better definition of this status, and its application to a broad spectrum of LOS, would be a valuable adjunct to ICU decision making.
The convention by which the authors considered the first day of their study period a “fresh slate” did not adjust for the situation that some first admissions actually were readmissions. Assuming the validity of the finding that readmitted patients had a higher burden of morbidity and mortality, misclassification of admission status would tend to inflate the mortality of single-admission patients and minimize the magnitude of the differences found in this study. Similarly, an admission near the end of the study period may have been analyzed as a single admission, even if the patient was readmitted and died the next year. The latter situation also would tend to inflate the mortality of the single-admission category. None of these possible mathematical errors negates the fact that a second ICU admission should be regarded as a marker for poor recovery.
A more accurate estimate of short- and long-term prognosis likely can be obtained by examining laboratory studies and interventions such as vasopressors, dialysis, and ventilation at defined time points. Although the authors did not attempt it, development of such a model would be a valuable undertaking. They focused on describing the expected course of ICU patients and determining what patterns emerged from care duration. As this study found that the prognosis for long-term ICU residents remained guarded a long time after discharge, survival models of patients with 1- to 2-week ICU residences likely would be valuable in clinical decision making.
A quality-of-life survey was administered only to patients in the ICU longer than 2 weeks. This limited study was conducted to explore the feasibility of assessing outcomes other than survival and to determine the staffing requirements needed to research this further. A more meaningful analysis would come from a broader analysis of scores from 3 or 4 different ICU lengths of stay.
Clinician and family behavior can influence some of the outcomes measured in this study—particularly in cases in which an illness is poorly characterized and an evidence basis for decision making is lacking. In these situations, values and individual clinician judgment likely predominate, possibly introducing variability to care duration. Nevertheless, cumulative mortality 1 month or more after ICU residence would eliminate biased clinician behavior. The heterogeneity of care providers’ and families’ decision making, captured in this analysis, likely is a normal phenomenon that should help inform physicians’ understanding of prolonged ICU residence.
1. Halpern NA. Can the costs of critical care be controlled? Curr Opin Crit Care. 2009;15(6):591-596.
2. Angus DC, Barnato AE, Linde-Zwirble WT, et al; Robert Wood Johnson Foundation ICU End-of-Life Peer Group. Use of intensive care at the end of life in the United States: an epidemiologic study. Crit Care Med. 2004;32(3):638-643.
3. Barnato AE, McClellan MB, Kagay CR, Garber AM. Trends in inpatient treatment intensity among Medicare beneficiaries at the end of life. Health Serv Res. 2004;39(2):363-375.
4. Teno JM, Gozalo PL, Bynum JP, et al. Change in end-of-life care for Medicare beneficiaries: site of death, place of care, and health care transitions in 2000, 2005, and 2009. JAMA. 2013;309(5):470-477.
5. Zilberberg MD, Shorr AF. Economics at the end of life: hospital and ICU perspectives. Semin Respir Crit Care Med. 2012;33(4):362-369.
6. Piers RD, Azoulay E, Ricou B, et al; APPROPRICUS Study Group of the Ethics Section of the ESICM. Perceptions of appropriateness of care among European and Israeli intensive care unit nurses and physicians. JAMA. 2011;306(24):2694-2703.
7. Higginson IJ, Sen-Gupta GJ. Place of care in advanced cancer: a qualitative systematic literature review of patient p. J Palliat Med. 2000;3(3):287-300.
8. McClish DK, Powell SH. How well can physicians estimate mortality in a medical intensive care unit? Med Decis Making. 1989;9(2):125-132.
9. Barrera R, Nygard S, Sogoloff H, Groeger J, Wilson R. Accuracy of predictions of survival at admission to the intensive care unit. J Crit Care. 2001;16(1):32-35.
10. Johnson AE, Kramer AA, Clifford GD. A new severity of illness scale using a subset of Acute Physiology and Chronic Health Evaluation data elements shows comparable predictive accuracy. Crit Care Med. 2013;41(7):1711-1718.
11. D'Hoore W, Bouckaert A, Tilquin C. Practical considerations on the use of the Charlson comorbidity index with administrative data bases. J Clin Epidemiol. 1996;49(12):1429-1433.
12. Knaus WA, Wagner DP, Zimmerman JE, Draper EA. Variations in mortality and length of stay in intensive care units. Ann Intern Med. 1993;118(10):753-761.
13. Lemeshow S, Teres D, Klar J, Avrunin JS, Gehlbach SH, Rapoport J. Mortality Probability Models (MPM II) based on an international cohort of intensive care unit patients. JAMA. 1993;270(20):2478-2486.
14. Render ML, Kim HM, Welsh DE, et al; VA ICU Project (VIP) Investigators. Automated intensive care unit risk adjustment: results from a national Veterans Affairs study. Crit Care Med. 2003;31(6):1638-1646.
15. Viviand X, Gouvernet J, Granthil C, François G. Simplification of the SAPS by selecting independent variables. Intensive Care Med. 1991;17(3):164-168.
16. Higgins TL, Teres D, Copes WS, Nathanson BH, Stark M, Kramer AA. Assessing contemporary intensive care unit outcome: an updated Mortality Probability Admission Model (MPM0-III). Crit Care Med. 2007;35(3):827-835.
17. Knaus WA, Draper EA, Wagner DP, Zimmerman JE. APACHE II: a severity of disease classification system. Crit Care Med. 1985;13(10):818-829.
18. Poses RM, McClish DK, Smith WR, et al. Results of report cards for patients with congestive heart failure depend on the method used to adjust for severity. Ann Intern Med. 2000;133(1):10-20.
19. Schuster DP. Predicting outcome after ICU admission. The art and science of assessing risk. Chest. 1992;102(6):1861-1870.
20. Teno JM, Fisher E, Hamel MB, et al. Decision-making and outcomes of prolonged ICU stays in seriously ill patients. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2000;48(suppl 5):S70-S74.
21. Charlson M, Szatrowski TP, Peterson J, Gold J. Validation of a combined comorbidity index. J Clin Epidemiol. 1994;47(11):1245-1251.
22. Pompei P, Charlson ME, Ales K, MacKenzie CR, Norton M. Relating patient characteristics at the time of admission to outcomes of hospitalization. J Clin Epidemiol. 1991;44(10):1063-1069.
23. Meadow W, Pohlman A, Frain L, et al. Power and limitations of daily prognostications of death in the medical intensive care unit. Crit Care Med. 2011;39(3):474-479.
24. Douglas SL, Daly BJ, Lipson AR. Neglect of quality-of-life considerations in intensive care unit family meetings for long-stay intensive care unit patients. Crit Care Med. 2012;40(2):461-467.
25. Prendergast TJ, Claessens MT, Luce JM. A national survey of end-of-life care for critically ill patients. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 1998;158(4):1163-1167.
26. Luce JM. A history of resolving conflicts over end-of-life care in intensive care units in the United States. Crit Care Med. 2010;38(8):1623-1629.
27. Bashour CA, Yared JP, Ryan TA, et al. Long-term survival and functional capacity in cardiac surgery patients after prolonged intensive care. Crit Care Med. 2000;28(12):3847-3853.
28. Eddleston JM, White P, Guthrie E. Survival, morbidity, and quality of life after discharge from intensive care. Crit Care Med. 2000;28(7):2293-2299.
29. Graf J, Koch M, Dujardin R, Kersten A, Janssens U. Health-related quality of life before, 1 month after, and 9 months after intensive care in medical cardiovascular and pulmonary patients. Crit Care Med. 2003;31(8):2163-2169.
30. Montuclard L, Garrouste-Orgeas M, Timsit JF, Misset B, De Jonghe B, Carlet J. Outcome, functional autonomy, and quality of life of elderly patients with a long-term intensive care unit stay. Crit Care Med. 2000;28(10):3389-3395.
31. Teno JM, Harrell FE Jr, Knaus W, et al. Prediction of survival for older hospitalized patients: the HELP survival model. Hospitalized Elderly Longitudinal Project. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2000;48(suppl 5):S16-S24.
32. Lamas D. Chronic critical illness. N Engl J Med. 2014;370(2):175-177.
33. Konopad E, Noseworthy TW, Johnston R, Shustack A, Grace M. Quality of life measures before and one year after admission to an intensive care unit. Crit Care Med. 1995;23(10):1653-1659.
34. Render ML, Kim HM, Deddens J, et al. Variation in outcomes in Veterans Affairs intensive care units with a computerized severity measure. Crit Care Med. 2005;33(5):930-939.
35. Gentile LF, Cuenca AG, Efron PA, et al. Persistent inflammation and immunosuppression: a common syndrome and new horizon for surgical intensive care. J Trauma Acute Care Surg. 2012;72(6):1491-1501.
36. Reuben DB, Tinetti ME. The hospital-dependent patient. N Engl J Med. 2014;370(8):694-697.
Admission to an intensive care unit (ICU) is lifesaving for some patients, but for many, the admission carries high expectations and financial costs and fails to provide desirable outcomes. Patients who receive intensive care have a mortality rate of about 20%, and the costs of this care comprise about 4% of the U.S. health care budget.1,2 In a study of Medicare recipients, treatment intensity and expenses increased between the mid-1980s and 1999 but without any increase in survivorship; per capita ICU expenses were higher for patients who did not survive the ICU.3 Use of the ICU in patients’ final stages of life has increased in proportion since then, and the demand for critical care is likely to continue as the relative proportion of elderly patients in the population rises.2,4,5
Physicians and nurses who responded to a European survey on the inappropriateness of intensive care overwhelmingly endorsed the problems of “too much care” (89%) and “other patients would benefit more” (38%).6 Receiving terminal care in the ICU runs counter to the preferences of most patients.7 Therefore, the challenges are to define the true beneficiaries of critical care and to minimize the discomfort and unrealistic expectations of patients who will not benefit from intensive care.
For ICU patients, morbidity and mortality depend on the interaction of an acute insult (or a surgery), major comorbidities, and physiologic reserve. Aside from those with objective criteria of extreme illness, many patients have an indeterminate prognosis that is difficult to reliably predict.8,9 Several prognostic scores, including the APACHE (Acute Physiologic Assessment and Chronic Health Evaluation) and SOFA (Sequential Organ Failure Assessment) scores, have proved useful in understanding the illness burden of a population when comparing outcomes in different ICUs. Yet their use in assessing the survival of individual patients has not been advocated.10-15 The utility of such models is further challenged by the significant differences in survival between patients with similar illness scores; by the sometimes poor applicability of a model’s derivation cohort to other ICU populations (surgical in particular); by cases of huge disparities between actual and predicted mortality; and by the periodic need to recalibrate models according to advances in care.16-20
Physician intuition regarding prognosis is highly variable. In a series of medical (floor and ICU) admissions, resident physician estimates of illness severity and postdischarge status were associated with stepwise differences in mortality and APACHE scores.21,22 However, in a pure ICU population, in most cases seasoned providers could not accurately predict a patient’s chance of survival.23 Physicians are likewise poor in predicting family preferences regarding aggressive care vs alternatives, and often, survival is couched in terms of ICU survival, which for family members may not be as meaningful as long-term survival or functional recovery. Further, quality of life and patient preferences are not discussed in most cases, even those associated with poor outcomes.24 There also is a large amount of heterogeneity in the end of-life care of ICU patients. For example, cardiopulmonary resuscitation was attempted in up to 70% of dying patients in some ICUs and in as little as 4% in other ICUs.25 Thus, the limitations of predictive models, combined with misperceptions of patient preference, poor communication, and local traditions, lead to aggressive care being given to patients who might not benefit from or desire such care.
It has been stated that the trajectory of most critical illness is unclear enough so that patients should be admitted to the ICU for a trial of therapy, and that in outcome predictions, the response to intensive treatment may be more useful than laboratory and other data comprising illness severity scores.15,26 However, there is no consensus as to what constitutes a trial of intensive care therapy—vs a round of chemotherapy, a course of antibiotics, or a palliative ileostomy—yet this is the basis of many ICU admissions. Slight corrections in laboratory or physiologic findings often lead to continuation of aggressive care, often without any discussion of expected outcomes and the process of identifying and caring for patients who do not respond to therapy. Intensive care also may be prolonged because of several medical, personal, and social factors (Table 1).
At best, deciding how long to provide intensive care involves a synthesis of information about the trajectory, physiologic reserve, beliefs, values, and preferences of the patient. Any or all of these elements may not be known to the care decision-makers.
The authors conducted a study to determine whether a particular duration of care exists that represents a reasonable trial of therapy. As the VA Palo Alto Health Care System (VAPAHCS) ICU treats both medical and surgical patients, the authors were able to compare these subpopulations’ outcomes while providing the same standard of care. They analyzed the aggregate of patients as well as the medical and surgical subpopulations.
Methods
The VA Research and Development Committee and the Stanford Panel on Human Subjects approved the authors’ data collection and reporting.The study was conducted at the 15-bed mixed-medical/surgical VAPAHCS ICU. Analyzed data were drawn from all patients admitted during a 19-month period (July 14, 2008, to January 28, 2010). A serial log was used to prospectively capture basic data regarding each admission. Medical patients received care from the ICU service, and surgical patients were comanaged by the surgical and ICU teams.
A mortality database was constructed with data from the Decedent Affairs Office and from the national VistA database. The data included all deaths recorded either inside or outside the hospital or systemwide nursing facility. Mortality reported in the Computerized Patient Record System (CPRS) was queried further for patients with a length of stay (LOS) of more than 14 days.
Statistical Analysis
Calculations were based on denominators of individual patients or on number of admissions. All mortality calculations were based on a denominator of individual patients. For mortality analysis, only the last admission was included, unless a patient survived a full year between admissions. The Kruskal-Wallis test for nonnormally distributed data and the Dunn posttest for multiple comparisons were used for continuous variables (eg, age, LOS, risk scores); the Fisher exact test was used for categorical data; and the log-rank test was used to compare survival curves. For all analyses, P < .05 was considered statistically significant.
Mortality and Functional Status
Mortality risk scores on ICU admission were calculated with the Mortality Prediction Model–Admission III (MPM-III), using data from the CPRS. Specifics on this calculation are described in the eAppendix.
Current survival status of patients who were in the ICU more than 14 days was determined from the CPRS and telephone discussions with the patient or with relatives. Functional status was evaluated with the 36-Item Short Form Health Survey (SF-36), which has been used in comparable studies.27,28 Disposition at 6 months and 1 year was established by inspecting the CPRS for dates corresponding to these exact periods. For example, a patient in the hospital about 1 year after ICU discharge would be considered to be at home if discharged 1 day before the 365-day anniversary. In a few cases, progress notes indicated that the patient was receiving around-the-clock nursing care at home; in the analysis, these cases were included with those of patients known to be in traditional nursing facilities. In cases in which the CPRS lacked mortality information, the patient was presumed to be alive even if there were no records of clinic visits or other medical attention. Serial admission data from a mixed-medical/surgical ICU were collected over a 19-month period (July 14, 2008, to January 28, 2010) and analyzed.
Results
The final data set consisted of 1,113 admissions and 976 patients (one-third medical, two-thirds surgical). In this cohort, 12% of all patients studied were readmitted to the ICU at least once, and 12% of all ICU admissions were repeat admissions. The medical/surgical proportion was similar for readmitted patients. Demographics and other data are available in eTable 1.
Length of Stay
The distribution of all patients by LOS in the study period is shown in eFigure 1A. Data are skewed rightward toward longer LOS. The median LOS of 3 days for the entire population differed according to specialty, with a median of 3 days for medical patients (interquartile range, 2-7 days) and a median of 2 days for surgical patients (interquartile range, 1-5 days; P < .01 for medical vs surgical patients).
The LOS differed between ICU patients admitted for the first time and those readmitted within the 19-month study period. For both admission categories, LOS was longer for medical patients than for surgical patients. However, there were no significant differences between percentages of medical and surgical patients who were readmitted (Table 2). Despite comprising about 12% of the population, patients with more than 1 admission accounted for 23% of admissions and 25% of all bed occupancies during the study period.
Figure e1B shows ICU bed occupancy for different LOS intervals (calculated as bed days) and indicates that despite accounting for a small percentage of admissions, patients with long LOS accounted for a significant portion of total occupancy (32% for more than 1 month, 45% for more than 14 days). The medical and surgical contributions of these long-LOS patients were about equal. The figures indicate that more than half of medical ICU patient occupancy involved LOS of more than 14 days, while surgical patients tended to have shorter LOS.
Mortality
Of all the patients in this study, 5.1% died in the ICU; the mortality rate was 11% for medical patients and 2.1% for surgical patients. Thirty days after discharge, overall mortality was 10.4%, or 23.5% for medical patients and 3.9% for surgical patients. Finally, 1 year after discharge, mortality rates were 21.5% (overall), 39.4% (medical patients), and 12.5% (surgical patients) (Table 3). Survival curves demonstrated the difference between medical and surgical patients at 30 days and 1 year (Figures 1A & 1B).
Impact of LOS on Mortality
One-year mortality was 17% for patients who were in the ICU less than 14 days and 40% for those in the ICU more than 14 days (relative risk [RR] = 2.35; P < .01) (Table 4).
Mortality also was higher in patients with more than 1 ICU admission. For the aggregate of ICU patients, readmission status was significantly associated with a 10% increase in mortality. For both single- and multiple-admission status, the mortality rate was 2.5-fold higher for medical patients than for surgical patients. The increased mortality associated with readmission status was not significantly different for either medical or surgical patients analyzed as subgroups (eAppendix Table.)
Impact of Age on Mortality
Figures 4A and 4B shows 30-day and 1-year mortality associated with age; regression analysis indicated that age is an independent predictor of ICU mortality. For 30-day mortality, increased age was positively associated with mortality in medical patients but not in surgical patients (r2 = 0.91; P < .0001). Age had a significant impact on 1-year mortality for both medical and surgical patients but less so in the latter (r2 = 0.95 and 0.65, respectively; P < .001 for both). Although increased mortality was associated with both LOS and age, there was no clear association between the latter 2 variables.
Survival of Chronic Critical Illness
As eTable 2 shows, 21.5% of all patients died either in the ICU or within the first year after ICU discharge. To evaluate the survival of chronic ICU residence, the authors performed a detailed analysis of functional status and mortality of patients with LOS of more than 14 days. Seventy-one patients fit that profile (their mean LOS was 41 days; median, 28 days). Of these patients, 11 died in the ICU, and another 17 died within 6 months (including 2 in a stepdown unit and 7 in hospice). Overall, 28 (39%) of the 71 patients died either in the ICU or within 6 months (35% aggregate, 53% of medical patients, and 27% of surgical patients in ICU > 2 weeks). Another 8 patients (11%) died between 6 and 12 months after discharge. One-year mortality among patients in the ICU more than 14 days was 40% overall, 50% for medical patients, and 29% for surgical patients—or twice that predicted by the MPM-III model, which figured mortality rates of 25% and 12% for medical and surgical patients, respectively. In this cohort, the mean MPM-III score was 18.6% for 1-year survivors and 29.3% for nonsurvivors (P = .016, Mann-Whitney U test). Mortality was associated with a trend toward higher MPM-III scores in both medical and surgical patients but did not reach statistical significance.
Of the cohort patients who lived at least 6 months after ICU discharge, 45% were still in a hospital or were in a nursing facility at 6 months. Of the patients who lived at least 1 year, 33% were still in a hospital or were in a nursing facility (Figure 5). At 1 year, mean age was 63 years for survivors and 69 years for the deceased (P < .01 by Student t test).
Quality-of-Life Survey
The authors successfully contacted 32 of the 39 patients who lived at least 1 year after discharge after an ICU stay of more than 14 days. The subgroups’ median SF-36 scores were similar: 57 for medical patients and 51 for surgical patients. These average scores over 8 domains are similar to those reported by Graf and colleagues for 9 months after ICU discharge (53.7) and are lower than the normative data reported by those authors for the German population (mean, 66.5).29
Discussion
The goals of the present study were 2-fold—to gain a better understanding of the survival and functioning of patients after ICU residence and to define what may constitute a trial of therapy in ICU, or specifically to determine whether there is a particular ICU interval or point at which further care fails to improve survival. The study also compared medical and surgical subpopulations.
The main finding of this study was a 4-fold difference between ICU mortality and 1-year mortality. This mortality increase occurred in both medical and surgical patients, but there were large differences in magnitude between these groups. The survival rates generally were better than those of other general intensive care populations, though such a comparison should be made with caution, as survival differs by country, population, admitting practices, and a variety of other hospital characteristics.30,31 Although some findings of the present study may relate to its largely male U.S. veteran population, the authors believe they have provided a data-collection-and-analysis model that can be used by any hospital trying to understand the course and outcome of its ICU patients and recognizing the value of this knowledge in discussions on goals of care.
Mortality and LOS
As each interval of ICU residence was associated with a stepwise increase in mortality, there was no clear cutoff for diminishing return. To create a reference point, the authors analyzed the data of patients who were in an ICU more than 14 days—thinking that this duration may represent an outer limit of a reasonable trial of therapy and a measure that probably distinguishes acute from chronic critical illness.32 Use of this interval represented a conservative approach, as only 6.5% of the patients in this cohort had a LOS of more than 14 days. This small percentage of patients accounted for 45% of total bed occupancy in this study and 54% of all medical bed occupancy. In the more-than-14-days group, mortality was 37.5% for surgical patients and 46.3% for medical patients. Thus, LOS may be a dynamic measure of physiologic reserve and disease severity—reflecting variables such as response to therapy, severity of comorbidities, resistance to new problems, and rebound from chronic stress, inflammation, and catabolism. This view is supported by the nearly 2-fold higher mortality in medical patients and nearly 3-fold higher mortality in surgical patients in comparison with MPM-III predictions.
Twelve percent of all patients were admitted to ICU multiple times, and these admissions accounted for 25% of all bed occupancies. Multiple admissions indicate a high disease burden or a low physiologic reserve that prevents full recovery from critical illness. As mortality was higher in patients with multiple admissions, ICU readmission should be regarded as a marker for poor overall recovery and should prompt consideration of both initial discharge criteria and trajectory as well as goals of care.
Medical vs Surgical Patients
In this cohort, medical and surgical patients were distinguished on several grounds. Despite the similar mean age of these subpopulations, medical patients had longer LOS and higher short- and long-term mortality. These findings are not surprising, as medical patients in the ICU have high rates of end-stage disease, malignancy, and high comorbidity burden and are often admitted to have potentially life-ending conditions stabilized. Surgical patients generally are selected on their ability to withstand major systemic perturbations—palliative and emergency operations excepted—and generally have medical conditions optimized before surgery. As the expectation of postoperative survival likely biases clinician behavior toward aggressive care, some short-term survival may reflect this behavior.
In contrast, such biased behavior is not an issue in 1-year survival, which instead accurately reflects underlying health. The different slopes of medical and surgical patients on age-vs-mortality in Figures 4A & 4B indicate the different physiologic makeups of these ICU patients. With short and long LOS compared, the difference between surgical and medical patients in the ICU is striking: Sixty-one percent of all surgical bed days vs 45% of all medical bed days are for LOS less than 14 days. Nevertheless, chronic critical illness has a significant impact on both medical and surgical patients and tends to equalize some of the survival differences between these groups. These populations had similar ICU readmission rates as well as similar higher mortality rates for LOS of more than 14 days and especially for LOS of more than 1 month. With longer LOS, the survival curve of surgical patients begins to resemble that of medical patients—suggesting that the phenotype of chronic critical illness becomes the dominant force influencing survival and function (Figures 3A & 3B). Indeed, for surgical patients, the highest mortality categories were ICU readmission and LOS of more than 30 days.
The mortality rate was significantly lower for surgical patients than it was for medical patients at all intervals studied, with the largest separation in the short-term categories of ICU and 30-day mortality. The post-ICU mortality rates for medical and surgical patients are similar to those reported in several other studies, including a study of veterans.14-16,33,34 Among the present patients with LOS of more than 14 days, surviving surgical patients were significantly younger than nonsurviving surgical patients and both surviving and nonsurviving medical patients.
The few SF-36 responses collected revealed no differences between medical and surgical patients.
A Trial of Therapy
The present data are useful in describing the landscape of post-ICU survival to patients and their families. The data demonstrated a higher mortality trend that correlated with increases in age and increases in ICU duration and readmission. Within this continuum, there was no break point at which survivors and nonsurvivors clearly separated. The data therefore lack a boundary that can be used to define a trial of therapy. However, the added risks of age and recovery longer than 1 week are clear and should be included in care decisions. The generally better survival of surgical patients (nearly all of whom had elective surgery) in comparison with medical patients suggests these populations should be considered separately.
In the absence of a point distinguishing survivors from nonsurvivors, the authors performed a more detailed analysis of patients in the ICU for more than 14 days to provide some perspective on health care dependence in the subsequent year. That ICU survival does not necessarily equate to overall survival and independence long after ICU residence is an important matter for patients and families to consider when making decisions about critical care residence. The 14-day LOS data, though using a fairly arbitrary time point, suggest that patients who cannot recover from critical illness in less than 14 days should be advised of the range of short- and long-term mortality and the likelihood of high dependence on medical care within the subsequent year.
The concepts of hospital-dependent patient and persistent inflammation, immunosuppression, and catabolism syndrome have been introduced to describe the condition of progressive deterioration and inability to regain full independence after illness.32,35 These illness patterns deserve attention in prognosis discussions. The present study focused not on ICU survival but on 1-year mortality and functional independence, and it is these longer term outcomes that critical care professionals should consider. Intensive care units are successful in improving short-term survival, but a long line of successful ICU discharges may lead an intensivist to think that longer term survival is important as well and convey this impression to patients and their families.
Study Strengths
This study is one of a few to investigate the short- and long-term survival of an unselected cohort of critically ill patients and is unique in its inclusion of both medical and surgical patients receiving care in the same environment. Medical and surgical patients have different survival profiles that may necessitate separate studies of these subpopulations. However, the finding of different survival profiles under the same care highlights the intrinsic differences between these groups. Use of a 1.5-year study period allowed the authors to capture ICU patients with long LOS and to include multiple episodes of care provided by more than 10 different attending physicians. Therefore, these data likely were not influenced by any rare events or idiosyncrasies in practice styles. Further, the same teams of physicians and nurses cared for all the medical and surgical patients, and all unit-based protocols and quality improvement activities were applied to all patients.
Study Limitations
The intensive care patients come from a large catchment area; however, conditions seen in tertiary referral centers, such as bone marrow transplants, cerebrovascular, transplant surgery, and ventricular-assist devices are not represented in this population.
In this study, bed days were used as a crude measure of care burden. From a nursing perspective, however, the workload may be higher with quick-turnover beds than with long-term residents. On the other hand, long-term ICU residents are visited by multiple consultants and receive a much larger set of interventions, including weeks of ventilation and hemodialysis, line changes, and family meetings. A comparison of the costs involved for different ICU subpopulations would add valuable information to this discussion.
The authors took a conservative approach in establishing the mortality and residence of patients 1 year after their ICU stays. At 6 months, 1-year patients without evidence of hospital or nursing facility residence were assumed to be home. In reality, nearly all these patients had multiple admissions or emergency department stays, or there was other evidence of intensive care. Some patients who were assumed to be home may have left the area and become untraceable. All estimates of care dependence and mortality should therefore be considered minimums. The authors cannot envision how any of their estimates could overstate the morbidity and mortality.
The concept of hospital dependence is applicable to the majority of the ICU survivors, though the authors did not attempt to create a quantitative measure of this status.36 Another study limitation is that absence of hospitalization does not equal functional independence. A better definition of this status, and its application to a broad spectrum of LOS, would be a valuable adjunct to ICU decision making.
The convention by which the authors considered the first day of their study period a “fresh slate” did not adjust for the situation that some first admissions actually were readmissions. Assuming the validity of the finding that readmitted patients had a higher burden of morbidity and mortality, misclassification of admission status would tend to inflate the mortality of single-admission patients and minimize the magnitude of the differences found in this study. Similarly, an admission near the end of the study period may have been analyzed as a single admission, even if the patient was readmitted and died the next year. The latter situation also would tend to inflate the mortality of the single-admission category. None of these possible mathematical errors negates the fact that a second ICU admission should be regarded as a marker for poor recovery.
A more accurate estimate of short- and long-term prognosis likely can be obtained by examining laboratory studies and interventions such as vasopressors, dialysis, and ventilation at defined time points. Although the authors did not attempt it, development of such a model would be a valuable undertaking. They focused on describing the expected course of ICU patients and determining what patterns emerged from care duration. As this study found that the prognosis for long-term ICU residents remained guarded a long time after discharge, survival models of patients with 1- to 2-week ICU residences likely would be valuable in clinical decision making.
A quality-of-life survey was administered only to patients in the ICU longer than 2 weeks. This limited study was conducted to explore the feasibility of assessing outcomes other than survival and to determine the staffing requirements needed to research this further. A more meaningful analysis would come from a broader analysis of scores from 3 or 4 different ICU lengths of stay.
Clinician and family behavior can influence some of the outcomes measured in this study—particularly in cases in which an illness is poorly characterized and an evidence basis for decision making is lacking. In these situations, values and individual clinician judgment likely predominate, possibly introducing variability to care duration. Nevertheless, cumulative mortality 1 month or more after ICU residence would eliminate biased clinician behavior. The heterogeneity of care providers’ and families’ decision making, captured in this analysis, likely is a normal phenomenon that should help inform physicians’ understanding of prolonged ICU residence.
Admission to an intensive care unit (ICU) is lifesaving for some patients, but for many, the admission carries high expectations and financial costs and fails to provide desirable outcomes. Patients who receive intensive care have a mortality rate of about 20%, and the costs of this care comprise about 4% of the U.S. health care budget.1,2 In a study of Medicare recipients, treatment intensity and expenses increased between the mid-1980s and 1999 but without any increase in survivorship; per capita ICU expenses were higher for patients who did not survive the ICU.3 Use of the ICU in patients’ final stages of life has increased in proportion since then, and the demand for critical care is likely to continue as the relative proportion of elderly patients in the population rises.2,4,5
Physicians and nurses who responded to a European survey on the inappropriateness of intensive care overwhelmingly endorsed the problems of “too much care” (89%) and “other patients would benefit more” (38%).6 Receiving terminal care in the ICU runs counter to the preferences of most patients.7 Therefore, the challenges are to define the true beneficiaries of critical care and to minimize the discomfort and unrealistic expectations of patients who will not benefit from intensive care.
For ICU patients, morbidity and mortality depend on the interaction of an acute insult (or a surgery), major comorbidities, and physiologic reserve. Aside from those with objective criteria of extreme illness, many patients have an indeterminate prognosis that is difficult to reliably predict.8,9 Several prognostic scores, including the APACHE (Acute Physiologic Assessment and Chronic Health Evaluation) and SOFA (Sequential Organ Failure Assessment) scores, have proved useful in understanding the illness burden of a population when comparing outcomes in different ICUs. Yet their use in assessing the survival of individual patients has not been advocated.10-15 The utility of such models is further challenged by the significant differences in survival between patients with similar illness scores; by the sometimes poor applicability of a model’s derivation cohort to other ICU populations (surgical in particular); by cases of huge disparities between actual and predicted mortality; and by the periodic need to recalibrate models according to advances in care.16-20
Physician intuition regarding prognosis is highly variable. In a series of medical (floor and ICU) admissions, resident physician estimates of illness severity and postdischarge status were associated with stepwise differences in mortality and APACHE scores.21,22 However, in a pure ICU population, in most cases seasoned providers could not accurately predict a patient’s chance of survival.23 Physicians are likewise poor in predicting family preferences regarding aggressive care vs alternatives, and often, survival is couched in terms of ICU survival, which for family members may not be as meaningful as long-term survival or functional recovery. Further, quality of life and patient preferences are not discussed in most cases, even those associated with poor outcomes.24 There also is a large amount of heterogeneity in the end of-life care of ICU patients. For example, cardiopulmonary resuscitation was attempted in up to 70% of dying patients in some ICUs and in as little as 4% in other ICUs.25 Thus, the limitations of predictive models, combined with misperceptions of patient preference, poor communication, and local traditions, lead to aggressive care being given to patients who might not benefit from or desire such care.
It has been stated that the trajectory of most critical illness is unclear enough so that patients should be admitted to the ICU for a trial of therapy, and that in outcome predictions, the response to intensive treatment may be more useful than laboratory and other data comprising illness severity scores.15,26 However, there is no consensus as to what constitutes a trial of intensive care therapy—vs a round of chemotherapy, a course of antibiotics, or a palliative ileostomy—yet this is the basis of many ICU admissions. Slight corrections in laboratory or physiologic findings often lead to continuation of aggressive care, often without any discussion of expected outcomes and the process of identifying and caring for patients who do not respond to therapy. Intensive care also may be prolonged because of several medical, personal, and social factors (Table 1).
At best, deciding how long to provide intensive care involves a synthesis of information about the trajectory, physiologic reserve, beliefs, values, and preferences of the patient. Any or all of these elements may not be known to the care decision-makers.
The authors conducted a study to determine whether a particular duration of care exists that represents a reasonable trial of therapy. As the VA Palo Alto Health Care System (VAPAHCS) ICU treats both medical and surgical patients, the authors were able to compare these subpopulations’ outcomes while providing the same standard of care. They analyzed the aggregate of patients as well as the medical and surgical subpopulations.
Methods
The VA Research and Development Committee and the Stanford Panel on Human Subjects approved the authors’ data collection and reporting.The study was conducted at the 15-bed mixed-medical/surgical VAPAHCS ICU. Analyzed data were drawn from all patients admitted during a 19-month period (July 14, 2008, to January 28, 2010). A serial log was used to prospectively capture basic data regarding each admission. Medical patients received care from the ICU service, and surgical patients were comanaged by the surgical and ICU teams.
A mortality database was constructed with data from the Decedent Affairs Office and from the national VistA database. The data included all deaths recorded either inside or outside the hospital or systemwide nursing facility. Mortality reported in the Computerized Patient Record System (CPRS) was queried further for patients with a length of stay (LOS) of more than 14 days.
Statistical Analysis
Calculations were based on denominators of individual patients or on number of admissions. All mortality calculations were based on a denominator of individual patients. For mortality analysis, only the last admission was included, unless a patient survived a full year between admissions. The Kruskal-Wallis test for nonnormally distributed data and the Dunn posttest for multiple comparisons were used for continuous variables (eg, age, LOS, risk scores); the Fisher exact test was used for categorical data; and the log-rank test was used to compare survival curves. For all analyses, P < .05 was considered statistically significant.
Mortality and Functional Status
Mortality risk scores on ICU admission were calculated with the Mortality Prediction Model–Admission III (MPM-III), using data from the CPRS. Specifics on this calculation are described in the eAppendix.
Current survival status of patients who were in the ICU more than 14 days was determined from the CPRS and telephone discussions with the patient or with relatives. Functional status was evaluated with the 36-Item Short Form Health Survey (SF-36), which has been used in comparable studies.27,28 Disposition at 6 months and 1 year was established by inspecting the CPRS for dates corresponding to these exact periods. For example, a patient in the hospital about 1 year after ICU discharge would be considered to be at home if discharged 1 day before the 365-day anniversary. In a few cases, progress notes indicated that the patient was receiving around-the-clock nursing care at home; in the analysis, these cases were included with those of patients known to be in traditional nursing facilities. In cases in which the CPRS lacked mortality information, the patient was presumed to be alive even if there were no records of clinic visits or other medical attention. Serial admission data from a mixed-medical/surgical ICU were collected over a 19-month period (July 14, 2008, to January 28, 2010) and analyzed.
Results
The final data set consisted of 1,113 admissions and 976 patients (one-third medical, two-thirds surgical). In this cohort, 12% of all patients studied were readmitted to the ICU at least once, and 12% of all ICU admissions were repeat admissions. The medical/surgical proportion was similar for readmitted patients. Demographics and other data are available in eTable 1.
Length of Stay
The distribution of all patients by LOS in the study period is shown in eFigure 1A. Data are skewed rightward toward longer LOS. The median LOS of 3 days for the entire population differed according to specialty, with a median of 3 days for medical patients (interquartile range, 2-7 days) and a median of 2 days for surgical patients (interquartile range, 1-5 days; P < .01 for medical vs surgical patients).
The LOS differed between ICU patients admitted for the first time and those readmitted within the 19-month study period. For both admission categories, LOS was longer for medical patients than for surgical patients. However, there were no significant differences between percentages of medical and surgical patients who were readmitted (Table 2). Despite comprising about 12% of the population, patients with more than 1 admission accounted for 23% of admissions and 25% of all bed occupancies during the study period.
Figure e1B shows ICU bed occupancy for different LOS intervals (calculated as bed days) and indicates that despite accounting for a small percentage of admissions, patients with long LOS accounted for a significant portion of total occupancy (32% for more than 1 month, 45% for more than 14 days). The medical and surgical contributions of these long-LOS patients were about equal. The figures indicate that more than half of medical ICU patient occupancy involved LOS of more than 14 days, while surgical patients tended to have shorter LOS.
Mortality
Of all the patients in this study, 5.1% died in the ICU; the mortality rate was 11% for medical patients and 2.1% for surgical patients. Thirty days after discharge, overall mortality was 10.4%, or 23.5% for medical patients and 3.9% for surgical patients. Finally, 1 year after discharge, mortality rates were 21.5% (overall), 39.4% (medical patients), and 12.5% (surgical patients) (Table 3). Survival curves demonstrated the difference between medical and surgical patients at 30 days and 1 year (Figures 1A & 1B).
Impact of LOS on Mortality
One-year mortality was 17% for patients who were in the ICU less than 14 days and 40% for those in the ICU more than 14 days (relative risk [RR] = 2.35; P < .01) (Table 4).
Mortality also was higher in patients with more than 1 ICU admission. For the aggregate of ICU patients, readmission status was significantly associated with a 10% increase in mortality. For both single- and multiple-admission status, the mortality rate was 2.5-fold higher for medical patients than for surgical patients. The increased mortality associated with readmission status was not significantly different for either medical or surgical patients analyzed as subgroups (eAppendix Table.)
Impact of Age on Mortality
Figures 4A and 4B shows 30-day and 1-year mortality associated with age; regression analysis indicated that age is an independent predictor of ICU mortality. For 30-day mortality, increased age was positively associated with mortality in medical patients but not in surgical patients (r2 = 0.91; P < .0001). Age had a significant impact on 1-year mortality for both medical and surgical patients but less so in the latter (r2 = 0.95 and 0.65, respectively; P < .001 for both). Although increased mortality was associated with both LOS and age, there was no clear association between the latter 2 variables.
Survival of Chronic Critical Illness
As eTable 2 shows, 21.5% of all patients died either in the ICU or within the first year after ICU discharge. To evaluate the survival of chronic ICU residence, the authors performed a detailed analysis of functional status and mortality of patients with LOS of more than 14 days. Seventy-one patients fit that profile (their mean LOS was 41 days; median, 28 days). Of these patients, 11 died in the ICU, and another 17 died within 6 months (including 2 in a stepdown unit and 7 in hospice). Overall, 28 (39%) of the 71 patients died either in the ICU or within 6 months (35% aggregate, 53% of medical patients, and 27% of surgical patients in ICU > 2 weeks). Another 8 patients (11%) died between 6 and 12 months after discharge. One-year mortality among patients in the ICU more than 14 days was 40% overall, 50% for medical patients, and 29% for surgical patients—or twice that predicted by the MPM-III model, which figured mortality rates of 25% and 12% for medical and surgical patients, respectively. In this cohort, the mean MPM-III score was 18.6% for 1-year survivors and 29.3% for nonsurvivors (P = .016, Mann-Whitney U test). Mortality was associated with a trend toward higher MPM-III scores in both medical and surgical patients but did not reach statistical significance.
Of the cohort patients who lived at least 6 months after ICU discharge, 45% were still in a hospital or were in a nursing facility at 6 months. Of the patients who lived at least 1 year, 33% were still in a hospital or were in a nursing facility (Figure 5). At 1 year, mean age was 63 years for survivors and 69 years for the deceased (P < .01 by Student t test).
Quality-of-Life Survey
The authors successfully contacted 32 of the 39 patients who lived at least 1 year after discharge after an ICU stay of more than 14 days. The subgroups’ median SF-36 scores were similar: 57 for medical patients and 51 for surgical patients. These average scores over 8 domains are similar to those reported by Graf and colleagues for 9 months after ICU discharge (53.7) and are lower than the normative data reported by those authors for the German population (mean, 66.5).29
Discussion
The goals of the present study were 2-fold—to gain a better understanding of the survival and functioning of patients after ICU residence and to define what may constitute a trial of therapy in ICU, or specifically to determine whether there is a particular ICU interval or point at which further care fails to improve survival. The study also compared medical and surgical subpopulations.
The main finding of this study was a 4-fold difference between ICU mortality and 1-year mortality. This mortality increase occurred in both medical and surgical patients, but there were large differences in magnitude between these groups. The survival rates generally were better than those of other general intensive care populations, though such a comparison should be made with caution, as survival differs by country, population, admitting practices, and a variety of other hospital characteristics.30,31 Although some findings of the present study may relate to its largely male U.S. veteran population, the authors believe they have provided a data-collection-and-analysis model that can be used by any hospital trying to understand the course and outcome of its ICU patients and recognizing the value of this knowledge in discussions on goals of care.
Mortality and LOS
As each interval of ICU residence was associated with a stepwise increase in mortality, there was no clear cutoff for diminishing return. To create a reference point, the authors analyzed the data of patients who were in an ICU more than 14 days—thinking that this duration may represent an outer limit of a reasonable trial of therapy and a measure that probably distinguishes acute from chronic critical illness.32 Use of this interval represented a conservative approach, as only 6.5% of the patients in this cohort had a LOS of more than 14 days. This small percentage of patients accounted for 45% of total bed occupancy in this study and 54% of all medical bed occupancy. In the more-than-14-days group, mortality was 37.5% for surgical patients and 46.3% for medical patients. Thus, LOS may be a dynamic measure of physiologic reserve and disease severity—reflecting variables such as response to therapy, severity of comorbidities, resistance to new problems, and rebound from chronic stress, inflammation, and catabolism. This view is supported by the nearly 2-fold higher mortality in medical patients and nearly 3-fold higher mortality in surgical patients in comparison with MPM-III predictions.
Twelve percent of all patients were admitted to ICU multiple times, and these admissions accounted for 25% of all bed occupancies. Multiple admissions indicate a high disease burden or a low physiologic reserve that prevents full recovery from critical illness. As mortality was higher in patients with multiple admissions, ICU readmission should be regarded as a marker for poor overall recovery and should prompt consideration of both initial discharge criteria and trajectory as well as goals of care.
Medical vs Surgical Patients
In this cohort, medical and surgical patients were distinguished on several grounds. Despite the similar mean age of these subpopulations, medical patients had longer LOS and higher short- and long-term mortality. These findings are not surprising, as medical patients in the ICU have high rates of end-stage disease, malignancy, and high comorbidity burden and are often admitted to have potentially life-ending conditions stabilized. Surgical patients generally are selected on their ability to withstand major systemic perturbations—palliative and emergency operations excepted—and generally have medical conditions optimized before surgery. As the expectation of postoperative survival likely biases clinician behavior toward aggressive care, some short-term survival may reflect this behavior.
In contrast, such biased behavior is not an issue in 1-year survival, which instead accurately reflects underlying health. The different slopes of medical and surgical patients on age-vs-mortality in Figures 4A & 4B indicate the different physiologic makeups of these ICU patients. With short and long LOS compared, the difference between surgical and medical patients in the ICU is striking: Sixty-one percent of all surgical bed days vs 45% of all medical bed days are for LOS less than 14 days. Nevertheless, chronic critical illness has a significant impact on both medical and surgical patients and tends to equalize some of the survival differences between these groups. These populations had similar ICU readmission rates as well as similar higher mortality rates for LOS of more than 14 days and especially for LOS of more than 1 month. With longer LOS, the survival curve of surgical patients begins to resemble that of medical patients—suggesting that the phenotype of chronic critical illness becomes the dominant force influencing survival and function (Figures 3A & 3B). Indeed, for surgical patients, the highest mortality categories were ICU readmission and LOS of more than 30 days.
The mortality rate was significantly lower for surgical patients than it was for medical patients at all intervals studied, with the largest separation in the short-term categories of ICU and 30-day mortality. The post-ICU mortality rates for medical and surgical patients are similar to those reported in several other studies, including a study of veterans.14-16,33,34 Among the present patients with LOS of more than 14 days, surviving surgical patients were significantly younger than nonsurviving surgical patients and both surviving and nonsurviving medical patients.
The few SF-36 responses collected revealed no differences between medical and surgical patients.
A Trial of Therapy
The present data are useful in describing the landscape of post-ICU survival to patients and their families. The data demonstrated a higher mortality trend that correlated with increases in age and increases in ICU duration and readmission. Within this continuum, there was no break point at which survivors and nonsurvivors clearly separated. The data therefore lack a boundary that can be used to define a trial of therapy. However, the added risks of age and recovery longer than 1 week are clear and should be included in care decisions. The generally better survival of surgical patients (nearly all of whom had elective surgery) in comparison with medical patients suggests these populations should be considered separately.
In the absence of a point distinguishing survivors from nonsurvivors, the authors performed a more detailed analysis of patients in the ICU for more than 14 days to provide some perspective on health care dependence in the subsequent year. That ICU survival does not necessarily equate to overall survival and independence long after ICU residence is an important matter for patients and families to consider when making decisions about critical care residence. The 14-day LOS data, though using a fairly arbitrary time point, suggest that patients who cannot recover from critical illness in less than 14 days should be advised of the range of short- and long-term mortality and the likelihood of high dependence on medical care within the subsequent year.
The concepts of hospital-dependent patient and persistent inflammation, immunosuppression, and catabolism syndrome have been introduced to describe the condition of progressive deterioration and inability to regain full independence after illness.32,35 These illness patterns deserve attention in prognosis discussions. The present study focused not on ICU survival but on 1-year mortality and functional independence, and it is these longer term outcomes that critical care professionals should consider. Intensive care units are successful in improving short-term survival, but a long line of successful ICU discharges may lead an intensivist to think that longer term survival is important as well and convey this impression to patients and their families.
Study Strengths
This study is one of a few to investigate the short- and long-term survival of an unselected cohort of critically ill patients and is unique in its inclusion of both medical and surgical patients receiving care in the same environment. Medical and surgical patients have different survival profiles that may necessitate separate studies of these subpopulations. However, the finding of different survival profiles under the same care highlights the intrinsic differences between these groups. Use of a 1.5-year study period allowed the authors to capture ICU patients with long LOS and to include multiple episodes of care provided by more than 10 different attending physicians. Therefore, these data likely were not influenced by any rare events or idiosyncrasies in practice styles. Further, the same teams of physicians and nurses cared for all the medical and surgical patients, and all unit-based protocols and quality improvement activities were applied to all patients.
Study Limitations
The intensive care patients come from a large catchment area; however, conditions seen in tertiary referral centers, such as bone marrow transplants, cerebrovascular, transplant surgery, and ventricular-assist devices are not represented in this population.
In this study, bed days were used as a crude measure of care burden. From a nursing perspective, however, the workload may be higher with quick-turnover beds than with long-term residents. On the other hand, long-term ICU residents are visited by multiple consultants and receive a much larger set of interventions, including weeks of ventilation and hemodialysis, line changes, and family meetings. A comparison of the costs involved for different ICU subpopulations would add valuable information to this discussion.
The authors took a conservative approach in establishing the mortality and residence of patients 1 year after their ICU stays. At 6 months, 1-year patients without evidence of hospital or nursing facility residence were assumed to be home. In reality, nearly all these patients had multiple admissions or emergency department stays, or there was other evidence of intensive care. Some patients who were assumed to be home may have left the area and become untraceable. All estimates of care dependence and mortality should therefore be considered minimums. The authors cannot envision how any of their estimates could overstate the morbidity and mortality.
The concept of hospital dependence is applicable to the majority of the ICU survivors, though the authors did not attempt to create a quantitative measure of this status.36 Another study limitation is that absence of hospitalization does not equal functional independence. A better definition of this status, and its application to a broad spectrum of LOS, would be a valuable adjunct to ICU decision making.
The convention by which the authors considered the first day of their study period a “fresh slate” did not adjust for the situation that some first admissions actually were readmissions. Assuming the validity of the finding that readmitted patients had a higher burden of morbidity and mortality, misclassification of admission status would tend to inflate the mortality of single-admission patients and minimize the magnitude of the differences found in this study. Similarly, an admission near the end of the study period may have been analyzed as a single admission, even if the patient was readmitted and died the next year. The latter situation also would tend to inflate the mortality of the single-admission category. None of these possible mathematical errors negates the fact that a second ICU admission should be regarded as a marker for poor recovery.
A more accurate estimate of short- and long-term prognosis likely can be obtained by examining laboratory studies and interventions such as vasopressors, dialysis, and ventilation at defined time points. Although the authors did not attempt it, development of such a model would be a valuable undertaking. They focused on describing the expected course of ICU patients and determining what patterns emerged from care duration. As this study found that the prognosis for long-term ICU residents remained guarded a long time after discharge, survival models of patients with 1- to 2-week ICU residences likely would be valuable in clinical decision making.
A quality-of-life survey was administered only to patients in the ICU longer than 2 weeks. This limited study was conducted to explore the feasibility of assessing outcomes other than survival and to determine the staffing requirements needed to research this further. A more meaningful analysis would come from a broader analysis of scores from 3 or 4 different ICU lengths of stay.
Clinician and family behavior can influence some of the outcomes measured in this study—particularly in cases in which an illness is poorly characterized and an evidence basis for decision making is lacking. In these situations, values and individual clinician judgment likely predominate, possibly introducing variability to care duration. Nevertheless, cumulative mortality 1 month or more after ICU residence would eliminate biased clinician behavior. The heterogeneity of care providers’ and families’ decision making, captured in this analysis, likely is a normal phenomenon that should help inform physicians’ understanding of prolonged ICU residence.
1. Halpern NA. Can the costs of critical care be controlled? Curr Opin Crit Care. 2009;15(6):591-596.
2. Angus DC, Barnato AE, Linde-Zwirble WT, et al; Robert Wood Johnson Foundation ICU End-of-Life Peer Group. Use of intensive care at the end of life in the United States: an epidemiologic study. Crit Care Med. 2004;32(3):638-643.
3. Barnato AE, McClellan MB, Kagay CR, Garber AM. Trends in inpatient treatment intensity among Medicare beneficiaries at the end of life. Health Serv Res. 2004;39(2):363-375.
4. Teno JM, Gozalo PL, Bynum JP, et al. Change in end-of-life care for Medicare beneficiaries: site of death, place of care, and health care transitions in 2000, 2005, and 2009. JAMA. 2013;309(5):470-477.
5. Zilberberg MD, Shorr AF. Economics at the end of life: hospital and ICU perspectives. Semin Respir Crit Care Med. 2012;33(4):362-369.
6. Piers RD, Azoulay E, Ricou B, et al; APPROPRICUS Study Group of the Ethics Section of the ESICM. Perceptions of appropriateness of care among European and Israeli intensive care unit nurses and physicians. JAMA. 2011;306(24):2694-2703.
7. Higginson IJ, Sen-Gupta GJ. Place of care in advanced cancer: a qualitative systematic literature review of patient p. J Palliat Med. 2000;3(3):287-300.
8. McClish DK, Powell SH. How well can physicians estimate mortality in a medical intensive care unit? Med Decis Making. 1989;9(2):125-132.
9. Barrera R, Nygard S, Sogoloff H, Groeger J, Wilson R. Accuracy of predictions of survival at admission to the intensive care unit. J Crit Care. 2001;16(1):32-35.
10. Johnson AE, Kramer AA, Clifford GD. A new severity of illness scale using a subset of Acute Physiology and Chronic Health Evaluation data elements shows comparable predictive accuracy. Crit Care Med. 2013;41(7):1711-1718.
11. D'Hoore W, Bouckaert A, Tilquin C. Practical considerations on the use of the Charlson comorbidity index with administrative data bases. J Clin Epidemiol. 1996;49(12):1429-1433.
12. Knaus WA, Wagner DP, Zimmerman JE, Draper EA. Variations in mortality and length of stay in intensive care units. Ann Intern Med. 1993;118(10):753-761.
13. Lemeshow S, Teres D, Klar J, Avrunin JS, Gehlbach SH, Rapoport J. Mortality Probability Models (MPM II) based on an international cohort of intensive care unit patients. JAMA. 1993;270(20):2478-2486.
14. Render ML, Kim HM, Welsh DE, et al; VA ICU Project (VIP) Investigators. Automated intensive care unit risk adjustment: results from a national Veterans Affairs study. Crit Care Med. 2003;31(6):1638-1646.
15. Viviand X, Gouvernet J, Granthil C, François G. Simplification of the SAPS by selecting independent variables. Intensive Care Med. 1991;17(3):164-168.
16. Higgins TL, Teres D, Copes WS, Nathanson BH, Stark M, Kramer AA. Assessing contemporary intensive care unit outcome: an updated Mortality Probability Admission Model (MPM0-III). Crit Care Med. 2007;35(3):827-835.
17. Knaus WA, Draper EA, Wagner DP, Zimmerman JE. APACHE II: a severity of disease classification system. Crit Care Med. 1985;13(10):818-829.
18. Poses RM, McClish DK, Smith WR, et al. Results of report cards for patients with congestive heart failure depend on the method used to adjust for severity. Ann Intern Med. 2000;133(1):10-20.
19. Schuster DP. Predicting outcome after ICU admission. The art and science of assessing risk. Chest. 1992;102(6):1861-1870.
20. Teno JM, Fisher E, Hamel MB, et al. Decision-making and outcomes of prolonged ICU stays in seriously ill patients. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2000;48(suppl 5):S70-S74.
21. Charlson M, Szatrowski TP, Peterson J, Gold J. Validation of a combined comorbidity index. J Clin Epidemiol. 1994;47(11):1245-1251.
22. Pompei P, Charlson ME, Ales K, MacKenzie CR, Norton M. Relating patient characteristics at the time of admission to outcomes of hospitalization. J Clin Epidemiol. 1991;44(10):1063-1069.
23. Meadow W, Pohlman A, Frain L, et al. Power and limitations of daily prognostications of death in the medical intensive care unit. Crit Care Med. 2011;39(3):474-479.
24. Douglas SL, Daly BJ, Lipson AR. Neglect of quality-of-life considerations in intensive care unit family meetings for long-stay intensive care unit patients. Crit Care Med. 2012;40(2):461-467.
25. Prendergast TJ, Claessens MT, Luce JM. A national survey of end-of-life care for critically ill patients. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 1998;158(4):1163-1167.
26. Luce JM. A history of resolving conflicts over end-of-life care in intensive care units in the United States. Crit Care Med. 2010;38(8):1623-1629.
27. Bashour CA, Yared JP, Ryan TA, et al. Long-term survival and functional capacity in cardiac surgery patients after prolonged intensive care. Crit Care Med. 2000;28(12):3847-3853.
28. Eddleston JM, White P, Guthrie E. Survival, morbidity, and quality of life after discharge from intensive care. Crit Care Med. 2000;28(7):2293-2299.
29. Graf J, Koch M, Dujardin R, Kersten A, Janssens U. Health-related quality of life before, 1 month after, and 9 months after intensive care in medical cardiovascular and pulmonary patients. Crit Care Med. 2003;31(8):2163-2169.
30. Montuclard L, Garrouste-Orgeas M, Timsit JF, Misset B, De Jonghe B, Carlet J. Outcome, functional autonomy, and quality of life of elderly patients with a long-term intensive care unit stay. Crit Care Med. 2000;28(10):3389-3395.
31. Teno JM, Harrell FE Jr, Knaus W, et al. Prediction of survival for older hospitalized patients: the HELP survival model. Hospitalized Elderly Longitudinal Project. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2000;48(suppl 5):S16-S24.
32. Lamas D. Chronic critical illness. N Engl J Med. 2014;370(2):175-177.
33. Konopad E, Noseworthy TW, Johnston R, Shustack A, Grace M. Quality of life measures before and one year after admission to an intensive care unit. Crit Care Med. 1995;23(10):1653-1659.
34. Render ML, Kim HM, Deddens J, et al. Variation in outcomes in Veterans Affairs intensive care units with a computerized severity measure. Crit Care Med. 2005;33(5):930-939.
35. Gentile LF, Cuenca AG, Efron PA, et al. Persistent inflammation and immunosuppression: a common syndrome and new horizon for surgical intensive care. J Trauma Acute Care Surg. 2012;72(6):1491-1501.
36. Reuben DB, Tinetti ME. The hospital-dependent patient. N Engl J Med. 2014;370(8):694-697.
1. Halpern NA. Can the costs of critical care be controlled? Curr Opin Crit Care. 2009;15(6):591-596.
2. Angus DC, Barnato AE, Linde-Zwirble WT, et al; Robert Wood Johnson Foundation ICU End-of-Life Peer Group. Use of intensive care at the end of life in the United States: an epidemiologic study. Crit Care Med. 2004;32(3):638-643.
3. Barnato AE, McClellan MB, Kagay CR, Garber AM. Trends in inpatient treatment intensity among Medicare beneficiaries at the end of life. Health Serv Res. 2004;39(2):363-375.
4. Teno JM, Gozalo PL, Bynum JP, et al. Change in end-of-life care for Medicare beneficiaries: site of death, place of care, and health care transitions in 2000, 2005, and 2009. JAMA. 2013;309(5):470-477.
5. Zilberberg MD, Shorr AF. Economics at the end of life: hospital and ICU perspectives. Semin Respir Crit Care Med. 2012;33(4):362-369.
6. Piers RD, Azoulay E, Ricou B, et al; APPROPRICUS Study Group of the Ethics Section of the ESICM. Perceptions of appropriateness of care among European and Israeli intensive care unit nurses and physicians. JAMA. 2011;306(24):2694-2703.
7. Higginson IJ, Sen-Gupta GJ. Place of care in advanced cancer: a qualitative systematic literature review of patient p. J Palliat Med. 2000;3(3):287-300.
8. McClish DK, Powell SH. How well can physicians estimate mortality in a medical intensive care unit? Med Decis Making. 1989;9(2):125-132.
9. Barrera R, Nygard S, Sogoloff H, Groeger J, Wilson R. Accuracy of predictions of survival at admission to the intensive care unit. J Crit Care. 2001;16(1):32-35.
10. Johnson AE, Kramer AA, Clifford GD. A new severity of illness scale using a subset of Acute Physiology and Chronic Health Evaluation data elements shows comparable predictive accuracy. Crit Care Med. 2013;41(7):1711-1718.
11. D'Hoore W, Bouckaert A, Tilquin C. Practical considerations on the use of the Charlson comorbidity index with administrative data bases. J Clin Epidemiol. 1996;49(12):1429-1433.
12. Knaus WA, Wagner DP, Zimmerman JE, Draper EA. Variations in mortality and length of stay in intensive care units. Ann Intern Med. 1993;118(10):753-761.
13. Lemeshow S, Teres D, Klar J, Avrunin JS, Gehlbach SH, Rapoport J. Mortality Probability Models (MPM II) based on an international cohort of intensive care unit patients. JAMA. 1993;270(20):2478-2486.
14. Render ML, Kim HM, Welsh DE, et al; VA ICU Project (VIP) Investigators. Automated intensive care unit risk adjustment: results from a national Veterans Affairs study. Crit Care Med. 2003;31(6):1638-1646.
15. Viviand X, Gouvernet J, Granthil C, François G. Simplification of the SAPS by selecting independent variables. Intensive Care Med. 1991;17(3):164-168.
16. Higgins TL, Teres D, Copes WS, Nathanson BH, Stark M, Kramer AA. Assessing contemporary intensive care unit outcome: an updated Mortality Probability Admission Model (MPM0-III). Crit Care Med. 2007;35(3):827-835.
17. Knaus WA, Draper EA, Wagner DP, Zimmerman JE. APACHE II: a severity of disease classification system. Crit Care Med. 1985;13(10):818-829.
18. Poses RM, McClish DK, Smith WR, et al. Results of report cards for patients with congestive heart failure depend on the method used to adjust for severity. Ann Intern Med. 2000;133(1):10-20.
19. Schuster DP. Predicting outcome after ICU admission. The art and science of assessing risk. Chest. 1992;102(6):1861-1870.
20. Teno JM, Fisher E, Hamel MB, et al. Decision-making and outcomes of prolonged ICU stays in seriously ill patients. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2000;48(suppl 5):S70-S74.
21. Charlson M, Szatrowski TP, Peterson J, Gold J. Validation of a combined comorbidity index. J Clin Epidemiol. 1994;47(11):1245-1251.
22. Pompei P, Charlson ME, Ales K, MacKenzie CR, Norton M. Relating patient characteristics at the time of admission to outcomes of hospitalization. J Clin Epidemiol. 1991;44(10):1063-1069.
23. Meadow W, Pohlman A, Frain L, et al. Power and limitations of daily prognostications of death in the medical intensive care unit. Crit Care Med. 2011;39(3):474-479.
24. Douglas SL, Daly BJ, Lipson AR. Neglect of quality-of-life considerations in intensive care unit family meetings for long-stay intensive care unit patients. Crit Care Med. 2012;40(2):461-467.
25. Prendergast TJ, Claessens MT, Luce JM. A national survey of end-of-life care for critically ill patients. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 1998;158(4):1163-1167.
26. Luce JM. A history of resolving conflicts over end-of-life care in intensive care units in the United States. Crit Care Med. 2010;38(8):1623-1629.
27. Bashour CA, Yared JP, Ryan TA, et al. Long-term survival and functional capacity in cardiac surgery patients after prolonged intensive care. Crit Care Med. 2000;28(12):3847-3853.
28. Eddleston JM, White P, Guthrie E. Survival, morbidity, and quality of life after discharge from intensive care. Crit Care Med. 2000;28(7):2293-2299.
29. Graf J, Koch M, Dujardin R, Kersten A, Janssens U. Health-related quality of life before, 1 month after, and 9 months after intensive care in medical cardiovascular and pulmonary patients. Crit Care Med. 2003;31(8):2163-2169.
30. Montuclard L, Garrouste-Orgeas M, Timsit JF, Misset B, De Jonghe B, Carlet J. Outcome, functional autonomy, and quality of life of elderly patients with a long-term intensive care unit stay. Crit Care Med. 2000;28(10):3389-3395.
31. Teno JM, Harrell FE Jr, Knaus W, et al. Prediction of survival for older hospitalized patients: the HELP survival model. Hospitalized Elderly Longitudinal Project. J Am Geriatr Soc. 2000;48(suppl 5):S16-S24.
32. Lamas D. Chronic critical illness. N Engl J Med. 2014;370(2):175-177.
33. Konopad E, Noseworthy TW, Johnston R, Shustack A, Grace M. Quality of life measures before and one year after admission to an intensive care unit. Crit Care Med. 1995;23(10):1653-1659.
34. Render ML, Kim HM, Deddens J, et al. Variation in outcomes in Veterans Affairs intensive care units with a computerized severity measure. Crit Care Med. 2005;33(5):930-939.
35. Gentile LF, Cuenca AG, Efron PA, et al. Persistent inflammation and immunosuppression: a common syndrome and new horizon for surgical intensive care. J Trauma Acute Care Surg. 2012;72(6):1491-1501.
36. Reuben DB, Tinetti ME. The hospital-dependent patient. N Engl J Med. 2014;370(8):694-697.
Disease-Modifying Therapies in Multiple Sclerosis: Overview and Treatment Considerations
Multiple sclerosis (MS) is a disorder characterized by inflammation, demyelination, and degeneration of the central nervous system (CNS). The hallmark of the disorder is relapses and remissions of neurologic symptoms occurring early in the disease course, which are often associated with areas of CNS inflammation and myelin loss.1-3 The inciting cause for this inflammation is unknown but is believed to be multifactorial, with environmental and genetic influences creating an adaptive, T cell-mediated autoimmune response against the CNS.4 Separate from the acute attacks, progressive neurodegeneration can occur more chronically and is characterized by axonal loss and grey matter atrophy thought to be due to direct cytotoxic activity of the innate immune system as well as toxic intermediates, such as nitric oxide.4,5 Despite the multiple insults early on, neurologic disability typically becomes more apparent over time.6 The disability threshold theory argues that neurologic function compensates for brain tissue loss until a threshold of accumulated damage is exceeded.7
Background
The incidence of MS follows a geographic gradient; rates rise as the distance from the equator increases.8,9 This is thought to be due to the gradient of relative sun exposure and its role in the production of vitamin D, which plays an important role in immune regulation when converted to its active hormonal form. Multiple sclerosis is more prevalent in non-Hispanic white patients than it is in other racial groups, and women are affected nearly 2 to 3 times more often than are men.10 About 450,000 individuals in the U.S. and more than 2 million worldwide have MS.11-14
Multiple sclerosis is the most common cause of nontraumatic neurologic disability in young adults. It is typically diagnosed in the third and fourth decades of life, and those who are diagnosed after age 50 years often can recount neurologic symptoms that began years before. However, pediatric-onset and new-onset cases in the elderly have been reported. It has been estimated that up to 10% of patients with MS have onset before 18 years of age.15-17 Compared with adult-onset MS, pediatric-onset is associated with a longer period between initial attack and physical disability, although the average age of disability onset is about 10 years younger.17,18
Disease Courses
Relapsing-remitting MS (RRMS) is the most common disease course overall, and this pattern affects 97% of individuals with disease onset before age 18 years.15-17 The clinically isolated syndrome disease course leads to clinically definite MS in one-third of patients within 1 year and in one-half of patients within 2 years.19 In the majority of cases, the RRMS course transitions over time to secondary-progressive MS (SPMS), which is a disease pattern of progressively worsening disability with few neurologic relapses. Although inflammation is present at all stages, the difference is in the predominance of cell types involved.5 Why the shift from active to chronic inflammation occurs and how to prevent it remain central questions in MS research.4 Regardless, tentative evidence suggests that prevention of relapses may reduce disability accumulation and risk of conversion to progressive MS.20
A minority of patients with MS are diagnosed with primary-progressive MS (PPMS) at onset, which is characterized by a disease pattern that follows a relatively steady progression of neurologic symptoms over time, without clear relapses or remissions of these symptoms, though phases of stability or fluctuations in disability may still occur.21 It is typically diagnosed at an older age than is RRMS, and it is rare in children; suspicion of PPMS in this age group should prompt detailed assessment of alternative diagnoses.17,22 Primary-progressive MS is more equally distributed in men and women than is RRMS.
Regardless of onset type, disability progression seems to occur at the same rate among all patients with MS after a certain threshold is reached. The established assessment scale for disability progression in MS is the Kurtzke Expanded Disability Status scale (EDSS), which has a scoring range from 0 to 10. Data from several patient registries have shown that once EDSS step 4 is reached, progression thereafter occurs at a predictable rate that is similar across MS phenotypes.23 The time it takes patients to subsequently reach higher EDSS steps may be independent of preceding factors.23
MS Symptom Burden
The neurologic symptoms that patients experience are fluctuating and disabling throughout the disease course, irrespective of onset type. Typical MS symptoms include mobility impairment, changes in cognition and mood, pain and other sensation disturbances, bowel and bladder dysfunction, fatigue, and visual disturbances. The burden of these symptoms can significantly impact quality of life (QOL) for patients and their families. The symptom burden can pose a direct threat to a patient’s autonomy, necessitating adaptation to an unpredictable disease that requires frequent health care visits to many different health care providers (eg, neurologists; primary care providers; physiatrists; urologists; ophthalmologists; and speech, physical, and occupational therapists), periodic testing, and often costly medications.24
Compared with patients who have other chronic conditions, patients with MS experience diminished societal roles, along with decreased assessments in health, energy, and physical functions.25 These often lead to early exit from the workforce and limitations in household responsibilities, which further impact QOL.26 Including both direct and indirect costs of the disease, a patient with MS can expect a lifetime financial burden of nearly $1.2 million.27
Large population cohort studies in MS, along with MS registry studies of patients untreated with disease-modifying therapies, have shown reduced survival rates by an average of 7 to 14 years.23,28 Multiple sclerosis is the main cause of death in about 50% of cases (EDSS step 10), which is defined as “acute death due to brain stem involvement or to respiratory failure, or death consequent to the chronic bedridden state with terminal pneumonia, sepsis, uremia, or cardiorespiratory failure [and excluding] intercurrent causes of death.”23 For the remaining patients with MS, cause of death is similar to those of the general population, such as cardiovascular disease and cancer.23 However, the incidence of suicide is higher among patients with MS.23
All these factors underscore the importance of early diagnosis as well as early initiation of effective disease-modifying therapy.
Disease-Modifying Therapies
The goal of MS disease-modifying therapy is to reduce the early clinical and subclinical disease activity that eventually contributes to long-term disability.31,32 There are currently 13 FDA-approved disease-modifying therapies for MS. These include 7 self-injecting therapies, 3 oral therapies, and 3 infusion therapies. These 13 medications have 8 different mechanisms of action (MOA) that target distinct areas of the immune-mediated disease process. They also differ in their frequencies and routes of administration in addition to their adverse effect (AE) profiles (Tables 2, 3, and 4).
Treatment Considerations
In 1993, interferon beta-1b became the first FDA-approved MS medication. In the following 2 decades, there became 12 additional FDA-approved medications for MS, beginning with other injectables. The first infusion therapy was introduced in 2004, followed by various oral medications. The treatment landscape continues to change rapidly. This therapeutic revolution has occurred largely due to the improved understanding of the pathophysiology of MS and unquestionably has improved the prognosis and overall QOL for patients. The question is no longer how to treat MS but rather how to personalize and optimize treatment for each patient.20
Despite all available treatment options, none are curative, and none have been proven to offer neuroprotection or contribute to neural repair. To date, no studies have led to FDA-approved therapies for PPMS. Further, the efficacy of any of these medications varies from patient to patient. Due largely to the lack of biomarkers for disease activity and treatment response, drug efficacy continues to be measured according to the current gold standard, which is identification of gadolinium-enhancing lesions in the white matter on magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), combined with other markers of disease, including clinical relapse rate and confirmed disability progression.19 In general, the injectable therapies are expected to protect against about 20% to 35% of relapses; the oral agents, 50% to 55%; and the infusion therapies, > 60%.2
In conjunction with a medication’s efficacy rate and safety profile, the frequency and route of administration also must be considered. In general, MS medications are exceedingly expensive, some costing up to tens-of-thousands of dollars per year.48 All these factors have the real potential to negatively impact patient adherence. Nonadherence and gaps in treatment have been correlated with increased rates of relapses and progression of disability as well as negative MRI outcomes.49-53
When to Initiate Treatment
Once a patient is diagnosed, a common question is, when is the right time to initiate treatment? The primary target of the current MS medications is to decrease CNS inflammation (relapses). The ideal time to start treatment is as promptly as possible after confirmation of the diagnosis to combat the early inflammatory relapsing phase of the disease. There seems to be an early window in the disease course when achieving disease control can have a profound impact on long-term disability. Disease control is typically defined as decreasing relapses, slowing the accumulation of lesions visualized on MRI, and preventing the disability that occurs from both incomplete recovery after relapses and overall disease progression.54,55
Certain clinical indicators, such as higher relapse rates early in the disease course and MRI characteristics, including total lesion burden and the location of lesions within the CNS, seem to be associated with a higher risk of disease progression.56 These are potential prognostic indicators that can help tailor the choice of disease-modifying therapy for patients.57 Those with highly inflammatory and potentially aggressive disease at onset, for example, may benefit from early initiation of higher efficacy therapies, whereas those with more benign forms of MS at onset may fare well on lower efficacy therapies. In general, when it comes to currently available MS treatments, higher efficacy is often tied to riskier AE profiles, so the best medication may be the “least efficacious” one that can still control the disease.20
Hauser and colleagues suggested a treatment decision-making model that identifies the interferons, glatiramer acetate, dimethyl fumarate, and teriflunomide as acceptable first-line therapies; fingolimod and natalizumab as acceptable second-line options; and mitoxantrone and alemtuzumab as acceptable third-line therapeutic options.20 The authors generally agree with Hauser and colleagues’ model, and it is important to consider individual patient factors (eg, comorbidities, concurrent medications, life circumstances) and disease severity when deciding on a treatment plan.
Perhaps an even more difficult question is, when is the right time to switch therapies? There remains a dearth of either guidelines or comparative studies for treatment management decisions. Further, without reliable biomarkers, the clinical and pathologic heterogeneity of MS makes treatment difficult.4,19 In practice, there is general consensus that 1 year of treatment monitoring for effects on clinical and radiologic outcomes is an acceptable time frame to evaluate effectiveness of a disease-modifying treatment. If adherence is maintained and there is still evidence of clinical or MRI activity (suggesting a suboptimal response), an alternative therapy, particularly one with a different MOA, should be strongly considered. This highlights the importance of broad access to all available MS therapies to allow for early selection of a correct therapy that patients will remain adherent to and that controls their disease.
Conclusion
Multiple sclerosis remains a highly unpredictable disease, and relapses have the ability to produce a measurable and sustained impact on the level of disability.58 Still, the influence of reduced relapses on preventing disability in an individual patient remains unclear. Large, long-term, prospective cohort studies may clarify whether early treatment affects disease progression and disability.20 However, it is quite evident that effective relapse reduction decreases discomfort, reduces days lost from work and other important activities of daily life, and improves QOL.58,59
There is still much to learn about this unique disease, but emerging evidence in the medical literature highlights the importance of setting treatment goals that include targeting disease activity to achieve early and effective control. Attaining control with a MS medication seems to be a key component of slowing the physical and emotional disability that can accumulate, helping patients remain active and maintain the highest QOL possible for as long as possible.
1. Lublin FD, Reingold SC. Defining the clinical course of multiple sclerosis: results of an international survey. National Multiple Sclerosis Society (USA) Advisory Committee on Clinical Trials of New Agents in Multiple Sclerosis. Neurology. 1996;46(4):907-911.
2. Frischer JM, Bramow S, Dal-Bianco A, et al. The relation between inflammation and neurodegeneration in multiple sclerosis brains. Brain. 2009;132(pt 5):1175-1189.
3. Charil A, Filippi M. Inflammatory demyelination and neurodegeneration in early multiple sclerosis. J Neurol Sci. 2007;259(1-2):7-15.
4. Weiner HL. The challenge of multiple sclerosis: how do we cure a chronic heterogeneous disease? Ann Neurol. 2009;65(3):239-248.
5. Grigoriadis N, van Pesch V; ParadigMS Group. A basic overview of multiple sclerosis immunopathology. Eur J Neurol. 2015;22(suppl 2):3-13.
6. Lassmann H, van Horssen J, Mahad D. Progressive multiple sclerosis: pathology and pathogenesis. Nat Rev Neurol. 2012;8(11):647-656.
7. Rudick RA, Lee JC, Simon J, Fisher E. Significance of T2 lesions in multiple sclerosis: a 13-year longitudinal study. Ann Neurol. 2006;60(2):236-242.
8. Alla S, Mason DF. Multiple sclerosis in New Zealand. J Clin Neurosci. 2014;21(8):1288-1291.
9. Simpson S Jr, Blizzard L, Otahal P, Van der Mei I, Taylor B. Latitude is significantly associated with the prevalence of multiple sclerosis: a meta-analysis. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 2011;82(10):1132-1141.
10. Evans C, Beland SG, Kulaga S, et al. Incidence and prevalence of multiple sclerosis in the Americas: a systematic review. Neuroepidemiology. 2013;40(3):195-210.
11. Giesser BS. Diagnosis of multiple sclerosis. Neurol Clin. 2011;29(2):381-388.
12. Noseworthy JH, Lucchinetti C, Rodriguez M, Weinshenker BG. Multiple sclerosis. N Engl J Med. 2000;343(13):938-952.
13. Weinshenker BG. The natural history of multiple sclerosis. Neurol Clin. 1995;13(1):119-146.
14. Weinshenker BG. The natural history of multiple sclerosis: update 1998. Semin Neurol. 1998;18(3):301-307.
15. Simone IL, Carrara D, Tortorella C, Ceccarelli A, Livrea P. Early onset multiple sclerosis. Neurol Sci. 2000;21(4)(suppl 2):S861-S863.
16. Reinhardt K, Weiss S, Rosenbauer J, Gärtner J, von Kries R. Multiple sclerosis in children and adolescents: incidence and clinical picture--new insights from the nationwide German surveillance (2009-2011). Eur J Neurol. 2014;21(4):654-659.
17. Waldman A, Ghezzi A, Bar-Or A, Mikaeloff Y, Tardieu M, Banwell B. Multiple sclerosis in children: an update on clinical diagnosis, therapeutic strategies, and research. Lancet Neurol. 2014;13(9):936-948.
18. Renoux C, Vukusic S, Mikaeloff Y, et al; Adult Neurology Departments KIDMUS Study Group. Natural history of multiple sclerosis with childhood onset. N Engl J Med. 2007;356(25):2603-2613.
19. D'Ambrosio A, Pontecorvo S, Colastanti T, Zamboni S, Francia A, Margutti P. Peripheral blood biomarkers in multiple sclerosis. Autoimmun Rev. 2015;14(12):1097-1110.
20. Hauser SL, Chan JR, Oksenberg JR. Multiple sclerosis: prospects and promise. Ann Neurol. 2013;74(3):317-327.
21. Lublin FD, Reingold SC, Cohen JA, et al. Defining the clinical course of multiple sclerosis: the 2013 revisions. Neurology. 2014;83(3):278-286.
22. Polman CH, Reingold SC, Banwell B, et al. Diagnostic criteria for multiple sclerosis: 2010 revisions to the McDonald criteria. Ann Neurol. 2011;69(2):292-302.
23. Hurwitz BJ. Analysis of current multiple sclerosis registries. Neurology. 2011;76(1)(suppl 1):S7-S13.
24. Boeije HR, Duijnstee MS, Grypdonck MH, Pool A. Encountering the downward phase: biographical work in people with multiple sclerosis living at home. Soc Sci Med. 2002;55(6):881-893.
25. Sprangers MA, de Regt EB, Andries F, et al. Which chronic conditions are associated with better or poorer quality of life? J Clin Epidemiol. 2000;53(9):895-907.
26. Julian LJ, Vella L, Vollmer T, Hadjimichael O, Mohr DC. Employment in multiple sclerosis. Exiting and re-entering the work force. J Neurol. 2008;255(9):1354-1360.
27. Trisolini M, Honeycutt A, Wiener J, Lesesne S. Global economic impact of multiple sclerosis. Multiple Sclerosis International Federation website. http://www.msif.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/09/Global_economic_impact_of_MS.pdf. Published May 2010. Accessed May 6, 2016
28. Scalfari A, Knappertz V, Cutter G, Goodin DS, Ashton R, Ebers GC. Mortality in patients with multiple sclerosis. Neurology. 2013;81(2):184-192.
29. Gurevich M, Miron G, Achiron A. Optimizing multiple sclerosis diagnosis: gene expression and genomic association. Ann Clin Transl Neurol. 2015;2(3):271-277.
30. National Multiple Sclerosis Society, European Committee for Treatment and Research in Multiple Sclerosis. Tip sheet: 2010 revised McDonald diagnostic criteria for MS. National Multiple Sclerosis Society website. http://www.nationalmssociety.org/NationalMSSociety/media/MSNationalFiles/Brochures/Paper-TipSheet_-2010-Revisions-to-the-McDonald-Criteria-for-the-Diagnosis-of-MS.pdf. Accessed April 22, 2016.
31. Freedman MS, Selchen D, Arnold DL, et al; Canadian Multiple Sclerosis Working Group. Treatment optimization in MS: Canadian MS Working Group updated recommendations. Can J Neurol Sci. 2013;40(3):307-323.
32. Gold R, Wolinsky JS, Amato MP, Comi G. Evolving expectations around early management of multiple sclerosis. Ther Adv Neurol Disord. 2010;3(6):351-367.
33. Copaxone [package insert]. Overland Park, KS: Teva Neuroscience, Inc; 2014.
34. Avonex [package insert]. Cambridge, MA: Biogen Idec Inc; 1996.
35. Rebif [package insert]. Rockland, MA: EMD Serono, Inc; New York, NY: Pfizer, Inc; 2012.
36. Betaseron [package insert]. Montville, NJ: Bayer HealthCare Pharmaceuticals Inc; 2012.
37. Extavia [package insert]. East Hanover, NJ: Novartis Pharmaceuticals Corp; 2014.
38. Plegridy [package insert]. Cambridge, MA: Biogen Idec Inc; 2013.
39. Calabresi PA, Kieseier BC, Arnold DL, et al. Pegylated interferon ß-1a for relapsing-remitting multiple sclerosis (ADVANCE): a randomised, phase 3, double-blind study. Lancet Neurol. 2014;13(7):657-665.
40. Tecfidera [package insert]. Cambridge, MA: Biogen Idec Inc; 2015.
41. Gilenya [package insert]. East Hanover, NJ: Novartis Pharmaceuticals Corp; 2016.
42. Aubagio [package insert]. Cambridge, MA: Genzyme Corp; 2012.
43. Lemtrada [package insert]. Cambridge, MA: Genzyme Corp; 2014.
44. Cohen JA, Coles AJ, Arnold DL, et al; CARE-MS I investigators. Alemtuzumab versus interferon beta 1a as first-line treatment for patients with relapsing-remitting multiple sclerosis: a randomised controlled phase 3 trial. Lancet. 2012;380(9856):1819-1828.
45. Coles AJ, Twyman CL, Arnold DL, et al; CARE-MS II investigators. Alemtuzumab for patients with relapsing multiple sclerosis after disease-modifying therapy: a randomised controlled phase 3 trial. Lancet. 2012;380(9856):1829-1839.
46. Novantrone [package insert]. Rockland, MA: EMD Serono, Inc; 2008.
47. Tysabri [medication guide]. Cambridge, MA: Biogen Idec Inc; 2015.
48. Hartung DM, Bourdette DN, Ahmed SM, Whitham RH. The cost of multiple sclerosis drugs in the US and the pharmaceutical industry: too big to fail. Neurology. 2015;84(21):2185-2192.
49. Cohen BA, Coyle PK, Leist T, Oleen-Burkey MA, Schwartz M, Zwibel H. Therapy Optimization in Multiple Sclerosis: a cohort study of therapy adherence and risk of relapse. Mult Scler Relat Disord. 2015;4(1):75-82.
50. Cohen B, Leist T, Coyle P, Zwibel H, Markowitz C, Tullman M. MS therapy adherence and relapse risk. Neurology. 2013;80(7) (suppl):P01.193.
51. Richert ND, Zierak MC, Bash CN, Lewis BK, McFarland HF, Frank JA. MRI and clinical activity in MS patients after terminating treatment with interferon beta-1b. Mult Scler. 2000;6(2):86-90.
52. Siger M, Durko A, Nicpan A, Konarska M, Grudziecka M, Selmaj K. Discontinuation of interferon beta therapy in multiple sclerosis patients with high pre-treatment disease activity leads to prompt return to previous disease activity. J Neurol Sci. 2011;303(1-2):50-52.
53. Wu X, Dastidar P, Kuusisto H, Ukkonen M, Huhtala H, Elovaara I. Increased disability and MRI lesions after discontinuation of IFN-beta-1a in secondary progressive MS. Acta Neurol Scand. 2005;112(4):242-247.
54. Scalfari A, Neuhaus A, Degenhardt A, et al. The natural history of multiple sclerosis: a geographically based study 10: relapses and long-term disability. Brain. 2010;133(pt 7):1914-1929.
55. Bates D. Treatment effects of immunomodulatory therapies at different stages of multiple sclerosis in short-term trials. Neurology. 2011;76(1)(suppl 1):S14-S25.
56. Fisniku LK, Brex PA, Altmann DR, et al. Disability and T2 MRI lesions: a 20-year follow-up of patients with relapse onset of multiple sclerosis. Brain. 2008;131(pt 3):808-817.
57. Cross AH, Naismith RT. Established and novel disease-modifying treatments in multiple sclerosis. J Intern Med. 2014;275(4):350-363.
58. Lublin FD, Baier M, Cutter G. Effect of relapses on development of residual deficit in multiple sclerosis. Neurology. 2003;61(11):1528-1532.
59. Kalb R. The emotional and psychological impact of multiple sclerosis relapses. J Neurol Sci. 2007;256(suppl 1):S29-S33.
Multiple sclerosis (MS) is a disorder characterized by inflammation, demyelination, and degeneration of the central nervous system (CNS). The hallmark of the disorder is relapses and remissions of neurologic symptoms occurring early in the disease course, which are often associated with areas of CNS inflammation and myelin loss.1-3 The inciting cause for this inflammation is unknown but is believed to be multifactorial, with environmental and genetic influences creating an adaptive, T cell-mediated autoimmune response against the CNS.4 Separate from the acute attacks, progressive neurodegeneration can occur more chronically and is characterized by axonal loss and grey matter atrophy thought to be due to direct cytotoxic activity of the innate immune system as well as toxic intermediates, such as nitric oxide.4,5 Despite the multiple insults early on, neurologic disability typically becomes more apparent over time.6 The disability threshold theory argues that neurologic function compensates for brain tissue loss until a threshold of accumulated damage is exceeded.7
Background
The incidence of MS follows a geographic gradient; rates rise as the distance from the equator increases.8,9 This is thought to be due to the gradient of relative sun exposure and its role in the production of vitamin D, which plays an important role in immune regulation when converted to its active hormonal form. Multiple sclerosis is more prevalent in non-Hispanic white patients than it is in other racial groups, and women are affected nearly 2 to 3 times more often than are men.10 About 450,000 individuals in the U.S. and more than 2 million worldwide have MS.11-14
Multiple sclerosis is the most common cause of nontraumatic neurologic disability in young adults. It is typically diagnosed in the third and fourth decades of life, and those who are diagnosed after age 50 years often can recount neurologic symptoms that began years before. However, pediatric-onset and new-onset cases in the elderly have been reported. It has been estimated that up to 10% of patients with MS have onset before 18 years of age.15-17 Compared with adult-onset MS, pediatric-onset is associated with a longer period between initial attack and physical disability, although the average age of disability onset is about 10 years younger.17,18
Disease Courses
Relapsing-remitting MS (RRMS) is the most common disease course overall, and this pattern affects 97% of individuals with disease onset before age 18 years.15-17 The clinically isolated syndrome disease course leads to clinically definite MS in one-third of patients within 1 year and in one-half of patients within 2 years.19 In the majority of cases, the RRMS course transitions over time to secondary-progressive MS (SPMS), which is a disease pattern of progressively worsening disability with few neurologic relapses. Although inflammation is present at all stages, the difference is in the predominance of cell types involved.5 Why the shift from active to chronic inflammation occurs and how to prevent it remain central questions in MS research.4 Regardless, tentative evidence suggests that prevention of relapses may reduce disability accumulation and risk of conversion to progressive MS.20
A minority of patients with MS are diagnosed with primary-progressive MS (PPMS) at onset, which is characterized by a disease pattern that follows a relatively steady progression of neurologic symptoms over time, without clear relapses or remissions of these symptoms, though phases of stability or fluctuations in disability may still occur.21 It is typically diagnosed at an older age than is RRMS, and it is rare in children; suspicion of PPMS in this age group should prompt detailed assessment of alternative diagnoses.17,22 Primary-progressive MS is more equally distributed in men and women than is RRMS.
Regardless of onset type, disability progression seems to occur at the same rate among all patients with MS after a certain threshold is reached. The established assessment scale for disability progression in MS is the Kurtzke Expanded Disability Status scale (EDSS), which has a scoring range from 0 to 10. Data from several patient registries have shown that once EDSS step 4 is reached, progression thereafter occurs at a predictable rate that is similar across MS phenotypes.23 The time it takes patients to subsequently reach higher EDSS steps may be independent of preceding factors.23
MS Symptom Burden
The neurologic symptoms that patients experience are fluctuating and disabling throughout the disease course, irrespective of onset type. Typical MS symptoms include mobility impairment, changes in cognition and mood, pain and other sensation disturbances, bowel and bladder dysfunction, fatigue, and visual disturbances. The burden of these symptoms can significantly impact quality of life (QOL) for patients and their families. The symptom burden can pose a direct threat to a patient’s autonomy, necessitating adaptation to an unpredictable disease that requires frequent health care visits to many different health care providers (eg, neurologists; primary care providers; physiatrists; urologists; ophthalmologists; and speech, physical, and occupational therapists), periodic testing, and often costly medications.24
Compared with patients who have other chronic conditions, patients with MS experience diminished societal roles, along with decreased assessments in health, energy, and physical functions.25 These often lead to early exit from the workforce and limitations in household responsibilities, which further impact QOL.26 Including both direct and indirect costs of the disease, a patient with MS can expect a lifetime financial burden of nearly $1.2 million.27
Large population cohort studies in MS, along with MS registry studies of patients untreated with disease-modifying therapies, have shown reduced survival rates by an average of 7 to 14 years.23,28 Multiple sclerosis is the main cause of death in about 50% of cases (EDSS step 10), which is defined as “acute death due to brain stem involvement or to respiratory failure, or death consequent to the chronic bedridden state with terminal pneumonia, sepsis, uremia, or cardiorespiratory failure [and excluding] intercurrent causes of death.”23 For the remaining patients with MS, cause of death is similar to those of the general population, such as cardiovascular disease and cancer.23 However, the incidence of suicide is higher among patients with MS.23
All these factors underscore the importance of early diagnosis as well as early initiation of effective disease-modifying therapy.
Disease-Modifying Therapies
The goal of MS disease-modifying therapy is to reduce the early clinical and subclinical disease activity that eventually contributes to long-term disability.31,32 There are currently 13 FDA-approved disease-modifying therapies for MS. These include 7 self-injecting therapies, 3 oral therapies, and 3 infusion therapies. These 13 medications have 8 different mechanisms of action (MOA) that target distinct areas of the immune-mediated disease process. They also differ in their frequencies and routes of administration in addition to their adverse effect (AE) profiles (Tables 2, 3, and 4).
Treatment Considerations
In 1993, interferon beta-1b became the first FDA-approved MS medication. In the following 2 decades, there became 12 additional FDA-approved medications for MS, beginning with other injectables. The first infusion therapy was introduced in 2004, followed by various oral medications. The treatment landscape continues to change rapidly. This therapeutic revolution has occurred largely due to the improved understanding of the pathophysiology of MS and unquestionably has improved the prognosis and overall QOL for patients. The question is no longer how to treat MS but rather how to personalize and optimize treatment for each patient.20
Despite all available treatment options, none are curative, and none have been proven to offer neuroprotection or contribute to neural repair. To date, no studies have led to FDA-approved therapies for PPMS. Further, the efficacy of any of these medications varies from patient to patient. Due largely to the lack of biomarkers for disease activity and treatment response, drug efficacy continues to be measured according to the current gold standard, which is identification of gadolinium-enhancing lesions in the white matter on magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), combined with other markers of disease, including clinical relapse rate and confirmed disability progression.19 In general, the injectable therapies are expected to protect against about 20% to 35% of relapses; the oral agents, 50% to 55%; and the infusion therapies, > 60%.2
In conjunction with a medication’s efficacy rate and safety profile, the frequency and route of administration also must be considered. In general, MS medications are exceedingly expensive, some costing up to tens-of-thousands of dollars per year.48 All these factors have the real potential to negatively impact patient adherence. Nonadherence and gaps in treatment have been correlated with increased rates of relapses and progression of disability as well as negative MRI outcomes.49-53
When to Initiate Treatment
Once a patient is diagnosed, a common question is, when is the right time to initiate treatment? The primary target of the current MS medications is to decrease CNS inflammation (relapses). The ideal time to start treatment is as promptly as possible after confirmation of the diagnosis to combat the early inflammatory relapsing phase of the disease. There seems to be an early window in the disease course when achieving disease control can have a profound impact on long-term disability. Disease control is typically defined as decreasing relapses, slowing the accumulation of lesions visualized on MRI, and preventing the disability that occurs from both incomplete recovery after relapses and overall disease progression.54,55
Certain clinical indicators, such as higher relapse rates early in the disease course and MRI characteristics, including total lesion burden and the location of lesions within the CNS, seem to be associated with a higher risk of disease progression.56 These are potential prognostic indicators that can help tailor the choice of disease-modifying therapy for patients.57 Those with highly inflammatory and potentially aggressive disease at onset, for example, may benefit from early initiation of higher efficacy therapies, whereas those with more benign forms of MS at onset may fare well on lower efficacy therapies. In general, when it comes to currently available MS treatments, higher efficacy is often tied to riskier AE profiles, so the best medication may be the “least efficacious” one that can still control the disease.20
Hauser and colleagues suggested a treatment decision-making model that identifies the interferons, glatiramer acetate, dimethyl fumarate, and teriflunomide as acceptable first-line therapies; fingolimod and natalizumab as acceptable second-line options; and mitoxantrone and alemtuzumab as acceptable third-line therapeutic options.20 The authors generally agree with Hauser and colleagues’ model, and it is important to consider individual patient factors (eg, comorbidities, concurrent medications, life circumstances) and disease severity when deciding on a treatment plan.
Perhaps an even more difficult question is, when is the right time to switch therapies? There remains a dearth of either guidelines or comparative studies for treatment management decisions. Further, without reliable biomarkers, the clinical and pathologic heterogeneity of MS makes treatment difficult.4,19 In practice, there is general consensus that 1 year of treatment monitoring for effects on clinical and radiologic outcomes is an acceptable time frame to evaluate effectiveness of a disease-modifying treatment. If adherence is maintained and there is still evidence of clinical or MRI activity (suggesting a suboptimal response), an alternative therapy, particularly one with a different MOA, should be strongly considered. This highlights the importance of broad access to all available MS therapies to allow for early selection of a correct therapy that patients will remain adherent to and that controls their disease.
Conclusion
Multiple sclerosis remains a highly unpredictable disease, and relapses have the ability to produce a measurable and sustained impact on the level of disability.58 Still, the influence of reduced relapses on preventing disability in an individual patient remains unclear. Large, long-term, prospective cohort studies may clarify whether early treatment affects disease progression and disability.20 However, it is quite evident that effective relapse reduction decreases discomfort, reduces days lost from work and other important activities of daily life, and improves QOL.58,59
There is still much to learn about this unique disease, but emerging evidence in the medical literature highlights the importance of setting treatment goals that include targeting disease activity to achieve early and effective control. Attaining control with a MS medication seems to be a key component of slowing the physical and emotional disability that can accumulate, helping patients remain active and maintain the highest QOL possible for as long as possible.
Multiple sclerosis (MS) is a disorder characterized by inflammation, demyelination, and degeneration of the central nervous system (CNS). The hallmark of the disorder is relapses and remissions of neurologic symptoms occurring early in the disease course, which are often associated with areas of CNS inflammation and myelin loss.1-3 The inciting cause for this inflammation is unknown but is believed to be multifactorial, with environmental and genetic influences creating an adaptive, T cell-mediated autoimmune response against the CNS.4 Separate from the acute attacks, progressive neurodegeneration can occur more chronically and is characterized by axonal loss and grey matter atrophy thought to be due to direct cytotoxic activity of the innate immune system as well as toxic intermediates, such as nitric oxide.4,5 Despite the multiple insults early on, neurologic disability typically becomes more apparent over time.6 The disability threshold theory argues that neurologic function compensates for brain tissue loss until a threshold of accumulated damage is exceeded.7
Background
The incidence of MS follows a geographic gradient; rates rise as the distance from the equator increases.8,9 This is thought to be due to the gradient of relative sun exposure and its role in the production of vitamin D, which plays an important role in immune regulation when converted to its active hormonal form. Multiple sclerosis is more prevalent in non-Hispanic white patients than it is in other racial groups, and women are affected nearly 2 to 3 times more often than are men.10 About 450,000 individuals in the U.S. and more than 2 million worldwide have MS.11-14
Multiple sclerosis is the most common cause of nontraumatic neurologic disability in young adults. It is typically diagnosed in the third and fourth decades of life, and those who are diagnosed after age 50 years often can recount neurologic symptoms that began years before. However, pediatric-onset and new-onset cases in the elderly have been reported. It has been estimated that up to 10% of patients with MS have onset before 18 years of age.15-17 Compared with adult-onset MS, pediatric-onset is associated with a longer period between initial attack and physical disability, although the average age of disability onset is about 10 years younger.17,18
Disease Courses
Relapsing-remitting MS (RRMS) is the most common disease course overall, and this pattern affects 97% of individuals with disease onset before age 18 years.15-17 The clinically isolated syndrome disease course leads to clinically definite MS in one-third of patients within 1 year and in one-half of patients within 2 years.19 In the majority of cases, the RRMS course transitions over time to secondary-progressive MS (SPMS), which is a disease pattern of progressively worsening disability with few neurologic relapses. Although inflammation is present at all stages, the difference is in the predominance of cell types involved.5 Why the shift from active to chronic inflammation occurs and how to prevent it remain central questions in MS research.4 Regardless, tentative evidence suggests that prevention of relapses may reduce disability accumulation and risk of conversion to progressive MS.20
A minority of patients with MS are diagnosed with primary-progressive MS (PPMS) at onset, which is characterized by a disease pattern that follows a relatively steady progression of neurologic symptoms over time, without clear relapses or remissions of these symptoms, though phases of stability or fluctuations in disability may still occur.21 It is typically diagnosed at an older age than is RRMS, and it is rare in children; suspicion of PPMS in this age group should prompt detailed assessment of alternative diagnoses.17,22 Primary-progressive MS is more equally distributed in men and women than is RRMS.
Regardless of onset type, disability progression seems to occur at the same rate among all patients with MS after a certain threshold is reached. The established assessment scale for disability progression in MS is the Kurtzke Expanded Disability Status scale (EDSS), which has a scoring range from 0 to 10. Data from several patient registries have shown that once EDSS step 4 is reached, progression thereafter occurs at a predictable rate that is similar across MS phenotypes.23 The time it takes patients to subsequently reach higher EDSS steps may be independent of preceding factors.23
MS Symptom Burden
The neurologic symptoms that patients experience are fluctuating and disabling throughout the disease course, irrespective of onset type. Typical MS symptoms include mobility impairment, changes in cognition and mood, pain and other sensation disturbances, bowel and bladder dysfunction, fatigue, and visual disturbances. The burden of these symptoms can significantly impact quality of life (QOL) for patients and their families. The symptom burden can pose a direct threat to a patient’s autonomy, necessitating adaptation to an unpredictable disease that requires frequent health care visits to many different health care providers (eg, neurologists; primary care providers; physiatrists; urologists; ophthalmologists; and speech, physical, and occupational therapists), periodic testing, and often costly medications.24
Compared with patients who have other chronic conditions, patients with MS experience diminished societal roles, along with decreased assessments in health, energy, and physical functions.25 These often lead to early exit from the workforce and limitations in household responsibilities, which further impact QOL.26 Including both direct and indirect costs of the disease, a patient with MS can expect a lifetime financial burden of nearly $1.2 million.27
Large population cohort studies in MS, along with MS registry studies of patients untreated with disease-modifying therapies, have shown reduced survival rates by an average of 7 to 14 years.23,28 Multiple sclerosis is the main cause of death in about 50% of cases (EDSS step 10), which is defined as “acute death due to brain stem involvement or to respiratory failure, or death consequent to the chronic bedridden state with terminal pneumonia, sepsis, uremia, or cardiorespiratory failure [and excluding] intercurrent causes of death.”23 For the remaining patients with MS, cause of death is similar to those of the general population, such as cardiovascular disease and cancer.23 However, the incidence of suicide is higher among patients with MS.23
All these factors underscore the importance of early diagnosis as well as early initiation of effective disease-modifying therapy.
Disease-Modifying Therapies
The goal of MS disease-modifying therapy is to reduce the early clinical and subclinical disease activity that eventually contributes to long-term disability.31,32 There are currently 13 FDA-approved disease-modifying therapies for MS. These include 7 self-injecting therapies, 3 oral therapies, and 3 infusion therapies. These 13 medications have 8 different mechanisms of action (MOA) that target distinct areas of the immune-mediated disease process. They also differ in their frequencies and routes of administration in addition to their adverse effect (AE) profiles (Tables 2, 3, and 4).
Treatment Considerations
In 1993, interferon beta-1b became the first FDA-approved MS medication. In the following 2 decades, there became 12 additional FDA-approved medications for MS, beginning with other injectables. The first infusion therapy was introduced in 2004, followed by various oral medications. The treatment landscape continues to change rapidly. This therapeutic revolution has occurred largely due to the improved understanding of the pathophysiology of MS and unquestionably has improved the prognosis and overall QOL for patients. The question is no longer how to treat MS but rather how to personalize and optimize treatment for each patient.20
Despite all available treatment options, none are curative, and none have been proven to offer neuroprotection or contribute to neural repair. To date, no studies have led to FDA-approved therapies for PPMS. Further, the efficacy of any of these medications varies from patient to patient. Due largely to the lack of biomarkers for disease activity and treatment response, drug efficacy continues to be measured according to the current gold standard, which is identification of gadolinium-enhancing lesions in the white matter on magnetic resonance imaging (MRI), combined with other markers of disease, including clinical relapse rate and confirmed disability progression.19 In general, the injectable therapies are expected to protect against about 20% to 35% of relapses; the oral agents, 50% to 55%; and the infusion therapies, > 60%.2
In conjunction with a medication’s efficacy rate and safety profile, the frequency and route of administration also must be considered. In general, MS medications are exceedingly expensive, some costing up to tens-of-thousands of dollars per year.48 All these factors have the real potential to negatively impact patient adherence. Nonadherence and gaps in treatment have been correlated with increased rates of relapses and progression of disability as well as negative MRI outcomes.49-53
When to Initiate Treatment
Once a patient is diagnosed, a common question is, when is the right time to initiate treatment? The primary target of the current MS medications is to decrease CNS inflammation (relapses). The ideal time to start treatment is as promptly as possible after confirmation of the diagnosis to combat the early inflammatory relapsing phase of the disease. There seems to be an early window in the disease course when achieving disease control can have a profound impact on long-term disability. Disease control is typically defined as decreasing relapses, slowing the accumulation of lesions visualized on MRI, and preventing the disability that occurs from both incomplete recovery after relapses and overall disease progression.54,55
Certain clinical indicators, such as higher relapse rates early in the disease course and MRI characteristics, including total lesion burden and the location of lesions within the CNS, seem to be associated with a higher risk of disease progression.56 These are potential prognostic indicators that can help tailor the choice of disease-modifying therapy for patients.57 Those with highly inflammatory and potentially aggressive disease at onset, for example, may benefit from early initiation of higher efficacy therapies, whereas those with more benign forms of MS at onset may fare well on lower efficacy therapies. In general, when it comes to currently available MS treatments, higher efficacy is often tied to riskier AE profiles, so the best medication may be the “least efficacious” one that can still control the disease.20
Hauser and colleagues suggested a treatment decision-making model that identifies the interferons, glatiramer acetate, dimethyl fumarate, and teriflunomide as acceptable first-line therapies; fingolimod and natalizumab as acceptable second-line options; and mitoxantrone and alemtuzumab as acceptable third-line therapeutic options.20 The authors generally agree with Hauser and colleagues’ model, and it is important to consider individual patient factors (eg, comorbidities, concurrent medications, life circumstances) and disease severity when deciding on a treatment plan.
Perhaps an even more difficult question is, when is the right time to switch therapies? There remains a dearth of either guidelines or comparative studies for treatment management decisions. Further, without reliable biomarkers, the clinical and pathologic heterogeneity of MS makes treatment difficult.4,19 In practice, there is general consensus that 1 year of treatment monitoring for effects on clinical and radiologic outcomes is an acceptable time frame to evaluate effectiveness of a disease-modifying treatment. If adherence is maintained and there is still evidence of clinical or MRI activity (suggesting a suboptimal response), an alternative therapy, particularly one with a different MOA, should be strongly considered. This highlights the importance of broad access to all available MS therapies to allow for early selection of a correct therapy that patients will remain adherent to and that controls their disease.
Conclusion
Multiple sclerosis remains a highly unpredictable disease, and relapses have the ability to produce a measurable and sustained impact on the level of disability.58 Still, the influence of reduced relapses on preventing disability in an individual patient remains unclear. Large, long-term, prospective cohort studies may clarify whether early treatment affects disease progression and disability.20 However, it is quite evident that effective relapse reduction decreases discomfort, reduces days lost from work and other important activities of daily life, and improves QOL.58,59
There is still much to learn about this unique disease, but emerging evidence in the medical literature highlights the importance of setting treatment goals that include targeting disease activity to achieve early and effective control. Attaining control with a MS medication seems to be a key component of slowing the physical and emotional disability that can accumulate, helping patients remain active and maintain the highest QOL possible for as long as possible.
1. Lublin FD, Reingold SC. Defining the clinical course of multiple sclerosis: results of an international survey. National Multiple Sclerosis Society (USA) Advisory Committee on Clinical Trials of New Agents in Multiple Sclerosis. Neurology. 1996;46(4):907-911.
2. Frischer JM, Bramow S, Dal-Bianco A, et al. The relation between inflammation and neurodegeneration in multiple sclerosis brains. Brain. 2009;132(pt 5):1175-1189.
3. Charil A, Filippi M. Inflammatory demyelination and neurodegeneration in early multiple sclerosis. J Neurol Sci. 2007;259(1-2):7-15.
4. Weiner HL. The challenge of multiple sclerosis: how do we cure a chronic heterogeneous disease? Ann Neurol. 2009;65(3):239-248.
5. Grigoriadis N, van Pesch V; ParadigMS Group. A basic overview of multiple sclerosis immunopathology. Eur J Neurol. 2015;22(suppl 2):3-13.
6. Lassmann H, van Horssen J, Mahad D. Progressive multiple sclerosis: pathology and pathogenesis. Nat Rev Neurol. 2012;8(11):647-656.
7. Rudick RA, Lee JC, Simon J, Fisher E. Significance of T2 lesions in multiple sclerosis: a 13-year longitudinal study. Ann Neurol. 2006;60(2):236-242.
8. Alla S, Mason DF. Multiple sclerosis in New Zealand. J Clin Neurosci. 2014;21(8):1288-1291.
9. Simpson S Jr, Blizzard L, Otahal P, Van der Mei I, Taylor B. Latitude is significantly associated with the prevalence of multiple sclerosis: a meta-analysis. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 2011;82(10):1132-1141.
10. Evans C, Beland SG, Kulaga S, et al. Incidence and prevalence of multiple sclerosis in the Americas: a systematic review. Neuroepidemiology. 2013;40(3):195-210.
11. Giesser BS. Diagnosis of multiple sclerosis. Neurol Clin. 2011;29(2):381-388.
12. Noseworthy JH, Lucchinetti C, Rodriguez M, Weinshenker BG. Multiple sclerosis. N Engl J Med. 2000;343(13):938-952.
13. Weinshenker BG. The natural history of multiple sclerosis. Neurol Clin. 1995;13(1):119-146.
14. Weinshenker BG. The natural history of multiple sclerosis: update 1998. Semin Neurol. 1998;18(3):301-307.
15. Simone IL, Carrara D, Tortorella C, Ceccarelli A, Livrea P. Early onset multiple sclerosis. Neurol Sci. 2000;21(4)(suppl 2):S861-S863.
16. Reinhardt K, Weiss S, Rosenbauer J, Gärtner J, von Kries R. Multiple sclerosis in children and adolescents: incidence and clinical picture--new insights from the nationwide German surveillance (2009-2011). Eur J Neurol. 2014;21(4):654-659.
17. Waldman A, Ghezzi A, Bar-Or A, Mikaeloff Y, Tardieu M, Banwell B. Multiple sclerosis in children: an update on clinical diagnosis, therapeutic strategies, and research. Lancet Neurol. 2014;13(9):936-948.
18. Renoux C, Vukusic S, Mikaeloff Y, et al; Adult Neurology Departments KIDMUS Study Group. Natural history of multiple sclerosis with childhood onset. N Engl J Med. 2007;356(25):2603-2613.
19. D'Ambrosio A, Pontecorvo S, Colastanti T, Zamboni S, Francia A, Margutti P. Peripheral blood biomarkers in multiple sclerosis. Autoimmun Rev. 2015;14(12):1097-1110.
20. Hauser SL, Chan JR, Oksenberg JR. Multiple sclerosis: prospects and promise. Ann Neurol. 2013;74(3):317-327.
21. Lublin FD, Reingold SC, Cohen JA, et al. Defining the clinical course of multiple sclerosis: the 2013 revisions. Neurology. 2014;83(3):278-286.
22. Polman CH, Reingold SC, Banwell B, et al. Diagnostic criteria for multiple sclerosis: 2010 revisions to the McDonald criteria. Ann Neurol. 2011;69(2):292-302.
23. Hurwitz BJ. Analysis of current multiple sclerosis registries. Neurology. 2011;76(1)(suppl 1):S7-S13.
24. Boeije HR, Duijnstee MS, Grypdonck MH, Pool A. Encountering the downward phase: biographical work in people with multiple sclerosis living at home. Soc Sci Med. 2002;55(6):881-893.
25. Sprangers MA, de Regt EB, Andries F, et al. Which chronic conditions are associated with better or poorer quality of life? J Clin Epidemiol. 2000;53(9):895-907.
26. Julian LJ, Vella L, Vollmer T, Hadjimichael O, Mohr DC. Employment in multiple sclerosis. Exiting and re-entering the work force. J Neurol. 2008;255(9):1354-1360.
27. Trisolini M, Honeycutt A, Wiener J, Lesesne S. Global economic impact of multiple sclerosis. Multiple Sclerosis International Federation website. http://www.msif.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/09/Global_economic_impact_of_MS.pdf. Published May 2010. Accessed May 6, 2016
28. Scalfari A, Knappertz V, Cutter G, Goodin DS, Ashton R, Ebers GC. Mortality in patients with multiple sclerosis. Neurology. 2013;81(2):184-192.
29. Gurevich M, Miron G, Achiron A. Optimizing multiple sclerosis diagnosis: gene expression and genomic association. Ann Clin Transl Neurol. 2015;2(3):271-277.
30. National Multiple Sclerosis Society, European Committee for Treatment and Research in Multiple Sclerosis. Tip sheet: 2010 revised McDonald diagnostic criteria for MS. National Multiple Sclerosis Society website. http://www.nationalmssociety.org/NationalMSSociety/media/MSNationalFiles/Brochures/Paper-TipSheet_-2010-Revisions-to-the-McDonald-Criteria-for-the-Diagnosis-of-MS.pdf. Accessed April 22, 2016.
31. Freedman MS, Selchen D, Arnold DL, et al; Canadian Multiple Sclerosis Working Group. Treatment optimization in MS: Canadian MS Working Group updated recommendations. Can J Neurol Sci. 2013;40(3):307-323.
32. Gold R, Wolinsky JS, Amato MP, Comi G. Evolving expectations around early management of multiple sclerosis. Ther Adv Neurol Disord. 2010;3(6):351-367.
33. Copaxone [package insert]. Overland Park, KS: Teva Neuroscience, Inc; 2014.
34. Avonex [package insert]. Cambridge, MA: Biogen Idec Inc; 1996.
35. Rebif [package insert]. Rockland, MA: EMD Serono, Inc; New York, NY: Pfizer, Inc; 2012.
36. Betaseron [package insert]. Montville, NJ: Bayer HealthCare Pharmaceuticals Inc; 2012.
37. Extavia [package insert]. East Hanover, NJ: Novartis Pharmaceuticals Corp; 2014.
38. Plegridy [package insert]. Cambridge, MA: Biogen Idec Inc; 2013.
39. Calabresi PA, Kieseier BC, Arnold DL, et al. Pegylated interferon ß-1a for relapsing-remitting multiple sclerosis (ADVANCE): a randomised, phase 3, double-blind study. Lancet Neurol. 2014;13(7):657-665.
40. Tecfidera [package insert]. Cambridge, MA: Biogen Idec Inc; 2015.
41. Gilenya [package insert]. East Hanover, NJ: Novartis Pharmaceuticals Corp; 2016.
42. Aubagio [package insert]. Cambridge, MA: Genzyme Corp; 2012.
43. Lemtrada [package insert]. Cambridge, MA: Genzyme Corp; 2014.
44. Cohen JA, Coles AJ, Arnold DL, et al; CARE-MS I investigators. Alemtuzumab versus interferon beta 1a as first-line treatment for patients with relapsing-remitting multiple sclerosis: a randomised controlled phase 3 trial. Lancet. 2012;380(9856):1819-1828.
45. Coles AJ, Twyman CL, Arnold DL, et al; CARE-MS II investigators. Alemtuzumab for patients with relapsing multiple sclerosis after disease-modifying therapy: a randomised controlled phase 3 trial. Lancet. 2012;380(9856):1829-1839.
46. Novantrone [package insert]. Rockland, MA: EMD Serono, Inc; 2008.
47. Tysabri [medication guide]. Cambridge, MA: Biogen Idec Inc; 2015.
48. Hartung DM, Bourdette DN, Ahmed SM, Whitham RH. The cost of multiple sclerosis drugs in the US and the pharmaceutical industry: too big to fail. Neurology. 2015;84(21):2185-2192.
49. Cohen BA, Coyle PK, Leist T, Oleen-Burkey MA, Schwartz M, Zwibel H. Therapy Optimization in Multiple Sclerosis: a cohort study of therapy adherence and risk of relapse. Mult Scler Relat Disord. 2015;4(1):75-82.
50. Cohen B, Leist T, Coyle P, Zwibel H, Markowitz C, Tullman M. MS therapy adherence and relapse risk. Neurology. 2013;80(7) (suppl):P01.193.
51. Richert ND, Zierak MC, Bash CN, Lewis BK, McFarland HF, Frank JA. MRI and clinical activity in MS patients after terminating treatment with interferon beta-1b. Mult Scler. 2000;6(2):86-90.
52. Siger M, Durko A, Nicpan A, Konarska M, Grudziecka M, Selmaj K. Discontinuation of interferon beta therapy in multiple sclerosis patients with high pre-treatment disease activity leads to prompt return to previous disease activity. J Neurol Sci. 2011;303(1-2):50-52.
53. Wu X, Dastidar P, Kuusisto H, Ukkonen M, Huhtala H, Elovaara I. Increased disability and MRI lesions after discontinuation of IFN-beta-1a in secondary progressive MS. Acta Neurol Scand. 2005;112(4):242-247.
54. Scalfari A, Neuhaus A, Degenhardt A, et al. The natural history of multiple sclerosis: a geographically based study 10: relapses and long-term disability. Brain. 2010;133(pt 7):1914-1929.
55. Bates D. Treatment effects of immunomodulatory therapies at different stages of multiple sclerosis in short-term trials. Neurology. 2011;76(1)(suppl 1):S14-S25.
56. Fisniku LK, Brex PA, Altmann DR, et al. Disability and T2 MRI lesions: a 20-year follow-up of patients with relapse onset of multiple sclerosis. Brain. 2008;131(pt 3):808-817.
57. Cross AH, Naismith RT. Established and novel disease-modifying treatments in multiple sclerosis. J Intern Med. 2014;275(4):350-363.
58. Lublin FD, Baier M, Cutter G. Effect of relapses on development of residual deficit in multiple sclerosis. Neurology. 2003;61(11):1528-1532.
59. Kalb R. The emotional and psychological impact of multiple sclerosis relapses. J Neurol Sci. 2007;256(suppl 1):S29-S33.
1. Lublin FD, Reingold SC. Defining the clinical course of multiple sclerosis: results of an international survey. National Multiple Sclerosis Society (USA) Advisory Committee on Clinical Trials of New Agents in Multiple Sclerosis. Neurology. 1996;46(4):907-911.
2. Frischer JM, Bramow S, Dal-Bianco A, et al. The relation between inflammation and neurodegeneration in multiple sclerosis brains. Brain. 2009;132(pt 5):1175-1189.
3. Charil A, Filippi M. Inflammatory demyelination and neurodegeneration in early multiple sclerosis. J Neurol Sci. 2007;259(1-2):7-15.
4. Weiner HL. The challenge of multiple sclerosis: how do we cure a chronic heterogeneous disease? Ann Neurol. 2009;65(3):239-248.
5. Grigoriadis N, van Pesch V; ParadigMS Group. A basic overview of multiple sclerosis immunopathology. Eur J Neurol. 2015;22(suppl 2):3-13.
6. Lassmann H, van Horssen J, Mahad D. Progressive multiple sclerosis: pathology and pathogenesis. Nat Rev Neurol. 2012;8(11):647-656.
7. Rudick RA, Lee JC, Simon J, Fisher E. Significance of T2 lesions in multiple sclerosis: a 13-year longitudinal study. Ann Neurol. 2006;60(2):236-242.
8. Alla S, Mason DF. Multiple sclerosis in New Zealand. J Clin Neurosci. 2014;21(8):1288-1291.
9. Simpson S Jr, Blizzard L, Otahal P, Van der Mei I, Taylor B. Latitude is significantly associated with the prevalence of multiple sclerosis: a meta-analysis. J Neurol Neurosurg Psychiatry. 2011;82(10):1132-1141.
10. Evans C, Beland SG, Kulaga S, et al. Incidence and prevalence of multiple sclerosis in the Americas: a systematic review. Neuroepidemiology. 2013;40(3):195-210.
11. Giesser BS. Diagnosis of multiple sclerosis. Neurol Clin. 2011;29(2):381-388.
12. Noseworthy JH, Lucchinetti C, Rodriguez M, Weinshenker BG. Multiple sclerosis. N Engl J Med. 2000;343(13):938-952.
13. Weinshenker BG. The natural history of multiple sclerosis. Neurol Clin. 1995;13(1):119-146.
14. Weinshenker BG. The natural history of multiple sclerosis: update 1998. Semin Neurol. 1998;18(3):301-307.
15. Simone IL, Carrara D, Tortorella C, Ceccarelli A, Livrea P. Early onset multiple sclerosis. Neurol Sci. 2000;21(4)(suppl 2):S861-S863.
16. Reinhardt K, Weiss S, Rosenbauer J, Gärtner J, von Kries R. Multiple sclerosis in children and adolescents: incidence and clinical picture--new insights from the nationwide German surveillance (2009-2011). Eur J Neurol. 2014;21(4):654-659.
17. Waldman A, Ghezzi A, Bar-Or A, Mikaeloff Y, Tardieu M, Banwell B. Multiple sclerosis in children: an update on clinical diagnosis, therapeutic strategies, and research. Lancet Neurol. 2014;13(9):936-948.
18. Renoux C, Vukusic S, Mikaeloff Y, et al; Adult Neurology Departments KIDMUS Study Group. Natural history of multiple sclerosis with childhood onset. N Engl J Med. 2007;356(25):2603-2613.
19. D'Ambrosio A, Pontecorvo S, Colastanti T, Zamboni S, Francia A, Margutti P. Peripheral blood biomarkers in multiple sclerosis. Autoimmun Rev. 2015;14(12):1097-1110.
20. Hauser SL, Chan JR, Oksenberg JR. Multiple sclerosis: prospects and promise. Ann Neurol. 2013;74(3):317-327.
21. Lublin FD, Reingold SC, Cohen JA, et al. Defining the clinical course of multiple sclerosis: the 2013 revisions. Neurology. 2014;83(3):278-286.
22. Polman CH, Reingold SC, Banwell B, et al. Diagnostic criteria for multiple sclerosis: 2010 revisions to the McDonald criteria. Ann Neurol. 2011;69(2):292-302.
23. Hurwitz BJ. Analysis of current multiple sclerosis registries. Neurology. 2011;76(1)(suppl 1):S7-S13.
24. Boeije HR, Duijnstee MS, Grypdonck MH, Pool A. Encountering the downward phase: biographical work in people with multiple sclerosis living at home. Soc Sci Med. 2002;55(6):881-893.
25. Sprangers MA, de Regt EB, Andries F, et al. Which chronic conditions are associated with better or poorer quality of life? J Clin Epidemiol. 2000;53(9):895-907.
26. Julian LJ, Vella L, Vollmer T, Hadjimichael O, Mohr DC. Employment in multiple sclerosis. Exiting and re-entering the work force. J Neurol. 2008;255(9):1354-1360.
27. Trisolini M, Honeycutt A, Wiener J, Lesesne S. Global economic impact of multiple sclerosis. Multiple Sclerosis International Federation website. http://www.msif.org/wp-content/uploads/2014/09/Global_economic_impact_of_MS.pdf. Published May 2010. Accessed May 6, 2016
28. Scalfari A, Knappertz V, Cutter G, Goodin DS, Ashton R, Ebers GC. Mortality in patients with multiple sclerosis. Neurology. 2013;81(2):184-192.
29. Gurevich M, Miron G, Achiron A. Optimizing multiple sclerosis diagnosis: gene expression and genomic association. Ann Clin Transl Neurol. 2015;2(3):271-277.
30. National Multiple Sclerosis Society, European Committee for Treatment and Research in Multiple Sclerosis. Tip sheet: 2010 revised McDonald diagnostic criteria for MS. National Multiple Sclerosis Society website. http://www.nationalmssociety.org/NationalMSSociety/media/MSNationalFiles/Brochures/Paper-TipSheet_-2010-Revisions-to-the-McDonald-Criteria-for-the-Diagnosis-of-MS.pdf. Accessed April 22, 2016.
31. Freedman MS, Selchen D, Arnold DL, et al; Canadian Multiple Sclerosis Working Group. Treatment optimization in MS: Canadian MS Working Group updated recommendations. Can J Neurol Sci. 2013;40(3):307-323.
32. Gold R, Wolinsky JS, Amato MP, Comi G. Evolving expectations around early management of multiple sclerosis. Ther Adv Neurol Disord. 2010;3(6):351-367.
33. Copaxone [package insert]. Overland Park, KS: Teva Neuroscience, Inc; 2014.
34. Avonex [package insert]. Cambridge, MA: Biogen Idec Inc; 1996.
35. Rebif [package insert]. Rockland, MA: EMD Serono, Inc; New York, NY: Pfizer, Inc; 2012.
36. Betaseron [package insert]. Montville, NJ: Bayer HealthCare Pharmaceuticals Inc; 2012.
37. Extavia [package insert]. East Hanover, NJ: Novartis Pharmaceuticals Corp; 2014.
38. Plegridy [package insert]. Cambridge, MA: Biogen Idec Inc; 2013.
39. Calabresi PA, Kieseier BC, Arnold DL, et al. Pegylated interferon ß-1a for relapsing-remitting multiple sclerosis (ADVANCE): a randomised, phase 3, double-blind study. Lancet Neurol. 2014;13(7):657-665.
40. Tecfidera [package insert]. Cambridge, MA: Biogen Idec Inc; 2015.
41. Gilenya [package insert]. East Hanover, NJ: Novartis Pharmaceuticals Corp; 2016.
42. Aubagio [package insert]. Cambridge, MA: Genzyme Corp; 2012.
43. Lemtrada [package insert]. Cambridge, MA: Genzyme Corp; 2014.
44. Cohen JA, Coles AJ, Arnold DL, et al; CARE-MS I investigators. Alemtuzumab versus interferon beta 1a as first-line treatment for patients with relapsing-remitting multiple sclerosis: a randomised controlled phase 3 trial. Lancet. 2012;380(9856):1819-1828.
45. Coles AJ, Twyman CL, Arnold DL, et al; CARE-MS II investigators. Alemtuzumab for patients with relapsing multiple sclerosis after disease-modifying therapy: a randomised controlled phase 3 trial. Lancet. 2012;380(9856):1829-1839.
46. Novantrone [package insert]. Rockland, MA: EMD Serono, Inc; 2008.
47. Tysabri [medication guide]. Cambridge, MA: Biogen Idec Inc; 2015.
48. Hartung DM, Bourdette DN, Ahmed SM, Whitham RH. The cost of multiple sclerosis drugs in the US and the pharmaceutical industry: too big to fail. Neurology. 2015;84(21):2185-2192.
49. Cohen BA, Coyle PK, Leist T, Oleen-Burkey MA, Schwartz M, Zwibel H. Therapy Optimization in Multiple Sclerosis: a cohort study of therapy adherence and risk of relapse. Mult Scler Relat Disord. 2015;4(1):75-82.
50. Cohen B, Leist T, Coyle P, Zwibel H, Markowitz C, Tullman M. MS therapy adherence and relapse risk. Neurology. 2013;80(7) (suppl):P01.193.
51. Richert ND, Zierak MC, Bash CN, Lewis BK, McFarland HF, Frank JA. MRI and clinical activity in MS patients after terminating treatment with interferon beta-1b. Mult Scler. 2000;6(2):86-90.
52. Siger M, Durko A, Nicpan A, Konarska M, Grudziecka M, Selmaj K. Discontinuation of interferon beta therapy in multiple sclerosis patients with high pre-treatment disease activity leads to prompt return to previous disease activity. J Neurol Sci. 2011;303(1-2):50-52.
53. Wu X, Dastidar P, Kuusisto H, Ukkonen M, Huhtala H, Elovaara I. Increased disability and MRI lesions after discontinuation of IFN-beta-1a in secondary progressive MS. Acta Neurol Scand. 2005;112(4):242-247.
54. Scalfari A, Neuhaus A, Degenhardt A, et al. The natural history of multiple sclerosis: a geographically based study 10: relapses and long-term disability. Brain. 2010;133(pt 7):1914-1929.
55. Bates D. Treatment effects of immunomodulatory therapies at different stages of multiple sclerosis in short-term trials. Neurology. 2011;76(1)(suppl 1):S14-S25.
56. Fisniku LK, Brex PA, Altmann DR, et al. Disability and T2 MRI lesions: a 20-year follow-up of patients with relapse onset of multiple sclerosis. Brain. 2008;131(pt 3):808-817.
57. Cross AH, Naismith RT. Established and novel disease-modifying treatments in multiple sclerosis. J Intern Med. 2014;275(4):350-363.
58. Lublin FD, Baier M, Cutter G. Effect of relapses on development of residual deficit in multiple sclerosis. Neurology. 2003;61(11):1528-1532.
59. Kalb R. The emotional and psychological impact of multiple sclerosis relapses. J Neurol Sci. 2007;256(suppl 1):S29-S33.
A Physician With Thigh Pain
Necrotizing soft-tissue infection (NSTI) often is difficult to distinguish from a superficial soft-tissue infection like cellulitis. Both conditions present with pain, edema, and erythema and can be accompanied by fever and malaise. The diagnosis of NSTI must be made quickly because successful treatment requires early surgical debridement and broad-spectrum antibiotics. The following case demonstrates the challenge of diagnosing NSTI.
Case Presentation
A 50-year-old physician developed a sore throat with subjective fevers, night sweats, and chills. After 2 days, his symptoms resolved. The next day he developed right thigh pain while playing tennis and limped off the court. That night he had fevers, chills, and sweats. For the next 3 days, his right thigh pain persisted with waxing and waning fevers.
The patient’s medical history included gastroesophageal reflux disease, vitamin D deficiency, and a positive purified protein derivative test for which he had completed 1 year of isoniazid therapy. The patient was married and in a monogamous relationship with his wife. He had traveled to the Sierra National Forest and Yosemite Park during the preceding winter. He did not swim in a lake or recall a tick bite. He had not consumed raw food, imported meats, or dairy products. He recently started oral fluconazole for tinea corporis.
The patient’s temperature was 39.5°C, heart rate was 115 beats per minute, blood pressure (BP) was 142/88 mm Hg, and respiratory rate was 18 breaths per minute with an oxygen saturation of 95% while breathing ambient air. He was drenched in sweat yet remained comfortable throughout the interview. The oropharyngeal mucosa was moist without lesions or erythema. There was no rash or lymphadenopathy. The lungs were clear to auscultation. The cardiac exam revealed tachycardia. There was point tenderness to deep palpation of the mid-anterior right thigh without crepitus, erythema, or edema.
The patient’s sodium level was 129 mmol/L (normal range 135-145 mmol/L), bicarbonate was 20 mmol/L (normal range 22-32 mmol/L), creatinine was 1.1 mg/dL (normal range 0.7-1.2 mg/dL), and glucose was 194 mg/dL. The white blood cell count (WBC) was 12,900 cells/mm3 (normal range 3,400-10,000 cells/mm3) with 96% neutrophils. The hematocrit was 41% (normal range 41-53%), and the platelet count was 347,000 cells/mm3 (normal range 140,000-450,000 cells/mm3). The lactate level was 2.2 mmol/L (normal range 0-2 mmol/L). The creatine kinase level was 347 U/L (normal range 50-388 U/L), and the lactate dehydrogenase level was 254 U/L (normal range 102-199 U/L). A rapid group A streptococcal (GAS) antigen test was negative. A radiograph of the right femur revealed mildly edematous soft tissue. On ultrasound the right quadriceps appeared mildly edematous, but there was no evidence of abscess or discrete fluid collection (eFigure 1).
eFigure 1. Ultrasound of the Right Anterior Thigh Ultrasound revealed heterogeneous, mildly edematous quadriceps muscle. There was no abscess or discrete fluid collection. There was trace fluid along the fascia of the quadriceps muscle.
Four liters of normal saline, acetaminophen, ceftriaxone, and doxycycline were administered to the patient. Overnight he was afebrile, tachycardic, and normotensive. The following morning his BP decreased to 81/53 mm Hg. His WBC count was 33,000 cells/mm3 with 96% neutrophils. A peripheral blood smear showed immature granulocytes. The sodium and creatinine increased to 135 mmol/L and 1.3 mg/dL, respectively. The erythrocyte sedimentation rate was 20 mm/h (normal range 0-10 mm/h), and the C-reactive protein level was 174 mg/L (normal range < 6.3 mg/L).The right thigh became erythematous and edematous.
Given concern for necrotizing fasciitis, antibiotics were changed to vancomycin, piperacillin-tazobactam, and clindamycin. The patient was taken to the operating room (OR). The right quadriceps muscle was markedly edematous with overlying necrotic fibrofatty tissue with easy separation of the fascia from the anterolateral rectus femoris and rectus lateralis muscles. Necrotizing fasciitis was diagnosed.
The tissue was debrided, and surgical pathology revealed fibroadipose tissue with extensive necrosis and dense acute inflammation (eFigure 2). After the anterolateral space between the fascia and underlying thigh muscle was drained, a Penrose drain was placed, and the wound was left open with plans for a second-look operation within 24 hours.
eFigure 2. Surgical Pathology of Debrided Right Thigh
Pathology revealed fibroadipose tissue with extensive necrosis and dense acute inflammation.
eFigure 3. Right Anterior Thigh
Two Penrose drains inserted after second operation.
In the ensuing hours erythema extended proximal to the operative site. The patient was emergently taken to the OR. The focus of necrotizing fasciitis along the anterolateral aspect of the thigh had extended posteriorly and superiorly. This area was irrigated, all loculations were disrupted, and a second Penrose drain was placed.
The wound was left open for 6 more days. On hospital day 9, operative exploration revealed no necrotizing fasciitis. The fascia and skin wound were then closed (eFigure 3).
Cultures from the fascia grew the GAS bacteria Streptococcus pyogenes (S pyogenes), which was sensitive to penicillin. The blood cultures from admission were sterile. A test for Epstein-Barr virus immunoglobulin M antibody was negative. The patient was discharged after 10 days in the hospital to complete a 2-week course of IV penicillin. Two months later he resumed playing tennis and returned to his clinical duties.
Discussion
In the U.S., there are approximately 3.5 cases of invasive GAS infection per 100,000 persons.1 Type I NSTI is polymicrobial (aerobic and anaerobic organisms). Risk factors include recent surgery, immunocompromised states, drug use, diabetes mellitus, and traumatic wounds.2 Type II NSTI is caused by GAS or other β-hemolytic streptococci either alone or in association with another organism, most commonly Staphylococcus aureus. Type II NSTI is classically found on the extremities and occurs in young, healthy, immunocompetent patients—such as this patient.3
The portal of entry in nearly half of type II NSTI is unknown; minor local trauma is often suspected.4 However, cases have been reported in which the only identifiable source was a preceding sore throat.4 The origin of this patient’s GAS remains unknown, but perhaps his pharyngitis led to transient bacteremia, which then seeded his injured thigh muscle. An in vitro model demonstrated that injured muscles increase surface expression of the cytoskeletal protein vimentin, which binds GAS.5 Exotoxins and endotoxins produced by S pyogenes may lead to microvascular thrombosis, tissue ischemia, liquefactive necrosis, and systemic release of cytokines followed by systemic illness, multiorgan dysfunction, and death.6
The Laboratory Risk Indicator for Necrotizing Fasciitis (LRINEC) score was developed to aid in early diagnosis of NSTI.7 It was derived from a series of 2,555 patients admitted with cellulitis or abscesses at a single institution. Scores > 8 have a positive predictive value of 93% for NSTI. This patient had a LRINEC score of 9. Radiographs or computed tomography scans may demonstrate soft-tissue air collections but lack sensitivity and are often nondiagnostic.8,9 T1-weighted magnetic resonance imaging can delineate the anatomic extent of soft-tissue infections but is time consuming and may delay treatment.10 When the pretest probability is high, proceeding directly to the OR for direct visualization and possible debridement is advisable. Histologic features of necrotizing fasciitis include inflammation with polymorphonuclear cells and necrosis of the subcutaneous fat and fascia with relative sparing of the muscle.11Necrotizing soft-tissue infection requires early surgical debridement and broad-spectrum antibiotic coverage. Without surgical debridement, the mortality rate approaches 100%.2 Antibiotics should include activity against Gram-positive, Gram-negative, and anaerobic organisms. The duration of antibiotic therapy has not been defined and is dependent on the patient’s clinical status. Adjunctive treatment options may include IV immunoglobulin and hyperbaric oxygen therapy, although the data supporting their utility are limited.12,13
Conclusion
Despite the LRINEC scoring systems and advanced imaging, necrotizing fasciitis remains challenging to diagnose in a timely manner. In this case, close monitoring of the patient facilitated timely evaluation and treatment of a fatal disease.
1. O'Loughlin RE, Roberson A, Cieslak PR, et al; Active Bacterial Core Surveillance Team. The epidemiology of invasive group A streptococcal infection and potential vaccine implications: United States, 2000-2004. Clin Infect Dis. 2007;45(7):853-857.
2. Anaya DA, Dellinger EP. Necrotizing soft-tissue infection: diagnosis and management. Clin Infect Dis. 2007;44(5):705-710.
3. Naqvi GA, Malik SA, Jan W. Necrotizing fasciitis of the lower extremity: a case report and current concept of diagnosis and management. Scand J Trauma Resusc Emerg Med. 2009;17:28.
4. Stevens DL. Streptococcal toxic-shock syndrome: spectrum of disease, pathogenesis, and new concepts in treatment. Emerg Infect Dis. 1195;1(3):69-78.
5. Bryant AE, Bayer CR, Huntington JD, Stevens DL. Group A streptococcal myonecrosis: increased vimentin expression after skeletal-muscle injury mediates the binding of Streptococcus pyogenes. J Infect Dis. 2006;193(12):1685-1692.
6. Cainzos M, Gonzalez-Rodriguez FJ. Necrotizing soft tissue infections. Curr Opin Crit Care. 2007;13(4):433-439.
7. Wong CH, Khin LW, Heng KS, Tan KC, Low CO. The LRINEC (Laboratory Risk Indicator for Necrotizing Fasciitis) score: a tool for distinguishing necrotizing fasciitis from other soft tissue infections. Crit Care Med. 2004;32(7):1535-1541.
8. Goh T, Goh LG, Ang CH, Wong CH. Early diagnosis of necrotizing fasciitis. Br J Surg. 2014;101(1):119-125.
9. Lancerotto L, Tocco I, Salmaso R, Vindigni V, Basetto F. Necrotizing fasciitis: classification, diagnosis and management. J Trauma Acute Care Surg. 2012;72(3):560-566.
10. Brothers TE, Tagge DU, Stutley JE, Conway WF, Del Schutte H Jr, Byrne TK. Magnetic resonance imaging differentiates between necrotizing and non-necrotizing fasciitis of the lower extremity. J Am Coll Surg. 1998;187(4):416-421.
11. Bakleh M, Wold LE, Mandrekar JN, Harmsen WS, Dimashkieh HH, Baddour LM. Correlation of histopathologic findings with clinical outcome in necrotizing fasciitis. Clin Infect Dis. 2005;40(3):410-414.
12. Barry W, Hudgins L, Donta ST, Pesanti EL. Intravenous immunoglobulin therapy for toxic shock syndrome. JAMA. 1992;267(24):3315-3316.
13. Wilkinson D, Doolette D. Hyperbaric oxygen treatment and survival from necrotizing soft tissue infection. Arch Surg. 2004;139(12):1339-1345.
Necrotizing soft-tissue infection (NSTI) often is difficult to distinguish from a superficial soft-tissue infection like cellulitis. Both conditions present with pain, edema, and erythema and can be accompanied by fever and malaise. The diagnosis of NSTI must be made quickly because successful treatment requires early surgical debridement and broad-spectrum antibiotics. The following case demonstrates the challenge of diagnosing NSTI.
Case Presentation
A 50-year-old physician developed a sore throat with subjective fevers, night sweats, and chills. After 2 days, his symptoms resolved. The next day he developed right thigh pain while playing tennis and limped off the court. That night he had fevers, chills, and sweats. For the next 3 days, his right thigh pain persisted with waxing and waning fevers.
The patient’s medical history included gastroesophageal reflux disease, vitamin D deficiency, and a positive purified protein derivative test for which he had completed 1 year of isoniazid therapy. The patient was married and in a monogamous relationship with his wife. He had traveled to the Sierra National Forest and Yosemite Park during the preceding winter. He did not swim in a lake or recall a tick bite. He had not consumed raw food, imported meats, or dairy products. He recently started oral fluconazole for tinea corporis.
The patient’s temperature was 39.5°C, heart rate was 115 beats per minute, blood pressure (BP) was 142/88 mm Hg, and respiratory rate was 18 breaths per minute with an oxygen saturation of 95% while breathing ambient air. He was drenched in sweat yet remained comfortable throughout the interview. The oropharyngeal mucosa was moist without lesions or erythema. There was no rash or lymphadenopathy. The lungs were clear to auscultation. The cardiac exam revealed tachycardia. There was point tenderness to deep palpation of the mid-anterior right thigh without crepitus, erythema, or edema.
The patient’s sodium level was 129 mmol/L (normal range 135-145 mmol/L), bicarbonate was 20 mmol/L (normal range 22-32 mmol/L), creatinine was 1.1 mg/dL (normal range 0.7-1.2 mg/dL), and glucose was 194 mg/dL. The white blood cell count (WBC) was 12,900 cells/mm3 (normal range 3,400-10,000 cells/mm3) with 96% neutrophils. The hematocrit was 41% (normal range 41-53%), and the platelet count was 347,000 cells/mm3 (normal range 140,000-450,000 cells/mm3). The lactate level was 2.2 mmol/L (normal range 0-2 mmol/L). The creatine kinase level was 347 U/L (normal range 50-388 U/L), and the lactate dehydrogenase level was 254 U/L (normal range 102-199 U/L). A rapid group A streptococcal (GAS) antigen test was negative. A radiograph of the right femur revealed mildly edematous soft tissue. On ultrasound the right quadriceps appeared mildly edematous, but there was no evidence of abscess or discrete fluid collection (eFigure 1).
eFigure 1. Ultrasound of the Right Anterior Thigh Ultrasound revealed heterogeneous, mildly edematous quadriceps muscle. There was no abscess or discrete fluid collection. There was trace fluid along the fascia of the quadriceps muscle.
Four liters of normal saline, acetaminophen, ceftriaxone, and doxycycline were administered to the patient. Overnight he was afebrile, tachycardic, and normotensive. The following morning his BP decreased to 81/53 mm Hg. His WBC count was 33,000 cells/mm3 with 96% neutrophils. A peripheral blood smear showed immature granulocytes. The sodium and creatinine increased to 135 mmol/L and 1.3 mg/dL, respectively. The erythrocyte sedimentation rate was 20 mm/h (normal range 0-10 mm/h), and the C-reactive protein level was 174 mg/L (normal range < 6.3 mg/L).The right thigh became erythematous and edematous.
Given concern for necrotizing fasciitis, antibiotics were changed to vancomycin, piperacillin-tazobactam, and clindamycin. The patient was taken to the operating room (OR). The right quadriceps muscle was markedly edematous with overlying necrotic fibrofatty tissue with easy separation of the fascia from the anterolateral rectus femoris and rectus lateralis muscles. Necrotizing fasciitis was diagnosed.
The tissue was debrided, and surgical pathology revealed fibroadipose tissue with extensive necrosis and dense acute inflammation (eFigure 2). After the anterolateral space between the fascia and underlying thigh muscle was drained, a Penrose drain was placed, and the wound was left open with plans for a second-look operation within 24 hours.
eFigure 2. Surgical Pathology of Debrided Right Thigh
Pathology revealed fibroadipose tissue with extensive necrosis and dense acute inflammation.
eFigure 3. Right Anterior Thigh
Two Penrose drains inserted after second operation.
In the ensuing hours erythema extended proximal to the operative site. The patient was emergently taken to the OR. The focus of necrotizing fasciitis along the anterolateral aspect of the thigh had extended posteriorly and superiorly. This area was irrigated, all loculations were disrupted, and a second Penrose drain was placed.
The wound was left open for 6 more days. On hospital day 9, operative exploration revealed no necrotizing fasciitis. The fascia and skin wound were then closed (eFigure 3).
Cultures from the fascia grew the GAS bacteria Streptococcus pyogenes (S pyogenes), which was sensitive to penicillin. The blood cultures from admission were sterile. A test for Epstein-Barr virus immunoglobulin M antibody was negative. The patient was discharged after 10 days in the hospital to complete a 2-week course of IV penicillin. Two months later he resumed playing tennis and returned to his clinical duties.
Discussion
In the U.S., there are approximately 3.5 cases of invasive GAS infection per 100,000 persons.1 Type I NSTI is polymicrobial (aerobic and anaerobic organisms). Risk factors include recent surgery, immunocompromised states, drug use, diabetes mellitus, and traumatic wounds.2 Type II NSTI is caused by GAS or other β-hemolytic streptococci either alone or in association with another organism, most commonly Staphylococcus aureus. Type II NSTI is classically found on the extremities and occurs in young, healthy, immunocompetent patients—such as this patient.3
The portal of entry in nearly half of type II NSTI is unknown; minor local trauma is often suspected.4 However, cases have been reported in which the only identifiable source was a preceding sore throat.4 The origin of this patient’s GAS remains unknown, but perhaps his pharyngitis led to transient bacteremia, which then seeded his injured thigh muscle. An in vitro model demonstrated that injured muscles increase surface expression of the cytoskeletal protein vimentin, which binds GAS.5 Exotoxins and endotoxins produced by S pyogenes may lead to microvascular thrombosis, tissue ischemia, liquefactive necrosis, and systemic release of cytokines followed by systemic illness, multiorgan dysfunction, and death.6
The Laboratory Risk Indicator for Necrotizing Fasciitis (LRINEC) score was developed to aid in early diagnosis of NSTI.7 It was derived from a series of 2,555 patients admitted with cellulitis or abscesses at a single institution. Scores > 8 have a positive predictive value of 93% for NSTI. This patient had a LRINEC score of 9. Radiographs or computed tomography scans may demonstrate soft-tissue air collections but lack sensitivity and are often nondiagnostic.8,9 T1-weighted magnetic resonance imaging can delineate the anatomic extent of soft-tissue infections but is time consuming and may delay treatment.10 When the pretest probability is high, proceeding directly to the OR for direct visualization and possible debridement is advisable. Histologic features of necrotizing fasciitis include inflammation with polymorphonuclear cells and necrosis of the subcutaneous fat and fascia with relative sparing of the muscle.11Necrotizing soft-tissue infection requires early surgical debridement and broad-spectrum antibiotic coverage. Without surgical debridement, the mortality rate approaches 100%.2 Antibiotics should include activity against Gram-positive, Gram-negative, and anaerobic organisms. The duration of antibiotic therapy has not been defined and is dependent on the patient’s clinical status. Adjunctive treatment options may include IV immunoglobulin and hyperbaric oxygen therapy, although the data supporting their utility are limited.12,13
Conclusion
Despite the LRINEC scoring systems and advanced imaging, necrotizing fasciitis remains challenging to diagnose in a timely manner. In this case, close monitoring of the patient facilitated timely evaluation and treatment of a fatal disease.
Necrotizing soft-tissue infection (NSTI) often is difficult to distinguish from a superficial soft-tissue infection like cellulitis. Both conditions present with pain, edema, and erythema and can be accompanied by fever and malaise. The diagnosis of NSTI must be made quickly because successful treatment requires early surgical debridement and broad-spectrum antibiotics. The following case demonstrates the challenge of diagnosing NSTI.
Case Presentation
A 50-year-old physician developed a sore throat with subjective fevers, night sweats, and chills. After 2 days, his symptoms resolved. The next day he developed right thigh pain while playing tennis and limped off the court. That night he had fevers, chills, and sweats. For the next 3 days, his right thigh pain persisted with waxing and waning fevers.
The patient’s medical history included gastroesophageal reflux disease, vitamin D deficiency, and a positive purified protein derivative test for which he had completed 1 year of isoniazid therapy. The patient was married and in a monogamous relationship with his wife. He had traveled to the Sierra National Forest and Yosemite Park during the preceding winter. He did not swim in a lake or recall a tick bite. He had not consumed raw food, imported meats, or dairy products. He recently started oral fluconazole for tinea corporis.
The patient’s temperature was 39.5°C, heart rate was 115 beats per minute, blood pressure (BP) was 142/88 mm Hg, and respiratory rate was 18 breaths per minute with an oxygen saturation of 95% while breathing ambient air. He was drenched in sweat yet remained comfortable throughout the interview. The oropharyngeal mucosa was moist without lesions or erythema. There was no rash or lymphadenopathy. The lungs were clear to auscultation. The cardiac exam revealed tachycardia. There was point tenderness to deep palpation of the mid-anterior right thigh without crepitus, erythema, or edema.
The patient’s sodium level was 129 mmol/L (normal range 135-145 mmol/L), bicarbonate was 20 mmol/L (normal range 22-32 mmol/L), creatinine was 1.1 mg/dL (normal range 0.7-1.2 mg/dL), and glucose was 194 mg/dL. The white blood cell count (WBC) was 12,900 cells/mm3 (normal range 3,400-10,000 cells/mm3) with 96% neutrophils. The hematocrit was 41% (normal range 41-53%), and the platelet count was 347,000 cells/mm3 (normal range 140,000-450,000 cells/mm3). The lactate level was 2.2 mmol/L (normal range 0-2 mmol/L). The creatine kinase level was 347 U/L (normal range 50-388 U/L), and the lactate dehydrogenase level was 254 U/L (normal range 102-199 U/L). A rapid group A streptococcal (GAS) antigen test was negative. A radiograph of the right femur revealed mildly edematous soft tissue. On ultrasound the right quadriceps appeared mildly edematous, but there was no evidence of abscess or discrete fluid collection (eFigure 1).
eFigure 1. Ultrasound of the Right Anterior Thigh Ultrasound revealed heterogeneous, mildly edematous quadriceps muscle. There was no abscess or discrete fluid collection. There was trace fluid along the fascia of the quadriceps muscle.
Four liters of normal saline, acetaminophen, ceftriaxone, and doxycycline were administered to the patient. Overnight he was afebrile, tachycardic, and normotensive. The following morning his BP decreased to 81/53 mm Hg. His WBC count was 33,000 cells/mm3 with 96% neutrophils. A peripheral blood smear showed immature granulocytes. The sodium and creatinine increased to 135 mmol/L and 1.3 mg/dL, respectively. The erythrocyte sedimentation rate was 20 mm/h (normal range 0-10 mm/h), and the C-reactive protein level was 174 mg/L (normal range < 6.3 mg/L).The right thigh became erythematous and edematous.
Given concern for necrotizing fasciitis, antibiotics were changed to vancomycin, piperacillin-tazobactam, and clindamycin. The patient was taken to the operating room (OR). The right quadriceps muscle was markedly edematous with overlying necrotic fibrofatty tissue with easy separation of the fascia from the anterolateral rectus femoris and rectus lateralis muscles. Necrotizing fasciitis was diagnosed.
The tissue was debrided, and surgical pathology revealed fibroadipose tissue with extensive necrosis and dense acute inflammation (eFigure 2). After the anterolateral space between the fascia and underlying thigh muscle was drained, a Penrose drain was placed, and the wound was left open with plans for a second-look operation within 24 hours.
eFigure 2. Surgical Pathology of Debrided Right Thigh
Pathology revealed fibroadipose tissue with extensive necrosis and dense acute inflammation.
eFigure 3. Right Anterior Thigh
Two Penrose drains inserted after second operation.
In the ensuing hours erythema extended proximal to the operative site. The patient was emergently taken to the OR. The focus of necrotizing fasciitis along the anterolateral aspect of the thigh had extended posteriorly and superiorly. This area was irrigated, all loculations were disrupted, and a second Penrose drain was placed.
The wound was left open for 6 more days. On hospital day 9, operative exploration revealed no necrotizing fasciitis. The fascia and skin wound were then closed (eFigure 3).
Cultures from the fascia grew the GAS bacteria Streptococcus pyogenes (S pyogenes), which was sensitive to penicillin. The blood cultures from admission were sterile. A test for Epstein-Barr virus immunoglobulin M antibody was negative. The patient was discharged after 10 days in the hospital to complete a 2-week course of IV penicillin. Two months later he resumed playing tennis and returned to his clinical duties.
Discussion
In the U.S., there are approximately 3.5 cases of invasive GAS infection per 100,000 persons.1 Type I NSTI is polymicrobial (aerobic and anaerobic organisms). Risk factors include recent surgery, immunocompromised states, drug use, diabetes mellitus, and traumatic wounds.2 Type II NSTI is caused by GAS or other β-hemolytic streptococci either alone or in association with another organism, most commonly Staphylococcus aureus. Type II NSTI is classically found on the extremities and occurs in young, healthy, immunocompetent patients—such as this patient.3
The portal of entry in nearly half of type II NSTI is unknown; minor local trauma is often suspected.4 However, cases have been reported in which the only identifiable source was a preceding sore throat.4 The origin of this patient’s GAS remains unknown, but perhaps his pharyngitis led to transient bacteremia, which then seeded his injured thigh muscle. An in vitro model demonstrated that injured muscles increase surface expression of the cytoskeletal protein vimentin, which binds GAS.5 Exotoxins and endotoxins produced by S pyogenes may lead to microvascular thrombosis, tissue ischemia, liquefactive necrosis, and systemic release of cytokines followed by systemic illness, multiorgan dysfunction, and death.6
The Laboratory Risk Indicator for Necrotizing Fasciitis (LRINEC) score was developed to aid in early diagnosis of NSTI.7 It was derived from a series of 2,555 patients admitted with cellulitis or abscesses at a single institution. Scores > 8 have a positive predictive value of 93% for NSTI. This patient had a LRINEC score of 9. Radiographs or computed tomography scans may demonstrate soft-tissue air collections but lack sensitivity and are often nondiagnostic.8,9 T1-weighted magnetic resonance imaging can delineate the anatomic extent of soft-tissue infections but is time consuming and may delay treatment.10 When the pretest probability is high, proceeding directly to the OR for direct visualization and possible debridement is advisable. Histologic features of necrotizing fasciitis include inflammation with polymorphonuclear cells and necrosis of the subcutaneous fat and fascia with relative sparing of the muscle.11Necrotizing soft-tissue infection requires early surgical debridement and broad-spectrum antibiotic coverage. Without surgical debridement, the mortality rate approaches 100%.2 Antibiotics should include activity against Gram-positive, Gram-negative, and anaerobic organisms. The duration of antibiotic therapy has not been defined and is dependent on the patient’s clinical status. Adjunctive treatment options may include IV immunoglobulin and hyperbaric oxygen therapy, although the data supporting their utility are limited.12,13
Conclusion
Despite the LRINEC scoring systems and advanced imaging, necrotizing fasciitis remains challenging to diagnose in a timely manner. In this case, close monitoring of the patient facilitated timely evaluation and treatment of a fatal disease.
1. O'Loughlin RE, Roberson A, Cieslak PR, et al; Active Bacterial Core Surveillance Team. The epidemiology of invasive group A streptococcal infection and potential vaccine implications: United States, 2000-2004. Clin Infect Dis. 2007;45(7):853-857.
2. Anaya DA, Dellinger EP. Necrotizing soft-tissue infection: diagnosis and management. Clin Infect Dis. 2007;44(5):705-710.
3. Naqvi GA, Malik SA, Jan W. Necrotizing fasciitis of the lower extremity: a case report and current concept of diagnosis and management. Scand J Trauma Resusc Emerg Med. 2009;17:28.
4. Stevens DL. Streptococcal toxic-shock syndrome: spectrum of disease, pathogenesis, and new concepts in treatment. Emerg Infect Dis. 1195;1(3):69-78.
5. Bryant AE, Bayer CR, Huntington JD, Stevens DL. Group A streptococcal myonecrosis: increased vimentin expression after skeletal-muscle injury mediates the binding of Streptococcus pyogenes. J Infect Dis. 2006;193(12):1685-1692.
6. Cainzos M, Gonzalez-Rodriguez FJ. Necrotizing soft tissue infections. Curr Opin Crit Care. 2007;13(4):433-439.
7. Wong CH, Khin LW, Heng KS, Tan KC, Low CO. The LRINEC (Laboratory Risk Indicator for Necrotizing Fasciitis) score: a tool for distinguishing necrotizing fasciitis from other soft tissue infections. Crit Care Med. 2004;32(7):1535-1541.
8. Goh T, Goh LG, Ang CH, Wong CH. Early diagnosis of necrotizing fasciitis. Br J Surg. 2014;101(1):119-125.
9. Lancerotto L, Tocco I, Salmaso R, Vindigni V, Basetto F. Necrotizing fasciitis: classification, diagnosis and management. J Trauma Acute Care Surg. 2012;72(3):560-566.
10. Brothers TE, Tagge DU, Stutley JE, Conway WF, Del Schutte H Jr, Byrne TK. Magnetic resonance imaging differentiates between necrotizing and non-necrotizing fasciitis of the lower extremity. J Am Coll Surg. 1998;187(4):416-421.
11. Bakleh M, Wold LE, Mandrekar JN, Harmsen WS, Dimashkieh HH, Baddour LM. Correlation of histopathologic findings with clinical outcome in necrotizing fasciitis. Clin Infect Dis. 2005;40(3):410-414.
12. Barry W, Hudgins L, Donta ST, Pesanti EL. Intravenous immunoglobulin therapy for toxic shock syndrome. JAMA. 1992;267(24):3315-3316.
13. Wilkinson D, Doolette D. Hyperbaric oxygen treatment and survival from necrotizing soft tissue infection. Arch Surg. 2004;139(12):1339-1345.
1. O'Loughlin RE, Roberson A, Cieslak PR, et al; Active Bacterial Core Surveillance Team. The epidemiology of invasive group A streptococcal infection and potential vaccine implications: United States, 2000-2004. Clin Infect Dis. 2007;45(7):853-857.
2. Anaya DA, Dellinger EP. Necrotizing soft-tissue infection: diagnosis and management. Clin Infect Dis. 2007;44(5):705-710.
3. Naqvi GA, Malik SA, Jan W. Necrotizing fasciitis of the lower extremity: a case report and current concept of diagnosis and management. Scand J Trauma Resusc Emerg Med. 2009;17:28.
4. Stevens DL. Streptococcal toxic-shock syndrome: spectrum of disease, pathogenesis, and new concepts in treatment. Emerg Infect Dis. 1195;1(3):69-78.
5. Bryant AE, Bayer CR, Huntington JD, Stevens DL. Group A streptococcal myonecrosis: increased vimentin expression after skeletal-muscle injury mediates the binding of Streptococcus pyogenes. J Infect Dis. 2006;193(12):1685-1692.
6. Cainzos M, Gonzalez-Rodriguez FJ. Necrotizing soft tissue infections. Curr Opin Crit Care. 2007;13(4):433-439.
7. Wong CH, Khin LW, Heng KS, Tan KC, Low CO. The LRINEC (Laboratory Risk Indicator for Necrotizing Fasciitis) score: a tool for distinguishing necrotizing fasciitis from other soft tissue infections. Crit Care Med. 2004;32(7):1535-1541.
8. Goh T, Goh LG, Ang CH, Wong CH. Early diagnosis of necrotizing fasciitis. Br J Surg. 2014;101(1):119-125.
9. Lancerotto L, Tocco I, Salmaso R, Vindigni V, Basetto F. Necrotizing fasciitis: classification, diagnosis and management. J Trauma Acute Care Surg. 2012;72(3):560-566.
10. Brothers TE, Tagge DU, Stutley JE, Conway WF, Del Schutte H Jr, Byrne TK. Magnetic resonance imaging differentiates between necrotizing and non-necrotizing fasciitis of the lower extremity. J Am Coll Surg. 1998;187(4):416-421.
11. Bakleh M, Wold LE, Mandrekar JN, Harmsen WS, Dimashkieh HH, Baddour LM. Correlation of histopathologic findings with clinical outcome in necrotizing fasciitis. Clin Infect Dis. 2005;40(3):410-414.
12. Barry W, Hudgins L, Donta ST, Pesanti EL. Intravenous immunoglobulin therapy for toxic shock syndrome. JAMA. 1992;267(24):3315-3316.
13. Wilkinson D, Doolette D. Hyperbaric oxygen treatment and survival from necrotizing soft tissue infection. Arch Surg. 2004;139(12):1339-1345.
Maximizing Efficiency in the Operating Room for Total Joint Arthroplasty
Developing a high-efficiency operating room (OR) is both a challenging and rewarding goal for any healthcare system. The OR is traditionally a high-cost/high-revenue environment1 and operative efficacy has been correlated with low complication rates and surgical success.2 An efficient OR is one that maximizes utilization while providing safe, reproducible, cost-effective, high-quality care. Total joint arthroplasty (TJA) has occupied the center stage for OR efficiency research, in part due to increasing demands from our aging population3 and economic pressures related to high implant costs, decreased reimbursement, and competition for market shares when OR time and space are limited.
A PubMed search on OR efficiency in TJA shows a disproportionately high focus on surgical technique, such as use of patient-specific instrumentation (PSI), computer-assisted surgery (CAS), minimally invasive surgery, and closure with barbed suture. In a retrospective review of 352 TKA patients who had PSI vs conventional instrumentation, DeHaan and colleagues4 found that PSI was associated with significantly decreased operative and room turnover times (20.4 minutes and 6.4 minutes, respectively). In another prospective multicenter study, Mont and colleagues5 showed a reduction in surgical time by 8.90 min for navigated total knee arthroplasty (TKA) performed with single-use instruments, cutting blocks, and trials. Other investigators compared PSI to CAS in TKA and found PSI to be 1.45 times more profitable than CAS, with 3 PSI cases performed in an 8-hour OR day compared to 2 CAS cases.6
There is no question that improved surgical technique can enhance OR efficiency. However, this model, while promising, is difficult to implement on a wide scale due to surgeon preferences, vendor limitations, and added costs related to the advanced preoperative imaging studies, manufacturing of the custom guides, and maintenance of navigation equipment. In addition, while interventions such as the use of barbed suture have the potential for speeding closure time, the time saved (4.7 minutes in one randomized trial)7 may not be enough to affect major utilization differences per OR per day. These technologies are also frequently employed by high-volume surgeons with high-volume teams and institutions.
Ideally, we need investment in the human capital and a collective change in work cultures to produce high-quality, well-choreographed, easily reproducible routines. An efficient OR requires the synchronous involvement of a large team of individuals, including hospital administrators, surgery schedulers, surgeons, anesthesiologists, preoperative holding area staff, OR nurses, surgical attendants, sterile processing personnel, and recovery room nurses. Case schedulers should match allocated block time with time required for surgery based on the historical performance of the individual surgeon, preferably scheduling similar cases on the same day. Preoperative work-up and medical clearance should be completed prior to scheduling to avoid last-minute cancellations. Patient reminders and accommodations for those traveling from long distances can further minimize late arrivals. Prompt initiation of the perioperative clinical pathway upon a patient’s check-in is important. The surgical site should be marked and the anesthesia plan confirmed upon arrival in the preoperative holding area. Necessary products need to be ready and/or administrated in time for transfer to the OR. These include prophylactic antibiotics, coagulation factors (eg, tranexamic acid), and blood products as indicated. Spinal anesthesia, regional nerve blocks, and intravenous (IV) lines should be completed before transfer to the OR. A “block room” close to the OR can allow concurrent induction of anesthesia and has been shown to increase the number of surgical cases performed during a regular workday.8 Hair clipping within the surgical site and pre-scrubbing of the operative extremity should also be performed prior to transfer to the OR in order to minimize micro-organisms and dispersal of loose hair onto the sterile field.
Upon arrival of the patient to the OR, instrument tables based on the surgeon preference cards should be opened, instrument count and implant templating completed, necessary imaging displayed, and OR staff ready with specific responsibilities assigned to each member. Small and colleagues9 showed that using dedicated orthopedic staff familiar with the surgical routine decreased operative time by 19 minutes per procedure, or 1.25 hours for a surgeon performing 4 primary TJAs per day. Practices such as routine placement of a urinary catheter should be seriously scrutinized. In a randomized prospective study of patients undergoing total hip arthroplasty under spinal anesthesia, Miller and colleagues10 found no benefit for indwelling catheters in preventing urinary retention. In another randomized prospective study, Huang and colleagues11 found the prevalence of urinary tract infections was significantly higher in TJA patients who received indwelling urinary catheters.
A scrub nurse familiar with the instruments, their assembly, and the sequence of events can ensure efficient surgical flow. The scrub nurse needs to anticipate missing or defective tools and call for them, ideally before the incision is made. Direct comparison studies are needed to assess the efficacy of routine intraoperative imaging vs commercially available universal cup alignment guides or clinical examinations in determining acceptable component positioning and limb length. Following component implantation and before wound closure, the circulating nurse should initiate the process of acquisition of a recovery room bed, make sure dressing supplies and necessary equipment are available, and call for surgical attendants. Lack of surgical attendants, delayed transfer from the OR table to hospital bed, and prolonged acquisition of a recovery room bed have been identified as major OR inefficiencies in a retrospective study by Attarian and colleagues.12
In summary, time is the OR’s most valuable resource.13 We believe that a consistent, almost automated attitude to the above procedures decreases variability and improves efficiency. By providing clear communication of the surgical needs with the team, having consistent anesthesia and nursing staff, implementing consistent perioperative protocols, and insuring that all necessary instruments and modalities are available prior to starting the procedure, we were able to sustainably increase OR throughput in a large teaching hospital.9,14 This process, however, requires constant review to identify and eliminate new gaps, with each member of the team sharing a frank desire to improve. In this regard, hospital administrators share the duty to facilitate the implementation of any necessary changes, allocation of needed resources, and rewarding good effort, which could ultimately increase staff satisfaction and retention. Because efficiency is the ratio of benefits (eg, revenue, safety, etc.) to investment (eg, implant costs, wages, etc.), raises the question: what would be the effect of transitioning from hourly-wage to a salary-based system for key support staff? Unlike hourly-wage personnel, who have no incentive for productivity, a salaried employee assigned to a high-efficiency OR will inherently strive for improvement, employing higher organizational skills to accomplish a common goal. To our knowledge, there is no published data on this topic.
1. Krupka DC, Sandberg WS. Operating room design and its impact on operating room economics. Curr Opin Anaesthesiol. 2006;19(2):185-191.
2. Scott WN, Booth RE Jr, Dalury DF, Healy WL, Lonner JH. Efficiency and economics in joint arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2009;91 Suppl 5:33-36.
3. Kurtz S, Ong K, Lau E, Mowat F, Halpern M. Projections of primary and revision hip and knee arthroplasty in the United States from 2005 to 2030. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2007;89(4):780-785.
4. DeHaan AM, Adams JR, DeHart ML, Huff TW. Patient-specific versus conventional instrumentation for total knee arthroplasty: peri-operative and cost differences. J Arthroplasty. 2014;29(11):2065-2069.
5. Mont MA, McElroy MJ, Johnson AJ, Pivec R; Single-Use Multicenter Trial Group Writing Group. Single-use instruments, cutting blocks, and trials increase efficiency in the operating room during total knee arthroplasty: a prospective comparison of navigated and non-navigated cases. J Arthroplasty. 2013;28(7):1135-1140.
6. Lionberger DR, Crocker CL, Chen V. Patient specific instrumentation. J Arthroplasty. 2014;29(9):1699-1704.
7. Sah AP. Is there an advantage to knotless barbed suture in TKA wound closure? A randomized trial in simultaneous bilateral TKAs. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2015;473(6):2019-2027.
8. Torkki PM, Marjamaa RA, Torkki MI, Kallio PE, Kirvelä OA. Use of anesthesia induction rooms can increase the number of urgent orthopedic cases completed within 7 hours. Anesthesiology. 2005;103(2):401-405.
9. Small TJ, Gad BV, Klika AK, Mounir-Soliman LS, Gerritsen RL, Barsoum WK. Dedicated orthopedic operating room unit improves operating room efficiency. J Arthroplasty. 2013;28(7):1066-1071.e2.
10. Miller AG, McKenzie J, Greenky M, et al. Spinal anesthesia: should everyone receive a urinary catheter?: a randomized, prospective study of patients undergoing total hip arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2013;95(16):1498-1503.
11. Huang Z, Ma J, Shen B, Pei F. General anesthesia: to catheterize or not? A prospective randomized controlled study of patients undergoing total knee arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty. 2015;30(3):502-506.
12. Attarian DE, Wahl JE, Wellman SS, Bolognesi MP. Developing a high-efficiency operating room for total joint arthroplasty in an academic setting. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2013;471(6):1832-1836.
13. Gamble M. 6 cornerstones of operating room efficiency: best practices for each. Becker’s Hospital Review Web site. http://www.beckershospitalreview.com/or-efficiencies/6-cornerstones-of-operating-room-efficiency-best-practices-for-each.html. Updated January 18, 2013. Accessed September 3, 2015.
14. Smith MP, Sandberg WS, Foss J, et al. High-throughput operating room system for joint arthroplasties durably outperforms routine processes. Anesthesiology. 2008;109(1):25-35.
Developing a high-efficiency operating room (OR) is both a challenging and rewarding goal for any healthcare system. The OR is traditionally a high-cost/high-revenue environment1 and operative efficacy has been correlated with low complication rates and surgical success.2 An efficient OR is one that maximizes utilization while providing safe, reproducible, cost-effective, high-quality care. Total joint arthroplasty (TJA) has occupied the center stage for OR efficiency research, in part due to increasing demands from our aging population3 and economic pressures related to high implant costs, decreased reimbursement, and competition for market shares when OR time and space are limited.
A PubMed search on OR efficiency in TJA shows a disproportionately high focus on surgical technique, such as use of patient-specific instrumentation (PSI), computer-assisted surgery (CAS), minimally invasive surgery, and closure with barbed suture. In a retrospective review of 352 TKA patients who had PSI vs conventional instrumentation, DeHaan and colleagues4 found that PSI was associated with significantly decreased operative and room turnover times (20.4 minutes and 6.4 minutes, respectively). In another prospective multicenter study, Mont and colleagues5 showed a reduction in surgical time by 8.90 min for navigated total knee arthroplasty (TKA) performed with single-use instruments, cutting blocks, and trials. Other investigators compared PSI to CAS in TKA and found PSI to be 1.45 times more profitable than CAS, with 3 PSI cases performed in an 8-hour OR day compared to 2 CAS cases.6
There is no question that improved surgical technique can enhance OR efficiency. However, this model, while promising, is difficult to implement on a wide scale due to surgeon preferences, vendor limitations, and added costs related to the advanced preoperative imaging studies, manufacturing of the custom guides, and maintenance of navigation equipment. In addition, while interventions such as the use of barbed suture have the potential for speeding closure time, the time saved (4.7 minutes in one randomized trial)7 may not be enough to affect major utilization differences per OR per day. These technologies are also frequently employed by high-volume surgeons with high-volume teams and institutions.
Ideally, we need investment in the human capital and a collective change in work cultures to produce high-quality, well-choreographed, easily reproducible routines. An efficient OR requires the synchronous involvement of a large team of individuals, including hospital administrators, surgery schedulers, surgeons, anesthesiologists, preoperative holding area staff, OR nurses, surgical attendants, sterile processing personnel, and recovery room nurses. Case schedulers should match allocated block time with time required for surgery based on the historical performance of the individual surgeon, preferably scheduling similar cases on the same day. Preoperative work-up and medical clearance should be completed prior to scheduling to avoid last-minute cancellations. Patient reminders and accommodations for those traveling from long distances can further minimize late arrivals. Prompt initiation of the perioperative clinical pathway upon a patient’s check-in is important. The surgical site should be marked and the anesthesia plan confirmed upon arrival in the preoperative holding area. Necessary products need to be ready and/or administrated in time for transfer to the OR. These include prophylactic antibiotics, coagulation factors (eg, tranexamic acid), and blood products as indicated. Spinal anesthesia, regional nerve blocks, and intravenous (IV) lines should be completed before transfer to the OR. A “block room” close to the OR can allow concurrent induction of anesthesia and has been shown to increase the number of surgical cases performed during a regular workday.8 Hair clipping within the surgical site and pre-scrubbing of the operative extremity should also be performed prior to transfer to the OR in order to minimize micro-organisms and dispersal of loose hair onto the sterile field.
Upon arrival of the patient to the OR, instrument tables based on the surgeon preference cards should be opened, instrument count and implant templating completed, necessary imaging displayed, and OR staff ready with specific responsibilities assigned to each member. Small and colleagues9 showed that using dedicated orthopedic staff familiar with the surgical routine decreased operative time by 19 minutes per procedure, or 1.25 hours for a surgeon performing 4 primary TJAs per day. Practices such as routine placement of a urinary catheter should be seriously scrutinized. In a randomized prospective study of patients undergoing total hip arthroplasty under spinal anesthesia, Miller and colleagues10 found no benefit for indwelling catheters in preventing urinary retention. In another randomized prospective study, Huang and colleagues11 found the prevalence of urinary tract infections was significantly higher in TJA patients who received indwelling urinary catheters.
A scrub nurse familiar with the instruments, their assembly, and the sequence of events can ensure efficient surgical flow. The scrub nurse needs to anticipate missing or defective tools and call for them, ideally before the incision is made. Direct comparison studies are needed to assess the efficacy of routine intraoperative imaging vs commercially available universal cup alignment guides or clinical examinations in determining acceptable component positioning and limb length. Following component implantation and before wound closure, the circulating nurse should initiate the process of acquisition of a recovery room bed, make sure dressing supplies and necessary equipment are available, and call for surgical attendants. Lack of surgical attendants, delayed transfer from the OR table to hospital bed, and prolonged acquisition of a recovery room bed have been identified as major OR inefficiencies in a retrospective study by Attarian and colleagues.12
In summary, time is the OR’s most valuable resource.13 We believe that a consistent, almost automated attitude to the above procedures decreases variability and improves efficiency. By providing clear communication of the surgical needs with the team, having consistent anesthesia and nursing staff, implementing consistent perioperative protocols, and insuring that all necessary instruments and modalities are available prior to starting the procedure, we were able to sustainably increase OR throughput in a large teaching hospital.9,14 This process, however, requires constant review to identify and eliminate new gaps, with each member of the team sharing a frank desire to improve. In this regard, hospital administrators share the duty to facilitate the implementation of any necessary changes, allocation of needed resources, and rewarding good effort, which could ultimately increase staff satisfaction and retention. Because efficiency is the ratio of benefits (eg, revenue, safety, etc.) to investment (eg, implant costs, wages, etc.), raises the question: what would be the effect of transitioning from hourly-wage to a salary-based system for key support staff? Unlike hourly-wage personnel, who have no incentive for productivity, a salaried employee assigned to a high-efficiency OR will inherently strive for improvement, employing higher organizational skills to accomplish a common goal. To our knowledge, there is no published data on this topic.
Developing a high-efficiency operating room (OR) is both a challenging and rewarding goal for any healthcare system. The OR is traditionally a high-cost/high-revenue environment1 and operative efficacy has been correlated with low complication rates and surgical success.2 An efficient OR is one that maximizes utilization while providing safe, reproducible, cost-effective, high-quality care. Total joint arthroplasty (TJA) has occupied the center stage for OR efficiency research, in part due to increasing demands from our aging population3 and economic pressures related to high implant costs, decreased reimbursement, and competition for market shares when OR time and space are limited.
A PubMed search on OR efficiency in TJA shows a disproportionately high focus on surgical technique, such as use of patient-specific instrumentation (PSI), computer-assisted surgery (CAS), minimally invasive surgery, and closure with barbed suture. In a retrospective review of 352 TKA patients who had PSI vs conventional instrumentation, DeHaan and colleagues4 found that PSI was associated with significantly decreased operative and room turnover times (20.4 minutes and 6.4 minutes, respectively). In another prospective multicenter study, Mont and colleagues5 showed a reduction in surgical time by 8.90 min for navigated total knee arthroplasty (TKA) performed with single-use instruments, cutting blocks, and trials. Other investigators compared PSI to CAS in TKA and found PSI to be 1.45 times more profitable than CAS, with 3 PSI cases performed in an 8-hour OR day compared to 2 CAS cases.6
There is no question that improved surgical technique can enhance OR efficiency. However, this model, while promising, is difficult to implement on a wide scale due to surgeon preferences, vendor limitations, and added costs related to the advanced preoperative imaging studies, manufacturing of the custom guides, and maintenance of navigation equipment. In addition, while interventions such as the use of barbed suture have the potential for speeding closure time, the time saved (4.7 minutes in one randomized trial)7 may not be enough to affect major utilization differences per OR per day. These technologies are also frequently employed by high-volume surgeons with high-volume teams and institutions.
Ideally, we need investment in the human capital and a collective change in work cultures to produce high-quality, well-choreographed, easily reproducible routines. An efficient OR requires the synchronous involvement of a large team of individuals, including hospital administrators, surgery schedulers, surgeons, anesthesiologists, preoperative holding area staff, OR nurses, surgical attendants, sterile processing personnel, and recovery room nurses. Case schedulers should match allocated block time with time required for surgery based on the historical performance of the individual surgeon, preferably scheduling similar cases on the same day. Preoperative work-up and medical clearance should be completed prior to scheduling to avoid last-minute cancellations. Patient reminders and accommodations for those traveling from long distances can further minimize late arrivals. Prompt initiation of the perioperative clinical pathway upon a patient’s check-in is important. The surgical site should be marked and the anesthesia plan confirmed upon arrival in the preoperative holding area. Necessary products need to be ready and/or administrated in time for transfer to the OR. These include prophylactic antibiotics, coagulation factors (eg, tranexamic acid), and blood products as indicated. Spinal anesthesia, regional nerve blocks, and intravenous (IV) lines should be completed before transfer to the OR. A “block room” close to the OR can allow concurrent induction of anesthesia and has been shown to increase the number of surgical cases performed during a regular workday.8 Hair clipping within the surgical site and pre-scrubbing of the operative extremity should also be performed prior to transfer to the OR in order to minimize micro-organisms and dispersal of loose hair onto the sterile field.
Upon arrival of the patient to the OR, instrument tables based on the surgeon preference cards should be opened, instrument count and implant templating completed, necessary imaging displayed, and OR staff ready with specific responsibilities assigned to each member. Small and colleagues9 showed that using dedicated orthopedic staff familiar with the surgical routine decreased operative time by 19 minutes per procedure, or 1.25 hours for a surgeon performing 4 primary TJAs per day. Practices such as routine placement of a urinary catheter should be seriously scrutinized. In a randomized prospective study of patients undergoing total hip arthroplasty under spinal anesthesia, Miller and colleagues10 found no benefit for indwelling catheters in preventing urinary retention. In another randomized prospective study, Huang and colleagues11 found the prevalence of urinary tract infections was significantly higher in TJA patients who received indwelling urinary catheters.
A scrub nurse familiar with the instruments, their assembly, and the sequence of events can ensure efficient surgical flow. The scrub nurse needs to anticipate missing or defective tools and call for them, ideally before the incision is made. Direct comparison studies are needed to assess the efficacy of routine intraoperative imaging vs commercially available universal cup alignment guides or clinical examinations in determining acceptable component positioning and limb length. Following component implantation and before wound closure, the circulating nurse should initiate the process of acquisition of a recovery room bed, make sure dressing supplies and necessary equipment are available, and call for surgical attendants. Lack of surgical attendants, delayed transfer from the OR table to hospital bed, and prolonged acquisition of a recovery room bed have been identified as major OR inefficiencies in a retrospective study by Attarian and colleagues.12
In summary, time is the OR’s most valuable resource.13 We believe that a consistent, almost automated attitude to the above procedures decreases variability and improves efficiency. By providing clear communication of the surgical needs with the team, having consistent anesthesia and nursing staff, implementing consistent perioperative protocols, and insuring that all necessary instruments and modalities are available prior to starting the procedure, we were able to sustainably increase OR throughput in a large teaching hospital.9,14 This process, however, requires constant review to identify and eliminate new gaps, with each member of the team sharing a frank desire to improve. In this regard, hospital administrators share the duty to facilitate the implementation of any necessary changes, allocation of needed resources, and rewarding good effort, which could ultimately increase staff satisfaction and retention. Because efficiency is the ratio of benefits (eg, revenue, safety, etc.) to investment (eg, implant costs, wages, etc.), raises the question: what would be the effect of transitioning from hourly-wage to a salary-based system for key support staff? Unlike hourly-wage personnel, who have no incentive for productivity, a salaried employee assigned to a high-efficiency OR will inherently strive for improvement, employing higher organizational skills to accomplish a common goal. To our knowledge, there is no published data on this topic.
1. Krupka DC, Sandberg WS. Operating room design and its impact on operating room economics. Curr Opin Anaesthesiol. 2006;19(2):185-191.
2. Scott WN, Booth RE Jr, Dalury DF, Healy WL, Lonner JH. Efficiency and economics in joint arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2009;91 Suppl 5:33-36.
3. Kurtz S, Ong K, Lau E, Mowat F, Halpern M. Projections of primary and revision hip and knee arthroplasty in the United States from 2005 to 2030. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2007;89(4):780-785.
4. DeHaan AM, Adams JR, DeHart ML, Huff TW. Patient-specific versus conventional instrumentation for total knee arthroplasty: peri-operative and cost differences. J Arthroplasty. 2014;29(11):2065-2069.
5. Mont MA, McElroy MJ, Johnson AJ, Pivec R; Single-Use Multicenter Trial Group Writing Group. Single-use instruments, cutting blocks, and trials increase efficiency in the operating room during total knee arthroplasty: a prospective comparison of navigated and non-navigated cases. J Arthroplasty. 2013;28(7):1135-1140.
6. Lionberger DR, Crocker CL, Chen V. Patient specific instrumentation. J Arthroplasty. 2014;29(9):1699-1704.
7. Sah AP. Is there an advantage to knotless barbed suture in TKA wound closure? A randomized trial in simultaneous bilateral TKAs. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2015;473(6):2019-2027.
8. Torkki PM, Marjamaa RA, Torkki MI, Kallio PE, Kirvelä OA. Use of anesthesia induction rooms can increase the number of urgent orthopedic cases completed within 7 hours. Anesthesiology. 2005;103(2):401-405.
9. Small TJ, Gad BV, Klika AK, Mounir-Soliman LS, Gerritsen RL, Barsoum WK. Dedicated orthopedic operating room unit improves operating room efficiency. J Arthroplasty. 2013;28(7):1066-1071.e2.
10. Miller AG, McKenzie J, Greenky M, et al. Spinal anesthesia: should everyone receive a urinary catheter?: a randomized, prospective study of patients undergoing total hip arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2013;95(16):1498-1503.
11. Huang Z, Ma J, Shen B, Pei F. General anesthesia: to catheterize or not? A prospective randomized controlled study of patients undergoing total knee arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty. 2015;30(3):502-506.
12. Attarian DE, Wahl JE, Wellman SS, Bolognesi MP. Developing a high-efficiency operating room for total joint arthroplasty in an academic setting. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2013;471(6):1832-1836.
13. Gamble M. 6 cornerstones of operating room efficiency: best practices for each. Becker’s Hospital Review Web site. http://www.beckershospitalreview.com/or-efficiencies/6-cornerstones-of-operating-room-efficiency-best-practices-for-each.html. Updated January 18, 2013. Accessed September 3, 2015.
14. Smith MP, Sandberg WS, Foss J, et al. High-throughput operating room system for joint arthroplasties durably outperforms routine processes. Anesthesiology. 2008;109(1):25-35.
1. Krupka DC, Sandberg WS. Operating room design and its impact on operating room economics. Curr Opin Anaesthesiol. 2006;19(2):185-191.
2. Scott WN, Booth RE Jr, Dalury DF, Healy WL, Lonner JH. Efficiency and economics in joint arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2009;91 Suppl 5:33-36.
3. Kurtz S, Ong K, Lau E, Mowat F, Halpern M. Projections of primary and revision hip and knee arthroplasty in the United States from 2005 to 2030. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2007;89(4):780-785.
4. DeHaan AM, Adams JR, DeHart ML, Huff TW. Patient-specific versus conventional instrumentation for total knee arthroplasty: peri-operative and cost differences. J Arthroplasty. 2014;29(11):2065-2069.
5. Mont MA, McElroy MJ, Johnson AJ, Pivec R; Single-Use Multicenter Trial Group Writing Group. Single-use instruments, cutting blocks, and trials increase efficiency in the operating room during total knee arthroplasty: a prospective comparison of navigated and non-navigated cases. J Arthroplasty. 2013;28(7):1135-1140.
6. Lionberger DR, Crocker CL, Chen V. Patient specific instrumentation. J Arthroplasty. 2014;29(9):1699-1704.
7. Sah AP. Is there an advantage to knotless barbed suture in TKA wound closure? A randomized trial in simultaneous bilateral TKAs. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2015;473(6):2019-2027.
8. Torkki PM, Marjamaa RA, Torkki MI, Kallio PE, Kirvelä OA. Use of anesthesia induction rooms can increase the number of urgent orthopedic cases completed within 7 hours. Anesthesiology. 2005;103(2):401-405.
9. Small TJ, Gad BV, Klika AK, Mounir-Soliman LS, Gerritsen RL, Barsoum WK. Dedicated orthopedic operating room unit improves operating room efficiency. J Arthroplasty. 2013;28(7):1066-1071.e2.
10. Miller AG, McKenzie J, Greenky M, et al. Spinal anesthesia: should everyone receive a urinary catheter?: a randomized, prospective study of patients undergoing total hip arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2013;95(16):1498-1503.
11. Huang Z, Ma J, Shen B, Pei F. General anesthesia: to catheterize or not? A prospective randomized controlled study of patients undergoing total knee arthroplasty. J Arthroplasty. 2015;30(3):502-506.
12. Attarian DE, Wahl JE, Wellman SS, Bolognesi MP. Developing a high-efficiency operating room for total joint arthroplasty in an academic setting. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2013;471(6):1832-1836.
13. Gamble M. 6 cornerstones of operating room efficiency: best practices for each. Becker’s Hospital Review Web site. http://www.beckershospitalreview.com/or-efficiencies/6-cornerstones-of-operating-room-efficiency-best-practices-for-each.html. Updated January 18, 2013. Accessed September 3, 2015.
14. Smith MP, Sandberg WS, Foss J, et al. High-throughput operating room system for joint arthroplasties durably outperforms routine processes. Anesthesiology. 2008;109(1):25-35.
Biomechanical Evaluation of All-Polyethylene Pegged Bony Ingrowth Glenoid Fixation Techniques on Implant Micromotion
Since Neer and colleagues1 first reported in 1982, glenoid loosening persists as a common cause of anatomic total shoulder arthroplasty (TSA) failure.1-4 Currently, cemented, all-polyethylene glenoid components are the gold standard, and minimum clinical survival of 10 to 15 years is expected.3,5 Several clinical studies5-9 and in vitro biomechanical studies10 have suggested an advantage of pegged over keeled glenoid components, but glenoid component loosening remains a frequent complication,11 with the cement–implant interface suggested as the weak link of fixation.10,12 In addition to mechanical loosening, poor cement penetration and heat-induced necrosis have been postulated as contributing to glenoid component loosening.13,14
Because of these potential complications, there is a growing consideration to minimize or abandon cement fixation and rely on biological fixation to polyethylene for long-term component stability.15 A newer pegged glenoid component design consists of traditional, peripherally located pegs designed for cement fixation as well as a central, uncemented, fluted, interference-fit peg that allows for bony ingrowth. Short-term clinical studies have shown that bony ingrowth into the space between the flutes can be achieved with a hybrid cementation technique and that, when that occurs, excellent outcomes are likely.13,16-19 The immediate in vivo stability of this implant design upon initial implantation, before the cement has cured, has prompted some surgeons to consider implanting the device without cement. In a recent series in which this implant design was used without cement, clinical and radiographic results were promising.15
Despite the widespread clinical use, little biomechanical work has been done to characterize initial fixation of all-polyethylene pegged glenoid implants. We conducted a study to compare glenoid micromotion in an all-polyethylene, centrally fluted pegged glenoid component as a function of 3 fixation techniques: cementless interference-fit fixation, hybrid partial cementation based on manufacturer recommendations, and full cementation to simulate a gold-standard, traditional, cemented, pegged design.
Materials and MethodsBiomechanical Testing
The biomechanical testing methodology used in this study was based on previous studies20-23 and on ASTM standard F2028-1224 using polyurethane bone substitute 0.24 g/cm3 (Pacific Research Laboratories) with ultimate strength of 4.9 MPa and compressive modulus of 123 MPa for component implantation. This material was selected because its mechanical properties are similar to those of cancellous glenoid bone in primary shoulder arthroplasty,25 and it minimizes variability with use of cadaveric specimens. Components were mounted on an MTS 858 Mini-Bionix II materials testing frame (Figure 1). A static compressive load of 756 N (170 lb) was applied via a mass-pulley system simulating the joint compressive force the shoulder is likely to experience during higher load activities.24,26 The glenoid component was positioned on a linear bearing to allow for joint compression.
Test Groups and Cement Fixation Techniques
All-polyethylene pegged glenoid components (Anchor Peg Glenoid, size 44; DePuy Orthopaedics) were used for biomechanical testing (Figure 1). Polyurethane blocks were reamed with a size 44 reamer until the superior-inferior distance reached 33 mm, ensuring complete seating of implant. Three fixation-technique groups were formed: interference-fit, hybrid cement, and fully cemented. Interference-fit fixation was done without polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) cement. In hybrid fixation, 2 cm3 of PMMA (SpeedSet Cement, Stryker Orthopaedics) was injected (using a catheter tip syringe) into the peripheral peg holes and manually pressurized; the central peg was press-fit into polyurethane bone substitute. In the fully cemented group, both peripheral and central peg holes received PMMA; the peripheral peg holes were cemented as in hybrid fixation, and the central peg hole was injected with 3 cm3 of PMMA, which was then manually pressurized. The humeral head component (Global Advantage, 44×18 mm; DePuy Synthes) was mounted on the test frame actuator and centrally located within the glenoid at the start of the test.
Determination of Humeral Head Translation via Subluxation Testing
Humeral head subluxation distance, simulating a humeral head rim loading event, was calculated on the basis of preliminary tests outlined in the ASTM standard.24 Three glenoids (1 per fixation technique) were mounted on the test frame with a humeral head positioned centrally within the glenoid. After the joint compressive force was applied, the humeral head was translated along the true superior axis of the glenoid at a rate of 50 mm/min. Testing software was used to record humeral head displacement and load data at a frequency of 100 Hz. Humeral head subluxation displacement was determined at the end of the linear region of the force versus displacement response. This distance, averaged from the 3 subluxation tests, was used as the subluxation distance during cyclic testing.
Determination of Glenoid Component Motion via Cyclic Testing
After subluxation displacement was determined, glenoid components were mounted on the test frame (5 per fixation technique) and subjected to 50,000 cycles of humeral head translation at a frequency of 2 Hz. Amplitude of the humeral head displacement against the glenoid component followed a sinusoidal pattern with maxima and minima represented by the subluxation displacement (positive and negative, respectively). Glenoid edge compression/distraction of the superior edge and glenoid inferior/superior translation were monitored with 2 variable resistance reluctance transducers (Microminiature DVRT; 4.5-µm resolution; MicroStrain) secured to the glenoid component and testing fixture.
Microminiature DVRT measurements of glenoid motion were taken for 5 consecutive cycles at cycles 1, 20, 100, 500, 1000, 5000, 10,000, 15,000, 20,000, 30,000, 40,000, and 50,000. Distraction-compression displacement and superior-inferior translation measurements were recorded relative to the glenoid position with the humeral head at the neutral position at a given cycle. Final glenoid micromotion data were calculated from the mean of consecutive cycles at each cycle time point.
Statistical Analysis
Glenoid motion results are reported as means and standard deviations. Comparisons with 2 factors of fixation technique and number of cycles for glenoid distraction, glenoid compression, and absolute glenoid translation were characterized with 2-way analysis of variance (SigmaPlot Version 11.0; Systat Software), with the Holm-Šídák test used for post hoc determination of significant relationships.
Results
Under subluxation testing, the humeral head translation distance at the end of the linear region was determined to be 0.50 mm. Subsequently for cyclic testing, the humeral head was then translated 0.50 mm from the neutral position of the humeral head along both the superior and inferior axes of the glenoid. All glenoids successfully completed the entire 50,000 cycles of testing. For the glenoid component, Figure 2 depicts distraction and compression, and Figure 3 depicts superior-inferior translation.
Glenoid Component Distraction
Overall, mean (SD) glenoid distraction was significantly higher for interference-fit fixation, 0.21 (0.10) mm, than for hybrid cement fixation, 0.16 (0.05) mm (P < .001), and fully cemented fixation, 0.09 (0.07) mm (P < .001). It was also significantly higher for hybrid fixation than fully cemented fixation (P < .001). From cycle 1000 to cycle 50,000, distraction was significantly higher for interference-fit fixation than for fully cemented fixation at each time point (P < .05).
Glenoid Component Compression
Mean (SD) compression was significantly higher for hybrid cement fixation, 0.31 (0.13) mm, than for interference-fit fixation, 0.17 (0.07) mm (P < .001), and fully cemented fixation, 0.17 (0.08) mm (P < .001). No significant difference was found between interference-fit and fully cemented fixation (P = .793) (Figure 2). At cycles 1, 20, 100, and 500, compression was significantly higher for hybrid fixation than for fully cemented fixation (P < .05). In addition, at cycle 500, it was significantly higher for hybrid fixation than for interference-fit fixation (P < .05).
Glenoid Component Translation
Mean (SD) glenoid translation was significantly lower for fully cemented fixation, 0.10 (0.04) mm, than for interference-fit fixation, 0.13 (0.04) mm (P < .001), and hybrid cement fixation, 0.13 (0.03) mm (P < .001), with all time points considered. There was no significant difference between interference-fit and hybrid fixation (P = .343). Initial translation at cycle 1 was significantly higher for interference-fit and hybid fixation than for fully cemented fixation.
Discussion
Despite advances in glenoid component design, glenoid loosening remains the most common cause of anatomical TSA failure. Recent implants have been designed to take advantage of an all-polyethylene component while providing long-lasting fixation through bony ingrowth into a central peg. In a study of the hybrid cementation technique drescribed here, Groh17 found no glenoid loosening or radiolucent lines but discovered fingerlike projections of bone between the flanges of the implant in 24 (29%) of 83 cases. Churchill and colleagues16 also reported bony ingrowth into the central peg in 15 (75%) of 20 patients. Furthermore, Arnold and colleagues13 reported complete bony ingrowth (6/6 inter-fin compartments) in 23 (71%) of 35 shoulders at a mean of 43 months. Wirth and colleagues19 reported increased radiodensity between the flanges of the central peg in 30 of 44 cases (68%) and osteolysis around the central peg in 3 of 44 cases (7%) at 3 years.
There are also reports of successful bony ingrowth associated with all-polyethylene components implanted without cement. In a canine study using an early ingrowth implant design, Wirth and colleagues27 showed that, though initial fixation was superior with a cemented, keeled implant, pullout strength of the uncemented, pegged implant improved over time and eventually far surpassed that of the cemented, keeled implant owing to both the loosening of the cemented component and the bony ingrowth into the central peg component. Furthermore, Anglin and colleagues10 confirmed that component micromotion was lower with pegged glenoid components than with keeled components in a biomechanical model. De Wilde and colleagues15 recently reported on a series of uncemented, central fluted peg glenoids implanted in 34 patients followed clinically and with computed tomography for a minimum of 24 months. The investigators found bony ingrowth into the central peg in 27 (79%) of 34 patients and no signs of loosening in 30 (88%) of 34 patients. Incomplete lucencies around 1 or 2 peripheral pegs were found in 2 (6%) of 34 patients, and complete lucencies around 2 or more peripheral pegs were found in 2 (6%) of 34 patients. However, there was no statistical difference in clinical outcome between patients with and without loosening.
With this type of implant, initial fixation that provides stability while minimizing micromotion under biomechanical loading likely is crucial for attaining bony growth within the central peg flanges. To our knowledge, this is the first biomechanical study to compare micromotion using 3 different fixation methods with a central fluted peg glenoid component design. Of all these fixation methods, fully cemented fixation yielded the most stable glenoid throughout testing with respect to the evaluated parameters. However, this method is not necessarily clinically applicable, as a fully cemented glenoid would inhibit any bony growth within the central flange, which is necessary for long-term biological fixation. Our data showed that, though glenoid distraction was significantly lower with hybrid cement fixation, this fixation method exhibited significantly higher glenoid compression. In addition, there were no significant differences between glenoid components with hybrid fixation and glenoid components with interference-fit fixation with respect to component translation in the superior-inferior direction. These findings may indicate that initial fixation is not significantly improved by the addition of cement to the peripheral pegs in a glenoid component with a central fluted peg design.
The interference fit of the central peg is primarily responsible for conferring long-term implant stability,13,27 which is ultimately achieved by bony formation between the flutes of the peg. Other authors have reported that, for bony ingrowth to occur, micromotion between the bone–implant interface must not exceed 20 to 150 µm.28-30 Other than for interference-fit distraction at more than 1000 cycles and hybrid cement fixation compression at each time point throughout testing, our data fall within the reported upper limits of micromotion to support bony ingrowth. Increased micromotion in the interference-fit fixation group is seen at later time points and may be caused by the inability to simulate the potential fixation gained from bony ingrowth allowed with this surgical technique. Research is needed to further explain this increase in distraction.
Results from this study must be interpreted with caution because of limitations of the in vitro testing methodology. This biomechanical model using bone substitute characterizes glenoid fixation at time zero, directly after implantation, followed by repetitive cyclic loading simulating 5 years of implant service. This differs from the clinical scenario in which the shoulder undergoes postoperative immobilization or protected motion during which the early phases of bony remodeling are likely occurring. Furthermore, simulation of 5 years of implant service may not be necessary for an implant that is expected to achieve ultimate fixation by bony ingrowth within the first several months after implantation. Use of this implant without cement is classified off-label, and surgeons should take this into consideration during implantation. Last, this study could not simulate the effect of bony ingrowth on fixation, though our experimental technique of cementing the central peg may be a gross approximation of a fully ingrown central peg and its expected rigid fixation.
Fully cemented fixation of a polyethylene glenoid is superior to hybrid cement fixation and interference-fit fixation with respect to early glenoid micromotion. However, the long-term stability of a fully cemented polyethylene glenoid component remains a clinical concern, as fixation is achieved by bony ingrowth around the central fluted peg of the implant. In this study, interference-fit and hybrid fixation had equivocal component micromotion in biomechanical testing. Our findings suggest that cementation of the peripheral pegs confers no additional initial stability over an uncemented interference-fit technique in a biomechanical model. More research is needed to further evaluate interference-fit fixation as a viable option for implantation of a central fluted, all-polyethylene glenoid component.
1. Neer CS 2nd, Watson KC, Stanton FJ. Recent experience in total shoulder replacement. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1982;64(3):319-337.
2. Sperling JW, Cofield RH, O’Driscoll SW, Torchia ME, Rowland CM. Radiographic assessment of ingrowth total shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2000;9(6):507-513.
3. Torchia ME, Cofield RH, Settergren CR. Total shoulder arthroplasty with the Neer prosthesis: long-term results. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 1997;6(6):495-505.
4. Wirth MA, Rockwood CA Jr. Complications of total shoulder-replacement arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1996;78(4):603-616.
5. Fox TJ, Cil A, Sperling JW, Sanchez-Sotelo J, Schleck CD, Cofield RH. Survival of the glenoid component in shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2009;18(6):859-863.
6. Edwards TB, Labriola JE, Stanley RJ, O’Connor DP, Elkousy HA, Gartsman GM. Radiographic comparison of pegged and keeled glenoid components using modern cementing techniques: a prospective randomized study. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2010;19(2):251-257.
7. Gartsman GM, Elkousy HA, Warnock KM, Edwards TB, O’Connor DP. Radiographic comparison of pegged and keeled glenoid components. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2005;14(3):252-257.
8. Klepps S, Chiang AS, Miller S, Jiang CY, Hazrati Y, Flatow EL. Incidence of early radiolucent glenoid lines in patients having total shoulder replacements. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2005;(435):118-125.
9. Lazarus MD, Jensen KL, Southworth C, Matsen FA 3rd. The radiographic evaluation of keeled and pegged glenoid component insertion. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2002;84(7):1174-1182.
10. Anglin C, Wyss UP, Nyffeler RW, Gerber C. Loosening performance of cemented glenoid prosthesis design pairs. Clin Biomech. 2001;16(2):144-150.
11. Walch G, Young AA, Melis B, Gazielly D, Loew M, Boileau P. Results of a convex-back cemented keeled glenoid component in primary osteoarthritis: multicenter study with a follow-up greater than 5 years. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2011;20(3):385-394.
12. Gregory T, Hansen U, Taillieu F, et al. Glenoid loosening after total shoulder arthroplasty: an in vitro CT-scan study. J Orthop Res. 2009;27(12):1589-1595.
13. Arnold RM, High RR, Grosshans KT, Walker CW, Fehringer EV. Bone presence between the central peg’s radial fins of a partially cemented pegged all poly glenoid component suggest few radiolucencies. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2011;20(2):315-321.
14. Churchill RS, Boorman RS, Fehringer EV, Matsen FA 3rd. Glenoid cementing may generate sufficient heat to endanger the surrounding bone. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2004;(419):76-79.
15. De Wilde L, Dayerizadeh N, De Neve F, Basamania C, Van Tongel A. Fully uncemented glenoid component in total shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2013;22(10):e1-e7.
16. Churchill RS, Zellmer C, Zimmers HJ, Ruggero R. Clinical and radiographic analysis of a partially cemented glenoid implant: five-year minimum follow-up. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2010;19(7):1091-1097.
17. Groh GI. Survival and radiographic analysis of a glenoid component with a cementless fluted central peg. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2010;19(8):1265-1268.
18. Vidil A, Valenti P, Guichoux F, Barthas JH. CT scan evaluation of glenoid component fixation: a prospective study of 27 minimally cemented shoulder arthroplasties. Eur J Orthop Surg Traumatol. 2012;23(5):521-525.
19. Wirth MA, Loredo R, Garcia G, Rockwood CA Jr, Southworth C, Iannotti JP. Total shoulder arthroplasty with an all-polyethylene pegged bone-ingrowth glenoid component: a clinical and radiographic outcome study. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2012;94(3):260-267.
20. Anglin C, Wyss UP, Pichora DR. Mechanical testing of shoulder prostheses and recommendations for glenoid design. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2000;9(4):323-331.
21. Hoenig MP, Loeffler B, Brown S, et al. Reverse glenoid component fixation: is a posterior screw necessary? J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2010;19(4):544-549.
22. Sarah J, Sanjay G, Sanjay S, et al. Failure mechanism of the all-polyethylene glenoid implant. J Biomech. 2010;43(4):714-719.
23. Suárez DR, Nerkens W, Valstar ER, Rozing PM, van Keulen F. Interface micromotions increase with less-conforming cementless glenoid components. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2012;21(4):474-482.
24. ASTM International. Standard Test Methods for Dynamic Evaluation of Glenoid Loosening or Disassociation. West Conshocken, PA: ASTM International; 2012. ASTM F2028-08.
25. Anglin C, Tolhurst P, Wyss UP, Pichora DR. Glenoid cancellous bone strength and modulus. J Biomech. 1999;32(10):1091-1097.
26. Anglin C, Wyss U, Pichora D. Glenohumeral contact forces. Proc Inst Mech Eng H. 2000;214(6):637-644.
27. Wirth MA, Korvick DL, Basamania CJ, Toro F, Aufdemorte TB, Rockwood CA Jr. Radiologic, mechanical, and histologic evaluation of 2 glenoid prosthesis designs in a canine model. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2001;10(2):140-148.
28. Pilliar RM, Lee JM, Maniatopoulos C. Observations on the effect of movement on bone ingrowth into porous-surfaced implants. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1986;(208):108-113.
29. Ramamurti BS, Orr TE, Bragdon CR, Lowenstein JD, Jasty M, Harris WH. Factors influencing stability at the interface between a porous surface and cancellous bone: a finite element analysis of a canine in vivo micromotion experiment. J Biomed Mater Res. 1997;36(2):274-280.
30. Şahin S, Cehreli MC, Yalçın E. The influence of functional forces on the biomechanics of implant-supported prostheses—a review. J Dent. 2002;30(7-8):271-282.
Since Neer and colleagues1 first reported in 1982, glenoid loosening persists as a common cause of anatomic total shoulder arthroplasty (TSA) failure.1-4 Currently, cemented, all-polyethylene glenoid components are the gold standard, and minimum clinical survival of 10 to 15 years is expected.3,5 Several clinical studies5-9 and in vitro biomechanical studies10 have suggested an advantage of pegged over keeled glenoid components, but glenoid component loosening remains a frequent complication,11 with the cement–implant interface suggested as the weak link of fixation.10,12 In addition to mechanical loosening, poor cement penetration and heat-induced necrosis have been postulated as contributing to glenoid component loosening.13,14
Because of these potential complications, there is a growing consideration to minimize or abandon cement fixation and rely on biological fixation to polyethylene for long-term component stability.15 A newer pegged glenoid component design consists of traditional, peripherally located pegs designed for cement fixation as well as a central, uncemented, fluted, interference-fit peg that allows for bony ingrowth. Short-term clinical studies have shown that bony ingrowth into the space between the flutes can be achieved with a hybrid cementation technique and that, when that occurs, excellent outcomes are likely.13,16-19 The immediate in vivo stability of this implant design upon initial implantation, before the cement has cured, has prompted some surgeons to consider implanting the device without cement. In a recent series in which this implant design was used without cement, clinical and radiographic results were promising.15
Despite the widespread clinical use, little biomechanical work has been done to characterize initial fixation of all-polyethylene pegged glenoid implants. We conducted a study to compare glenoid micromotion in an all-polyethylene, centrally fluted pegged glenoid component as a function of 3 fixation techniques: cementless interference-fit fixation, hybrid partial cementation based on manufacturer recommendations, and full cementation to simulate a gold-standard, traditional, cemented, pegged design.
Materials and MethodsBiomechanical Testing
The biomechanical testing methodology used in this study was based on previous studies20-23 and on ASTM standard F2028-1224 using polyurethane bone substitute 0.24 g/cm3 (Pacific Research Laboratories) with ultimate strength of 4.9 MPa and compressive modulus of 123 MPa for component implantation. This material was selected because its mechanical properties are similar to those of cancellous glenoid bone in primary shoulder arthroplasty,25 and it minimizes variability with use of cadaveric specimens. Components were mounted on an MTS 858 Mini-Bionix II materials testing frame (Figure 1). A static compressive load of 756 N (170 lb) was applied via a mass-pulley system simulating the joint compressive force the shoulder is likely to experience during higher load activities.24,26 The glenoid component was positioned on a linear bearing to allow for joint compression.
Test Groups and Cement Fixation Techniques
All-polyethylene pegged glenoid components (Anchor Peg Glenoid, size 44; DePuy Orthopaedics) were used for biomechanical testing (Figure 1). Polyurethane blocks were reamed with a size 44 reamer until the superior-inferior distance reached 33 mm, ensuring complete seating of implant. Three fixation-technique groups were formed: interference-fit, hybrid cement, and fully cemented. Interference-fit fixation was done without polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) cement. In hybrid fixation, 2 cm3 of PMMA (SpeedSet Cement, Stryker Orthopaedics) was injected (using a catheter tip syringe) into the peripheral peg holes and manually pressurized; the central peg was press-fit into polyurethane bone substitute. In the fully cemented group, both peripheral and central peg holes received PMMA; the peripheral peg holes were cemented as in hybrid fixation, and the central peg hole was injected with 3 cm3 of PMMA, which was then manually pressurized. The humeral head component (Global Advantage, 44×18 mm; DePuy Synthes) was mounted on the test frame actuator and centrally located within the glenoid at the start of the test.
Determination of Humeral Head Translation via Subluxation Testing
Humeral head subluxation distance, simulating a humeral head rim loading event, was calculated on the basis of preliminary tests outlined in the ASTM standard.24 Three glenoids (1 per fixation technique) were mounted on the test frame with a humeral head positioned centrally within the glenoid. After the joint compressive force was applied, the humeral head was translated along the true superior axis of the glenoid at a rate of 50 mm/min. Testing software was used to record humeral head displacement and load data at a frequency of 100 Hz. Humeral head subluxation displacement was determined at the end of the linear region of the force versus displacement response. This distance, averaged from the 3 subluxation tests, was used as the subluxation distance during cyclic testing.
Determination of Glenoid Component Motion via Cyclic Testing
After subluxation displacement was determined, glenoid components were mounted on the test frame (5 per fixation technique) and subjected to 50,000 cycles of humeral head translation at a frequency of 2 Hz. Amplitude of the humeral head displacement against the glenoid component followed a sinusoidal pattern with maxima and minima represented by the subluxation displacement (positive and negative, respectively). Glenoid edge compression/distraction of the superior edge and glenoid inferior/superior translation were monitored with 2 variable resistance reluctance transducers (Microminiature DVRT; 4.5-µm resolution; MicroStrain) secured to the glenoid component and testing fixture.
Microminiature DVRT measurements of glenoid motion were taken for 5 consecutive cycles at cycles 1, 20, 100, 500, 1000, 5000, 10,000, 15,000, 20,000, 30,000, 40,000, and 50,000. Distraction-compression displacement and superior-inferior translation measurements were recorded relative to the glenoid position with the humeral head at the neutral position at a given cycle. Final glenoid micromotion data were calculated from the mean of consecutive cycles at each cycle time point.
Statistical Analysis
Glenoid motion results are reported as means and standard deviations. Comparisons with 2 factors of fixation technique and number of cycles for glenoid distraction, glenoid compression, and absolute glenoid translation were characterized with 2-way analysis of variance (SigmaPlot Version 11.0; Systat Software), with the Holm-Šídák test used for post hoc determination of significant relationships.
Results
Under subluxation testing, the humeral head translation distance at the end of the linear region was determined to be 0.50 mm. Subsequently for cyclic testing, the humeral head was then translated 0.50 mm from the neutral position of the humeral head along both the superior and inferior axes of the glenoid. All glenoids successfully completed the entire 50,000 cycles of testing. For the glenoid component, Figure 2 depicts distraction and compression, and Figure 3 depicts superior-inferior translation.
Glenoid Component Distraction
Overall, mean (SD) glenoid distraction was significantly higher for interference-fit fixation, 0.21 (0.10) mm, than for hybrid cement fixation, 0.16 (0.05) mm (P < .001), and fully cemented fixation, 0.09 (0.07) mm (P < .001). It was also significantly higher for hybrid fixation than fully cemented fixation (P < .001). From cycle 1000 to cycle 50,000, distraction was significantly higher for interference-fit fixation than for fully cemented fixation at each time point (P < .05).
Glenoid Component Compression
Mean (SD) compression was significantly higher for hybrid cement fixation, 0.31 (0.13) mm, than for interference-fit fixation, 0.17 (0.07) mm (P < .001), and fully cemented fixation, 0.17 (0.08) mm (P < .001). No significant difference was found between interference-fit and fully cemented fixation (P = .793) (Figure 2). At cycles 1, 20, 100, and 500, compression was significantly higher for hybrid fixation than for fully cemented fixation (P < .05). In addition, at cycle 500, it was significantly higher for hybrid fixation than for interference-fit fixation (P < .05).
Glenoid Component Translation
Mean (SD) glenoid translation was significantly lower for fully cemented fixation, 0.10 (0.04) mm, than for interference-fit fixation, 0.13 (0.04) mm (P < .001), and hybrid cement fixation, 0.13 (0.03) mm (P < .001), with all time points considered. There was no significant difference between interference-fit and hybrid fixation (P = .343). Initial translation at cycle 1 was significantly higher for interference-fit and hybid fixation than for fully cemented fixation.
Discussion
Despite advances in glenoid component design, glenoid loosening remains the most common cause of anatomical TSA failure. Recent implants have been designed to take advantage of an all-polyethylene component while providing long-lasting fixation through bony ingrowth into a central peg. In a study of the hybrid cementation technique drescribed here, Groh17 found no glenoid loosening or radiolucent lines but discovered fingerlike projections of bone between the flanges of the implant in 24 (29%) of 83 cases. Churchill and colleagues16 also reported bony ingrowth into the central peg in 15 (75%) of 20 patients. Furthermore, Arnold and colleagues13 reported complete bony ingrowth (6/6 inter-fin compartments) in 23 (71%) of 35 shoulders at a mean of 43 months. Wirth and colleagues19 reported increased radiodensity between the flanges of the central peg in 30 of 44 cases (68%) and osteolysis around the central peg in 3 of 44 cases (7%) at 3 years.
There are also reports of successful bony ingrowth associated with all-polyethylene components implanted without cement. In a canine study using an early ingrowth implant design, Wirth and colleagues27 showed that, though initial fixation was superior with a cemented, keeled implant, pullout strength of the uncemented, pegged implant improved over time and eventually far surpassed that of the cemented, keeled implant owing to both the loosening of the cemented component and the bony ingrowth into the central peg component. Furthermore, Anglin and colleagues10 confirmed that component micromotion was lower with pegged glenoid components than with keeled components in a biomechanical model. De Wilde and colleagues15 recently reported on a series of uncemented, central fluted peg glenoids implanted in 34 patients followed clinically and with computed tomography for a minimum of 24 months. The investigators found bony ingrowth into the central peg in 27 (79%) of 34 patients and no signs of loosening in 30 (88%) of 34 patients. Incomplete lucencies around 1 or 2 peripheral pegs were found in 2 (6%) of 34 patients, and complete lucencies around 2 or more peripheral pegs were found in 2 (6%) of 34 patients. However, there was no statistical difference in clinical outcome between patients with and without loosening.
With this type of implant, initial fixation that provides stability while minimizing micromotion under biomechanical loading likely is crucial for attaining bony growth within the central peg flanges. To our knowledge, this is the first biomechanical study to compare micromotion using 3 different fixation methods with a central fluted peg glenoid component design. Of all these fixation methods, fully cemented fixation yielded the most stable glenoid throughout testing with respect to the evaluated parameters. However, this method is not necessarily clinically applicable, as a fully cemented glenoid would inhibit any bony growth within the central flange, which is necessary for long-term biological fixation. Our data showed that, though glenoid distraction was significantly lower with hybrid cement fixation, this fixation method exhibited significantly higher glenoid compression. In addition, there were no significant differences between glenoid components with hybrid fixation and glenoid components with interference-fit fixation with respect to component translation in the superior-inferior direction. These findings may indicate that initial fixation is not significantly improved by the addition of cement to the peripheral pegs in a glenoid component with a central fluted peg design.
The interference fit of the central peg is primarily responsible for conferring long-term implant stability,13,27 which is ultimately achieved by bony formation between the flutes of the peg. Other authors have reported that, for bony ingrowth to occur, micromotion between the bone–implant interface must not exceed 20 to 150 µm.28-30 Other than for interference-fit distraction at more than 1000 cycles and hybrid cement fixation compression at each time point throughout testing, our data fall within the reported upper limits of micromotion to support bony ingrowth. Increased micromotion in the interference-fit fixation group is seen at later time points and may be caused by the inability to simulate the potential fixation gained from bony ingrowth allowed with this surgical technique. Research is needed to further explain this increase in distraction.
Results from this study must be interpreted with caution because of limitations of the in vitro testing methodology. This biomechanical model using bone substitute characterizes glenoid fixation at time zero, directly after implantation, followed by repetitive cyclic loading simulating 5 years of implant service. This differs from the clinical scenario in which the shoulder undergoes postoperative immobilization or protected motion during which the early phases of bony remodeling are likely occurring. Furthermore, simulation of 5 years of implant service may not be necessary for an implant that is expected to achieve ultimate fixation by bony ingrowth within the first several months after implantation. Use of this implant without cement is classified off-label, and surgeons should take this into consideration during implantation. Last, this study could not simulate the effect of bony ingrowth on fixation, though our experimental technique of cementing the central peg may be a gross approximation of a fully ingrown central peg and its expected rigid fixation.
Fully cemented fixation of a polyethylene glenoid is superior to hybrid cement fixation and interference-fit fixation with respect to early glenoid micromotion. However, the long-term stability of a fully cemented polyethylene glenoid component remains a clinical concern, as fixation is achieved by bony ingrowth around the central fluted peg of the implant. In this study, interference-fit and hybrid fixation had equivocal component micromotion in biomechanical testing. Our findings suggest that cementation of the peripheral pegs confers no additional initial stability over an uncemented interference-fit technique in a biomechanical model. More research is needed to further evaluate interference-fit fixation as a viable option for implantation of a central fluted, all-polyethylene glenoid component.
Since Neer and colleagues1 first reported in 1982, glenoid loosening persists as a common cause of anatomic total shoulder arthroplasty (TSA) failure.1-4 Currently, cemented, all-polyethylene glenoid components are the gold standard, and minimum clinical survival of 10 to 15 years is expected.3,5 Several clinical studies5-9 and in vitro biomechanical studies10 have suggested an advantage of pegged over keeled glenoid components, but glenoid component loosening remains a frequent complication,11 with the cement–implant interface suggested as the weak link of fixation.10,12 In addition to mechanical loosening, poor cement penetration and heat-induced necrosis have been postulated as contributing to glenoid component loosening.13,14
Because of these potential complications, there is a growing consideration to minimize or abandon cement fixation and rely on biological fixation to polyethylene for long-term component stability.15 A newer pegged glenoid component design consists of traditional, peripherally located pegs designed for cement fixation as well as a central, uncemented, fluted, interference-fit peg that allows for bony ingrowth. Short-term clinical studies have shown that bony ingrowth into the space between the flutes can be achieved with a hybrid cementation technique and that, when that occurs, excellent outcomes are likely.13,16-19 The immediate in vivo stability of this implant design upon initial implantation, before the cement has cured, has prompted some surgeons to consider implanting the device without cement. In a recent series in which this implant design was used without cement, clinical and radiographic results were promising.15
Despite the widespread clinical use, little biomechanical work has been done to characterize initial fixation of all-polyethylene pegged glenoid implants. We conducted a study to compare glenoid micromotion in an all-polyethylene, centrally fluted pegged glenoid component as a function of 3 fixation techniques: cementless interference-fit fixation, hybrid partial cementation based on manufacturer recommendations, and full cementation to simulate a gold-standard, traditional, cemented, pegged design.
Materials and MethodsBiomechanical Testing
The biomechanical testing methodology used in this study was based on previous studies20-23 and on ASTM standard F2028-1224 using polyurethane bone substitute 0.24 g/cm3 (Pacific Research Laboratories) with ultimate strength of 4.9 MPa and compressive modulus of 123 MPa for component implantation. This material was selected because its mechanical properties are similar to those of cancellous glenoid bone in primary shoulder arthroplasty,25 and it minimizes variability with use of cadaveric specimens. Components were mounted on an MTS 858 Mini-Bionix II materials testing frame (Figure 1). A static compressive load of 756 N (170 lb) was applied via a mass-pulley system simulating the joint compressive force the shoulder is likely to experience during higher load activities.24,26 The glenoid component was positioned on a linear bearing to allow for joint compression.
Test Groups and Cement Fixation Techniques
All-polyethylene pegged glenoid components (Anchor Peg Glenoid, size 44; DePuy Orthopaedics) were used for biomechanical testing (Figure 1). Polyurethane blocks were reamed with a size 44 reamer until the superior-inferior distance reached 33 mm, ensuring complete seating of implant. Three fixation-technique groups were formed: interference-fit, hybrid cement, and fully cemented. Interference-fit fixation was done without polymethylmethacrylate (PMMA) cement. In hybrid fixation, 2 cm3 of PMMA (SpeedSet Cement, Stryker Orthopaedics) was injected (using a catheter tip syringe) into the peripheral peg holes and manually pressurized; the central peg was press-fit into polyurethane bone substitute. In the fully cemented group, both peripheral and central peg holes received PMMA; the peripheral peg holes were cemented as in hybrid fixation, and the central peg hole was injected with 3 cm3 of PMMA, which was then manually pressurized. The humeral head component (Global Advantage, 44×18 mm; DePuy Synthes) was mounted on the test frame actuator and centrally located within the glenoid at the start of the test.
Determination of Humeral Head Translation via Subluxation Testing
Humeral head subluxation distance, simulating a humeral head rim loading event, was calculated on the basis of preliminary tests outlined in the ASTM standard.24 Three glenoids (1 per fixation technique) were mounted on the test frame with a humeral head positioned centrally within the glenoid. After the joint compressive force was applied, the humeral head was translated along the true superior axis of the glenoid at a rate of 50 mm/min. Testing software was used to record humeral head displacement and load data at a frequency of 100 Hz. Humeral head subluxation displacement was determined at the end of the linear region of the force versus displacement response. This distance, averaged from the 3 subluxation tests, was used as the subluxation distance during cyclic testing.
Determination of Glenoid Component Motion via Cyclic Testing
After subluxation displacement was determined, glenoid components were mounted on the test frame (5 per fixation technique) and subjected to 50,000 cycles of humeral head translation at a frequency of 2 Hz. Amplitude of the humeral head displacement against the glenoid component followed a sinusoidal pattern with maxima and minima represented by the subluxation displacement (positive and negative, respectively). Glenoid edge compression/distraction of the superior edge and glenoid inferior/superior translation were monitored with 2 variable resistance reluctance transducers (Microminiature DVRT; 4.5-µm resolution; MicroStrain) secured to the glenoid component and testing fixture.
Microminiature DVRT measurements of glenoid motion were taken for 5 consecutive cycles at cycles 1, 20, 100, 500, 1000, 5000, 10,000, 15,000, 20,000, 30,000, 40,000, and 50,000. Distraction-compression displacement and superior-inferior translation measurements were recorded relative to the glenoid position with the humeral head at the neutral position at a given cycle. Final glenoid micromotion data were calculated from the mean of consecutive cycles at each cycle time point.
Statistical Analysis
Glenoid motion results are reported as means and standard deviations. Comparisons with 2 factors of fixation technique and number of cycles for glenoid distraction, glenoid compression, and absolute glenoid translation were characterized with 2-way analysis of variance (SigmaPlot Version 11.0; Systat Software), with the Holm-Šídák test used for post hoc determination of significant relationships.
Results
Under subluxation testing, the humeral head translation distance at the end of the linear region was determined to be 0.50 mm. Subsequently for cyclic testing, the humeral head was then translated 0.50 mm from the neutral position of the humeral head along both the superior and inferior axes of the glenoid. All glenoids successfully completed the entire 50,000 cycles of testing. For the glenoid component, Figure 2 depicts distraction and compression, and Figure 3 depicts superior-inferior translation.
Glenoid Component Distraction
Overall, mean (SD) glenoid distraction was significantly higher for interference-fit fixation, 0.21 (0.10) mm, than for hybrid cement fixation, 0.16 (0.05) mm (P < .001), and fully cemented fixation, 0.09 (0.07) mm (P < .001). It was also significantly higher for hybrid fixation than fully cemented fixation (P < .001). From cycle 1000 to cycle 50,000, distraction was significantly higher for interference-fit fixation than for fully cemented fixation at each time point (P < .05).
Glenoid Component Compression
Mean (SD) compression was significantly higher for hybrid cement fixation, 0.31 (0.13) mm, than for interference-fit fixation, 0.17 (0.07) mm (P < .001), and fully cemented fixation, 0.17 (0.08) mm (P < .001). No significant difference was found between interference-fit and fully cemented fixation (P = .793) (Figure 2). At cycles 1, 20, 100, and 500, compression was significantly higher for hybrid fixation than for fully cemented fixation (P < .05). In addition, at cycle 500, it was significantly higher for hybrid fixation than for interference-fit fixation (P < .05).
Glenoid Component Translation
Mean (SD) glenoid translation was significantly lower for fully cemented fixation, 0.10 (0.04) mm, than for interference-fit fixation, 0.13 (0.04) mm (P < .001), and hybrid cement fixation, 0.13 (0.03) mm (P < .001), with all time points considered. There was no significant difference between interference-fit and hybrid fixation (P = .343). Initial translation at cycle 1 was significantly higher for interference-fit and hybid fixation than for fully cemented fixation.
Discussion
Despite advances in glenoid component design, glenoid loosening remains the most common cause of anatomical TSA failure. Recent implants have been designed to take advantage of an all-polyethylene component while providing long-lasting fixation through bony ingrowth into a central peg. In a study of the hybrid cementation technique drescribed here, Groh17 found no glenoid loosening or radiolucent lines but discovered fingerlike projections of bone between the flanges of the implant in 24 (29%) of 83 cases. Churchill and colleagues16 also reported bony ingrowth into the central peg in 15 (75%) of 20 patients. Furthermore, Arnold and colleagues13 reported complete bony ingrowth (6/6 inter-fin compartments) in 23 (71%) of 35 shoulders at a mean of 43 months. Wirth and colleagues19 reported increased radiodensity between the flanges of the central peg in 30 of 44 cases (68%) and osteolysis around the central peg in 3 of 44 cases (7%) at 3 years.
There are also reports of successful bony ingrowth associated with all-polyethylene components implanted without cement. In a canine study using an early ingrowth implant design, Wirth and colleagues27 showed that, though initial fixation was superior with a cemented, keeled implant, pullout strength of the uncemented, pegged implant improved over time and eventually far surpassed that of the cemented, keeled implant owing to both the loosening of the cemented component and the bony ingrowth into the central peg component. Furthermore, Anglin and colleagues10 confirmed that component micromotion was lower with pegged glenoid components than with keeled components in a biomechanical model. De Wilde and colleagues15 recently reported on a series of uncemented, central fluted peg glenoids implanted in 34 patients followed clinically and with computed tomography for a minimum of 24 months. The investigators found bony ingrowth into the central peg in 27 (79%) of 34 patients and no signs of loosening in 30 (88%) of 34 patients. Incomplete lucencies around 1 or 2 peripheral pegs were found in 2 (6%) of 34 patients, and complete lucencies around 2 or more peripheral pegs were found in 2 (6%) of 34 patients. However, there was no statistical difference in clinical outcome between patients with and without loosening.
With this type of implant, initial fixation that provides stability while minimizing micromotion under biomechanical loading likely is crucial for attaining bony growth within the central peg flanges. To our knowledge, this is the first biomechanical study to compare micromotion using 3 different fixation methods with a central fluted peg glenoid component design. Of all these fixation methods, fully cemented fixation yielded the most stable glenoid throughout testing with respect to the evaluated parameters. However, this method is not necessarily clinically applicable, as a fully cemented glenoid would inhibit any bony growth within the central flange, which is necessary for long-term biological fixation. Our data showed that, though glenoid distraction was significantly lower with hybrid cement fixation, this fixation method exhibited significantly higher glenoid compression. In addition, there were no significant differences between glenoid components with hybrid fixation and glenoid components with interference-fit fixation with respect to component translation in the superior-inferior direction. These findings may indicate that initial fixation is not significantly improved by the addition of cement to the peripheral pegs in a glenoid component with a central fluted peg design.
The interference fit of the central peg is primarily responsible for conferring long-term implant stability,13,27 which is ultimately achieved by bony formation between the flutes of the peg. Other authors have reported that, for bony ingrowth to occur, micromotion between the bone–implant interface must not exceed 20 to 150 µm.28-30 Other than for interference-fit distraction at more than 1000 cycles and hybrid cement fixation compression at each time point throughout testing, our data fall within the reported upper limits of micromotion to support bony ingrowth. Increased micromotion in the interference-fit fixation group is seen at later time points and may be caused by the inability to simulate the potential fixation gained from bony ingrowth allowed with this surgical technique. Research is needed to further explain this increase in distraction.
Results from this study must be interpreted with caution because of limitations of the in vitro testing methodology. This biomechanical model using bone substitute characterizes glenoid fixation at time zero, directly after implantation, followed by repetitive cyclic loading simulating 5 years of implant service. This differs from the clinical scenario in which the shoulder undergoes postoperative immobilization or protected motion during which the early phases of bony remodeling are likely occurring. Furthermore, simulation of 5 years of implant service may not be necessary for an implant that is expected to achieve ultimate fixation by bony ingrowth within the first several months after implantation. Use of this implant without cement is classified off-label, and surgeons should take this into consideration during implantation. Last, this study could not simulate the effect of bony ingrowth on fixation, though our experimental technique of cementing the central peg may be a gross approximation of a fully ingrown central peg and its expected rigid fixation.
Fully cemented fixation of a polyethylene glenoid is superior to hybrid cement fixation and interference-fit fixation with respect to early glenoid micromotion. However, the long-term stability of a fully cemented polyethylene glenoid component remains a clinical concern, as fixation is achieved by bony ingrowth around the central fluted peg of the implant. In this study, interference-fit and hybrid fixation had equivocal component micromotion in biomechanical testing. Our findings suggest that cementation of the peripheral pegs confers no additional initial stability over an uncemented interference-fit technique in a biomechanical model. More research is needed to further evaluate interference-fit fixation as a viable option for implantation of a central fluted, all-polyethylene glenoid component.
1. Neer CS 2nd, Watson KC, Stanton FJ. Recent experience in total shoulder replacement. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1982;64(3):319-337.
2. Sperling JW, Cofield RH, O’Driscoll SW, Torchia ME, Rowland CM. Radiographic assessment of ingrowth total shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2000;9(6):507-513.
3. Torchia ME, Cofield RH, Settergren CR. Total shoulder arthroplasty with the Neer prosthesis: long-term results. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 1997;6(6):495-505.
4. Wirth MA, Rockwood CA Jr. Complications of total shoulder-replacement arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1996;78(4):603-616.
5. Fox TJ, Cil A, Sperling JW, Sanchez-Sotelo J, Schleck CD, Cofield RH. Survival of the glenoid component in shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2009;18(6):859-863.
6. Edwards TB, Labriola JE, Stanley RJ, O’Connor DP, Elkousy HA, Gartsman GM. Radiographic comparison of pegged and keeled glenoid components using modern cementing techniques: a prospective randomized study. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2010;19(2):251-257.
7. Gartsman GM, Elkousy HA, Warnock KM, Edwards TB, O’Connor DP. Radiographic comparison of pegged and keeled glenoid components. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2005;14(3):252-257.
8. Klepps S, Chiang AS, Miller S, Jiang CY, Hazrati Y, Flatow EL. Incidence of early radiolucent glenoid lines in patients having total shoulder replacements. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2005;(435):118-125.
9. Lazarus MD, Jensen KL, Southworth C, Matsen FA 3rd. The radiographic evaluation of keeled and pegged glenoid component insertion. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2002;84(7):1174-1182.
10. Anglin C, Wyss UP, Nyffeler RW, Gerber C. Loosening performance of cemented glenoid prosthesis design pairs. Clin Biomech. 2001;16(2):144-150.
11. Walch G, Young AA, Melis B, Gazielly D, Loew M, Boileau P. Results of a convex-back cemented keeled glenoid component in primary osteoarthritis: multicenter study with a follow-up greater than 5 years. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2011;20(3):385-394.
12. Gregory T, Hansen U, Taillieu F, et al. Glenoid loosening after total shoulder arthroplasty: an in vitro CT-scan study. J Orthop Res. 2009;27(12):1589-1595.
13. Arnold RM, High RR, Grosshans KT, Walker CW, Fehringer EV. Bone presence between the central peg’s radial fins of a partially cemented pegged all poly glenoid component suggest few radiolucencies. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2011;20(2):315-321.
14. Churchill RS, Boorman RS, Fehringer EV, Matsen FA 3rd. Glenoid cementing may generate sufficient heat to endanger the surrounding bone. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2004;(419):76-79.
15. De Wilde L, Dayerizadeh N, De Neve F, Basamania C, Van Tongel A. Fully uncemented glenoid component in total shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2013;22(10):e1-e7.
16. Churchill RS, Zellmer C, Zimmers HJ, Ruggero R. Clinical and radiographic analysis of a partially cemented glenoid implant: five-year minimum follow-up. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2010;19(7):1091-1097.
17. Groh GI. Survival and radiographic analysis of a glenoid component with a cementless fluted central peg. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2010;19(8):1265-1268.
18. Vidil A, Valenti P, Guichoux F, Barthas JH. CT scan evaluation of glenoid component fixation: a prospective study of 27 minimally cemented shoulder arthroplasties. Eur J Orthop Surg Traumatol. 2012;23(5):521-525.
19. Wirth MA, Loredo R, Garcia G, Rockwood CA Jr, Southworth C, Iannotti JP. Total shoulder arthroplasty with an all-polyethylene pegged bone-ingrowth glenoid component: a clinical and radiographic outcome study. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2012;94(3):260-267.
20. Anglin C, Wyss UP, Pichora DR. Mechanical testing of shoulder prostheses and recommendations for glenoid design. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2000;9(4):323-331.
21. Hoenig MP, Loeffler B, Brown S, et al. Reverse glenoid component fixation: is a posterior screw necessary? J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2010;19(4):544-549.
22. Sarah J, Sanjay G, Sanjay S, et al. Failure mechanism of the all-polyethylene glenoid implant. J Biomech. 2010;43(4):714-719.
23. Suárez DR, Nerkens W, Valstar ER, Rozing PM, van Keulen F. Interface micromotions increase with less-conforming cementless glenoid components. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2012;21(4):474-482.
24. ASTM International. Standard Test Methods for Dynamic Evaluation of Glenoid Loosening or Disassociation. West Conshocken, PA: ASTM International; 2012. ASTM F2028-08.
25. Anglin C, Tolhurst P, Wyss UP, Pichora DR. Glenoid cancellous bone strength and modulus. J Biomech. 1999;32(10):1091-1097.
26. Anglin C, Wyss U, Pichora D. Glenohumeral contact forces. Proc Inst Mech Eng H. 2000;214(6):637-644.
27. Wirth MA, Korvick DL, Basamania CJ, Toro F, Aufdemorte TB, Rockwood CA Jr. Radiologic, mechanical, and histologic evaluation of 2 glenoid prosthesis designs in a canine model. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2001;10(2):140-148.
28. Pilliar RM, Lee JM, Maniatopoulos C. Observations on the effect of movement on bone ingrowth into porous-surfaced implants. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1986;(208):108-113.
29. Ramamurti BS, Orr TE, Bragdon CR, Lowenstein JD, Jasty M, Harris WH. Factors influencing stability at the interface between a porous surface and cancellous bone: a finite element analysis of a canine in vivo micromotion experiment. J Biomed Mater Res. 1997;36(2):274-280.
30. Şahin S, Cehreli MC, Yalçın E. The influence of functional forces on the biomechanics of implant-supported prostheses—a review. J Dent. 2002;30(7-8):271-282.
1. Neer CS 2nd, Watson KC, Stanton FJ. Recent experience in total shoulder replacement. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1982;64(3):319-337.
2. Sperling JW, Cofield RH, O’Driscoll SW, Torchia ME, Rowland CM. Radiographic assessment of ingrowth total shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2000;9(6):507-513.
3. Torchia ME, Cofield RH, Settergren CR. Total shoulder arthroplasty with the Neer prosthesis: long-term results. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 1997;6(6):495-505.
4. Wirth MA, Rockwood CA Jr. Complications of total shoulder-replacement arthroplasty. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 1996;78(4):603-616.
5. Fox TJ, Cil A, Sperling JW, Sanchez-Sotelo J, Schleck CD, Cofield RH. Survival of the glenoid component in shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2009;18(6):859-863.
6. Edwards TB, Labriola JE, Stanley RJ, O’Connor DP, Elkousy HA, Gartsman GM. Radiographic comparison of pegged and keeled glenoid components using modern cementing techniques: a prospective randomized study. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2010;19(2):251-257.
7. Gartsman GM, Elkousy HA, Warnock KM, Edwards TB, O’Connor DP. Radiographic comparison of pegged and keeled glenoid components. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2005;14(3):252-257.
8. Klepps S, Chiang AS, Miller S, Jiang CY, Hazrati Y, Flatow EL. Incidence of early radiolucent glenoid lines in patients having total shoulder replacements. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2005;(435):118-125.
9. Lazarus MD, Jensen KL, Southworth C, Matsen FA 3rd. The radiographic evaluation of keeled and pegged glenoid component insertion. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2002;84(7):1174-1182.
10. Anglin C, Wyss UP, Nyffeler RW, Gerber C. Loosening performance of cemented glenoid prosthesis design pairs. Clin Biomech. 2001;16(2):144-150.
11. Walch G, Young AA, Melis B, Gazielly D, Loew M, Boileau P. Results of a convex-back cemented keeled glenoid component in primary osteoarthritis: multicenter study with a follow-up greater than 5 years. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2011;20(3):385-394.
12. Gregory T, Hansen U, Taillieu F, et al. Glenoid loosening after total shoulder arthroplasty: an in vitro CT-scan study. J Orthop Res. 2009;27(12):1589-1595.
13. Arnold RM, High RR, Grosshans KT, Walker CW, Fehringer EV. Bone presence between the central peg’s radial fins of a partially cemented pegged all poly glenoid component suggest few radiolucencies. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2011;20(2):315-321.
14. Churchill RS, Boorman RS, Fehringer EV, Matsen FA 3rd. Glenoid cementing may generate sufficient heat to endanger the surrounding bone. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 2004;(419):76-79.
15. De Wilde L, Dayerizadeh N, De Neve F, Basamania C, Van Tongel A. Fully uncemented glenoid component in total shoulder arthroplasty. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2013;22(10):e1-e7.
16. Churchill RS, Zellmer C, Zimmers HJ, Ruggero R. Clinical and radiographic analysis of a partially cemented glenoid implant: five-year minimum follow-up. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2010;19(7):1091-1097.
17. Groh GI. Survival and radiographic analysis of a glenoid component with a cementless fluted central peg. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2010;19(8):1265-1268.
18. Vidil A, Valenti P, Guichoux F, Barthas JH. CT scan evaluation of glenoid component fixation: a prospective study of 27 minimally cemented shoulder arthroplasties. Eur J Orthop Surg Traumatol. 2012;23(5):521-525.
19. Wirth MA, Loredo R, Garcia G, Rockwood CA Jr, Southworth C, Iannotti JP. Total shoulder arthroplasty with an all-polyethylene pegged bone-ingrowth glenoid component: a clinical and radiographic outcome study. J Bone Joint Surg Am. 2012;94(3):260-267.
20. Anglin C, Wyss UP, Pichora DR. Mechanical testing of shoulder prostheses and recommendations for glenoid design. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2000;9(4):323-331.
21. Hoenig MP, Loeffler B, Brown S, et al. Reverse glenoid component fixation: is a posterior screw necessary? J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2010;19(4):544-549.
22. Sarah J, Sanjay G, Sanjay S, et al. Failure mechanism of the all-polyethylene glenoid implant. J Biomech. 2010;43(4):714-719.
23. Suárez DR, Nerkens W, Valstar ER, Rozing PM, van Keulen F. Interface micromotions increase with less-conforming cementless glenoid components. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2012;21(4):474-482.
24. ASTM International. Standard Test Methods for Dynamic Evaluation of Glenoid Loosening or Disassociation. West Conshocken, PA: ASTM International; 2012. ASTM F2028-08.
25. Anglin C, Tolhurst P, Wyss UP, Pichora DR. Glenoid cancellous bone strength and modulus. J Biomech. 1999;32(10):1091-1097.
26. Anglin C, Wyss U, Pichora D. Glenohumeral contact forces. Proc Inst Mech Eng H. 2000;214(6):637-644.
27. Wirth MA, Korvick DL, Basamania CJ, Toro F, Aufdemorte TB, Rockwood CA Jr. Radiologic, mechanical, and histologic evaluation of 2 glenoid prosthesis designs in a canine model. J Shoulder Elbow Surg. 2001;10(2):140-148.
28. Pilliar RM, Lee JM, Maniatopoulos C. Observations on the effect of movement on bone ingrowth into porous-surfaced implants. Clin Orthop Relat Res. 1986;(208):108-113.
29. Ramamurti BS, Orr TE, Bragdon CR, Lowenstein JD, Jasty M, Harris WH. Factors influencing stability at the interface between a porous surface and cancellous bone: a finite element analysis of a canine in vivo micromotion experiment. J Biomed Mater Res. 1997;36(2):274-280.
30. Şahin S, Cehreli MC, Yalçın E. The influence of functional forces on the biomechanics of implant-supported prostheses—a review. J Dent. 2002;30(7-8):271-282.
Promoting Scholarship for Hospitalists
Academic hospital medicine is a fast‐growing specialty and has a strong emphasis on high‐value care, efficiency, and quality improvement (QI).[1] Developing scholarly work in these areas and describing findings in peer‐reviewed publications can help disseminate ideas and innovations more widely. In addition, success in academic medicine, at least in part, continues to be measured by traditional academic benchmarks, including the production of scholarly publications, conference presentations, and abstracts.[2]
Hospital medicine, however, faces challenges in providing an academic environment conducive to fostering scholarly work. As a relatively young specialty, there may be a dearth of senior mentors and experienced researchers; lack of structured mentorship can be associated with failure to produce publications or lead national teaching sessions.[3] Relatively few hospitalists undergo fellowships or other specialized training that provides a clinical research background, and internal medicine residency programs rarely provide the comprehensive research skill set required to design, implement, or disseminate academic work.[4, 5, 6] Finally, heavy clinical responsibilities may hinder efforts to conduct and sustain research.
A works‐in‐progress (WIP) session, commonly employed in clinical research groups, can provide a forum to discuss and receive feedback on evolving projects and can foster mentorship, motivation, and training.[7] Although a WIP session may stimulate discussion and advance project ideas, academic hospitalist groups do not commonly employ this model, and it is not known if a regularly scheduled WIP session can provide the mentorship, training, and motivation necessary to assist junior faculty in advancing scholarly project to completion.[8] In this article, we describe how we developed a regular WIP series to promote scholarship activities within our rapidly growing, primarily clinically focused Division of Hospital Medicine (DHM) at the University of California, San Francisco (UCSF), and the results of a survey of WIP participants. We hope that our experience can help illustrate key features of such a model, as well as describe inherent challenges and lessons learned to help promote successful academic efforts at other institutions.
METHODS
Program Setting
During years 2010 to 2013, the time period captured by our survey, the DHM at UCSF grew from 37 to 46 full‐time hospitalists, with 76% primarily clinical faculty (nonresearchers) and 24% primarily clinician‐investigators (researchers), defined as individuals having completed a 2‐year clinical research fellowship and/or dedicating 70% time in their faculty position to clinical research. In addition, there were between 1 and 3 hospitalist fellows per year. In 2012, a PhD researcher joined the division to support research and academic activities within the division as well as to pursue an independent research career.
Program Description
The DHM WIP, named the Incubator, was initially developed in 2007 when researchers recognized the need and desire for a forum where scholarly projects could be reviewed and evaluated. In the first year, the Incubator was primarily utilized by junior research‐trained mentees applying for National Institutes of Health career development awards. However, it soon became clear that nonresearch trained junior fellow and faculty members were pursuing scholarly projects needing additional guidance and input. In particular, the Incubator became frequently utilized by academic hospital medicine fellows and resident trainees pursuing QI and education projects. Over time, more DHM faculty, and junior faculty in particular, began to present their projects and receive structured feedback from researchers as well as other senior members of the group.
Incubator is structured as a 50‐minute session held from 1:10 to 2:00 pm on Thursdays in a DHM conference room. The time was selected because it did not conflict with other divisional conferences and to reserve mornings for clinical responsibilities. Incubator is held on most weeks of the year except for holidays or when there is no scheduled presenter. Presenting at Incubator is voluntary, and presenters sign up for open spots in advance with the upcoming presenter schedule sent out to the division in advance of the conference. Incubator is also used as a forum to provide feedback on anticipated abstract submissions for professional society meetings. For the purposes of the survey described in this article, we did not include Incubator sessions on reviewing abstracts/posters. Trainees and hospitalists present a broad range of projects at any stage of preparation. These include project ideas, grant applications, manuscripts, abstracts, and oral presentations at any stage of completion for feedback. Our mission was to create a forum where researchers, clinicians, and educators meet to provide the tools and guidance necessary to promote scholarly projects across the range of the division's activities by connecting individuals with complementary skills and interests and providing necessary mentorship and peer support. We have defined scholarship broadly, including evaluation of QI, global health, or other health system innovations, as well as advancements in medical education and traditional clinical research.
All faculty are invited to Incubator, and attendees include senior and junior faculty, researchers in the division, fellows, and occasionally residents and medical students. One week prior to the session, an administrative assistant solicits project information, including any related materials and questions the presenter may have for the group using a prespecified template, and emails this information to division members for review. In addition, the same materials are also printed prior to Incubator for any attendees who may not have reviewed the material in advance. Also, prior to the session, a physician is specified to serve as moderator of the discussion, and another physician is assigned the role of primary reviewer to provide the initial specific feedback and recommendations. The role of the moderator is to manage the discussion and keep the focus on time, and is assigned to a researcher or senior clinical faculty member. The role of primary reviewer is assigned to provide more junior faculty (both researchers and nonresearchers) the opportunity to practice their editing and critiquing skills by providing the initial feedback. Presenters and moderators receive worksheets outlining the structure of Incubator and their respective roles (see Supporting Information, Appendix 1, in the online version of this article).
Incubator begins with the presenter providing a brief synopsis of their project and their specific goals and objectives for the session. The moderator then leads the discussion and guides the format, often starting with any questions the group may have for the presenter followed by the specific feedback from the primary reviewer. The primary reviewer, having reviewed the materials in advance of the session, answers the prespecified questions as listed by the presenter, occasionally providing additional targeted feedback. The session is then opened to the rest of the group for feedback and suggestions. Meanwhile, the presenter is encouraged to wait until the end of the hour to summarize their take on the feedback and what their initial thoughts on the next to do items would be (Table 1).
| Presenter | Administrative assistant |
| 2‐ to 3‐sentence summary of career focus | Schedule session and conference room |
| Distribute short set of materials in advance | Collect presenters' materials in advance |
| Summarize feedback at end of session | Prepare materials for Incubator |
| Brainstorm on next steps at end of session | Monitor attendance and topics of presentation |
| Primary reviewer | Moderator |
| Junior faculty (24 years) | Senior or research faculty |
| Provide brief overview of project | Keep session on time |
| Reiterate key questions | Give additional input |
| Provide 2 major, 3 minor suggestions | Summarize comments from group at the end |
| Constructive, outside the box feedback | Allow last 10 minutes for presenter to discuss plans |
Program Evaluation
Survey Respondents and Process
We retrospectively surveyed the lead presenter for each Incubator session held between May 2010 through November 2013. Surveys were administered through the Research Electronic Data Capture application (REDCap).[9] Participants who were lead presenters at Incubator for more than 1 Incubator session completed a survey for each individual presentation. Therefore, some presenters completed more than 1 survey. The presenters included resident physicians, hospital medicine fellows, junior faculty, and researchers. We defined researchers as hospitalists who had completed a 2‐year research fellowship and/or devoted at least 70% time in their faculty position to research.
Survey Development and Domains
We developed a survey questionnaire using the Kirkpatrick 4‐level model to evaluate the educational experience of the primary presenters and to determine how the session impacted their progress on the project, with each model component graded according to a Likert scale.[10] The 4 major components of the model are: (1) Reaction: participants' estimates of satisfaction with Incubator; (2) Learning: extent of knowledge acquisition achieved at Incubator; (3) Behavior: extent to which learning has been applied or transfer of skills through participation in Incubator; and (4) Results: results of the project, wider changes in organizational scholarship as impacted by Incubator.
We also collected information on the presenter's status at time of presentation including career paths (researcher or nonresearcher), their job description (faculty, fellow, resident), and the total number of years on faculty (if applicable). Hospitalists in their first 2 years on the faculty were considered junior physicians. We also collected information on the number of times they had presented at the Incubator sessions and stage of progress of the project, whether in the early, mid, or late phase at the time of presentation. Early phase was defined as presenting an initial project idea or brainstorming possible project options and/or directions. Mid phase was defined as presenting initial results, data, and initial drafts prior to completion of analysis. Late phase was defined as presenting a project nearing completion such as a written abstract, oral presentation, paper, or grant application. Respondents were also asked to identify the main focus of their projects, selecting the categories based on the interests of the division, including medical education, clinical research, QI, high‐value care, and global health.
Survey Data Analysis
We converted Likert scale data into dichotomous variables, with paring of positive responses versus the negative options. We summarized survey responses using descriptive statistics and determined if there were any differences in responses between career researchers and nonresearchers using 2 tests. All analysis was performed using StataSE version 13.1 (StataCorp, College Station, TX).
RESULTS
Survey Respondent Characteristics
We received 51 completed surveys from presenters at an Incubator session, for a total survey response rate of 70%. Of the 51 presentations, 26 (51%) of the projects were led by physicians in training or junior faculty, and 35 (69%) of the presenters were nonresearchers.
Project Characteristics
The most frequently presented topic areas were QI (N = 20), clinical research (N = 14), medical education (N = 6), and global health (N = 6). Whereas researchers were more likely to present clinical research topics and grant applications, nonresearchers more often presented on QI or medical education projects (Table 2). Projects were presented at all stages of development, with the middle stage, where presenters presented initial results, being the most common phase.
| All | Nonresearcher, No. (%) | Researcher, No. (%) | P Value | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| ||||
| Total | 51 | 35 | 16 | |
| Trainee or junior faculty | 19 (54%) | 7 (44%) | 0.49 | |
| Topic of project | 0.02 | |||
| Quality improvement | 20 (39%) | 15 (43%) | 5 (31%) | |
| Clinical research | 14 (27%) | 8 (23%) | 6 (38%) | |
| Medical education | 6 (12%) | 5 (14%) | 1 (6%) | |
| Health technology | 4 (8%) | 0 (0%) | 4 (25%) | |
| High‐value care | 1 (2%) | 1 (3%) | 0 (0%) | |
| Global health | 6 (12%) | 6 (12%) | 0 (0%) | |
| Stage of project | 0.31 | |||
| Early* | 12 (23%) | 7 (20%) | 5 (31%) | |
| Middle | 24 (47%) | 19 (54%) | 5 (31%) | |
| Late | 15 (29%) | 9 (26%) | 6 (38%) | |
Impact of Incubator
The reaction to the session was very positive, with 100% of respondents recommending Incubator to others (Table 3), and 35% reported learning as a result of the session. Twenty‐three (45%) of respondents reported that the session helped reframe the project idea and changed the study design, and 20 (39%) reported improved written or oral presentation style. A majority (45, 88%) reported that Incubator was valuable in advancing the project to completion.
| All | Nonresearcher, No. (%) | Researcher, No. (%) | P Value | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| ||||
| Trainee or junior faculty | 51 | 35 (69%) | 16 (31%) | 0.49 |
| Reaction | ||||
| Satisfied with their WIP session | 50 (98%) | 35 (100%) | 15 (94%) | 0.25 |
| Would recommend WIP to others | 51 (100%) | 35 (100%) | 16 (100%) | 1.00 |
| Any of the above | 35 (100%) | 16 (100%) | 1.00 | |
| Learning | ||||
| Advanced research methodology | 18 (35%) | 12 (34%) | 6 (38%) | 0.82 |
| Advanced knowledge in the area | 9 (18%) | 5 (14%) | 4 (25%) | 0.35 |
| Any of the above | 14 (40%) | 9 (56%) | 0.28 | |
| Behavior | ||||
| Current project | ||||
| Reframed project idea | 23 (45%) | 15 (43%) | 8 (50%) | 0.63 |
| Changed study design or methodology | 23 (45%) | 16 (46%) | 7 (44%) | 0.9 |
| Improved written or oral presentation style | 20 (39%) | 15 (43%) | 5 (31%) | 0.43 |
| Future projects | ||||
| Changed approach to future projects | 19 (37%) | 17 (49%) | 2 (13%) | 0.01 |
| Any of the above | 34 (97%) | 14 (88%) | 0.17 | |
| Results | ||||
| Valuable in advancing project to completion | 45 (88%) | 31 (89%) | 14 (88%) | 0.18 |
| Provided mentoring and peer support | 29 (57%) | 24 (69%) | 5 (31%) | 0.01 |
| Connected individuals with similar results | 13 (13%) | 9 (26%) | 4 (25%) | 0.96 |
| Any of the above | 34 (97%) | 14 (88%) | 0.17 | |
Survey results of researchers compared to nonresearchers were similar overall, although nonresearchers were more likely to report changes in behavior and in improved mentoring as a result of presenting at Incubator. Notably, 17 (49%) of nonresearchers reported that Incubator changed their approach to future projects as opposed to only 2 (13%) researchers (P = 0.01). In addition, 24 (69%) nonresearchers reported value in mentorship and peer support compared to 5 (31%) researchers (P = 0.01). A reasonably large proportion of projects originally presented during the Incubator sessions became published articles at the time of survey completion (N = 19, 37%) or were publications in progress (N = 14, 27%). For all remaining items, there were no statistically significant differences in the survey responses among junior faculty/trainees (N = 26) compared to nonjunior faculty (N = 25) presenters (P > 0.05).
Attendance at Incubator During the Study Period
Attendance at Incubator was open and voluntary for all DHM faculty, fellows, and collaborating UCSF trainees. From July 2012, when we began tracking attendance, through the end of the survey period in November 2013, the average number of attendees for each session was 10.7 (standard deviation [SD] 3.8). On average, 50% (SD 16%) of attendees at Incubator were career researchers.
DISCUSSION
The results of this program evaluation suggest that a WIP session employed by an academic division of hospital medicine, consisting of a weekly moderated session, can help advance scholarly work. Our evaluation found that presenters, both researchers and nonresearchers, favorably viewed the regular WIP sessions and reported that feedback in the Incubator helped them advance their project to completion. Importantly, nonresearch‐focused faculty and fellows reported the biggest gains in learning from presenting at Incubator. Whereas half the Incubator attendees were career researchers, consistent with the observation that researchers within the division were most committed to attending Incubator regularly, 69% of the presenters were nonresearchers, demonstrating strong participation among both researchers and nonresearchers within the division.
WIP sessions, though informal, are interactive, inspire critical self‐reflection, and encourage physicians to act on generated ideas, as evidenced by the change in behavior of the participants after the session. These sessions allow for transformative learning by encouraging physicians to be open to alternative viewpoints and engage in discourse, boosting learning beyond just content knowledge. Prior assessments of WIP seminars similarly found high satisfaction with these formats.[11]
Although we cannot identify specifically which features made Incubator effective, we believe that our WIP had some characteristics that may have contributed to its success and may aid in implementation at other institutions: holding the session regularly, voluntary participation, distributing the materials and questions for the group in advance, and designating a moderator for the session in advance to facilitate discussion.
A potential strength of the Incubator is that both researchers and nonresearchers attend. We hypothesize that combining these groups provides improved mentorship and learning for nonresearchers, in particular. In addition, it creates a mutually beneficial environment where each group is able to witness the diversity of projects within the division and learn to provide focused, constructive feedback on the presented work. Not only did this create a transparent environment with better understanding of divisional activities, but also fostered collaboration among hospitalists with similar interests and complementary skills.
Challenges, Setbacks, Updated Approaches
The creation of a successful Incubator session, however, was not without its challenges. At initial inception, the WIP was attended primarily by researchers and had low overall attendance. Members of the division who were primarily clinicians initially perceived the conferences as largely inapplicable to their career objectives and had competing demands from patient care, educational, or administrative responsibilities. However, over time and with encouragement from divisional leaders and service line directors, increasing numbers of hospitalists began to participate in Incubator. The timing of Incubator during afternoons after the Department of Medicine Grand Rounds was chosen specifically to allow clinicians to complete their responsibilities, including morning rounds and teaching, to allow better attendance.
In addition, the results of our survey informed changes to the structure of Incubator. The efficacy of assigning a primary reviewer for each session was not clear, so this component was eventually dropped. The finding that nonresearchers in particular reported a benefit from mentoring and peer‐support at Incubator led to the implementation of querying the presenter for a wish list of faculty attendees at their Incubator session. We then sent a special invitation to those faculty members thought to have special insights on the project. This gave junior faculty the opportunity to present their projects to more senior faculty members within their areas of research, as well as to receive focused expert feedback.
Finally, we have initiated special Incubator sessions focused more on didactics to teach the process of writing manuscripts and brainstorming workshop ideas for national meetings.
Limitations
Our study has limitations. It is a single‐center study based on a small overall sample size, and it is not certain whether a similar innovation would have comparable effects at another institution. In addition, generalizability of our results may be limited for hospital medicine groups without a robust research program. We did not have a control group nor do we know whether participants would have been equally successful without Incubator. We also were unable to assess how Incubator affected long‐term outcomes such as promotion and overall publication record, as we do not have detailed data on productivity prior to the survey period. Finally, we are unable to quantify the effect of Incubator on scholarly success in the division. Although the numbers of published articles and grant funding has increased since the Incubator began (data not shown), the division also grew both in number of research‐focused and nonresearch‐focused faculty, and this study does not account for other temporal changes that may have contributed to improvements in the scholarly output of the division.
CONCLUSIONS
In summary, the Incubator has been a successful program that fostered progress on scholarly projects within a largely clinically focused DHM. Given the importance of scholarship in academic hospital medicine, a WIP session such as the one we describe is a valuable way to support and mentor junior hospitalists and nonresearchers.
Acknowledgements
The authors extend special thanks to Oralia Schatzman, divisional administrative assistant, who organized and arranged the Incubator sessions and recorded attendance, and to Katherine Li, who collected data on numbers of faculty within the division over the duration of the study.
Disclosures: Dr. Hemali Patel, Dr. Margaret Fang, and Mr. James Harrison report no conflicts of interest. At the time the research was conducted, Dr. Kangelaris was supported by the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute (1K23HL116800‐01). Dr. Auerbach was supported by the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute (K24 K24HL098372).
- , , , . Investing in the future: building an academic hospitalist faculty development program. J Hosp Med. 2011;6(3):161–166.
- , , , , . Tried and true: a survey of successfully promoted academic hospitalists. J Hosp Med. 2011;6(7):411–415.
- , , , , , . Mentorship, productivity, and promotion among academic hospitalists. J Gen Intern Med. 2012;27(1):23–27.
- , , , , , . The PRIME curriculum. J Gen Intern Med. 2006;21(5):506–509.
- , , , . Hospital medicine fellowships: works in progress. Am J Med. 2006;119(1):72.e1–7.
- , , . Instituting systems‐based practice and practice‐based learning and improvement: a curriculum of inquiry. Med Educ Online. 2013;18:21612.
- , , , et al. A physician peer support writing group. Fam Med. 2003;35(3):195–201.
- , , , . Research in progress conference for hospitalists provides valuable peer mentoring. J Hosp Med. 2011;6(1):43–46.
- , , , , , . Research electronic data capture (REDCap)—a metadata‐driven methodology and workflow process for providing translational research informatics support. J Biomed Inform. 2009;42(2):377–381.
- , . Evaluating Training Programs: The Four Levels. 3rd ed. San Francisco, CA: Berrett‐Koehler; 2006.
- , , . Works‐in‐progress: guiding junior scientists through career development applications. J Cancer Educ. 2008;23(3):142–148.
Academic hospital medicine is a fast‐growing specialty and has a strong emphasis on high‐value care, efficiency, and quality improvement (QI).[1] Developing scholarly work in these areas and describing findings in peer‐reviewed publications can help disseminate ideas and innovations more widely. In addition, success in academic medicine, at least in part, continues to be measured by traditional academic benchmarks, including the production of scholarly publications, conference presentations, and abstracts.[2]
Hospital medicine, however, faces challenges in providing an academic environment conducive to fostering scholarly work. As a relatively young specialty, there may be a dearth of senior mentors and experienced researchers; lack of structured mentorship can be associated with failure to produce publications or lead national teaching sessions.[3] Relatively few hospitalists undergo fellowships or other specialized training that provides a clinical research background, and internal medicine residency programs rarely provide the comprehensive research skill set required to design, implement, or disseminate academic work.[4, 5, 6] Finally, heavy clinical responsibilities may hinder efforts to conduct and sustain research.
A works‐in‐progress (WIP) session, commonly employed in clinical research groups, can provide a forum to discuss and receive feedback on evolving projects and can foster mentorship, motivation, and training.[7] Although a WIP session may stimulate discussion and advance project ideas, academic hospitalist groups do not commonly employ this model, and it is not known if a regularly scheduled WIP session can provide the mentorship, training, and motivation necessary to assist junior faculty in advancing scholarly project to completion.[8] In this article, we describe how we developed a regular WIP series to promote scholarship activities within our rapidly growing, primarily clinically focused Division of Hospital Medicine (DHM) at the University of California, San Francisco (UCSF), and the results of a survey of WIP participants. We hope that our experience can help illustrate key features of such a model, as well as describe inherent challenges and lessons learned to help promote successful academic efforts at other institutions.
METHODS
Program Setting
During years 2010 to 2013, the time period captured by our survey, the DHM at UCSF grew from 37 to 46 full‐time hospitalists, with 76% primarily clinical faculty (nonresearchers) and 24% primarily clinician‐investigators (researchers), defined as individuals having completed a 2‐year clinical research fellowship and/or dedicating 70% time in their faculty position to clinical research. In addition, there were between 1 and 3 hospitalist fellows per year. In 2012, a PhD researcher joined the division to support research and academic activities within the division as well as to pursue an independent research career.
Program Description
The DHM WIP, named the Incubator, was initially developed in 2007 when researchers recognized the need and desire for a forum where scholarly projects could be reviewed and evaluated. In the first year, the Incubator was primarily utilized by junior research‐trained mentees applying for National Institutes of Health career development awards. However, it soon became clear that nonresearch trained junior fellow and faculty members were pursuing scholarly projects needing additional guidance and input. In particular, the Incubator became frequently utilized by academic hospital medicine fellows and resident trainees pursuing QI and education projects. Over time, more DHM faculty, and junior faculty in particular, began to present their projects and receive structured feedback from researchers as well as other senior members of the group.
Incubator is structured as a 50‐minute session held from 1:10 to 2:00 pm on Thursdays in a DHM conference room. The time was selected because it did not conflict with other divisional conferences and to reserve mornings for clinical responsibilities. Incubator is held on most weeks of the year except for holidays or when there is no scheduled presenter. Presenting at Incubator is voluntary, and presenters sign up for open spots in advance with the upcoming presenter schedule sent out to the division in advance of the conference. Incubator is also used as a forum to provide feedback on anticipated abstract submissions for professional society meetings. For the purposes of the survey described in this article, we did not include Incubator sessions on reviewing abstracts/posters. Trainees and hospitalists present a broad range of projects at any stage of preparation. These include project ideas, grant applications, manuscripts, abstracts, and oral presentations at any stage of completion for feedback. Our mission was to create a forum where researchers, clinicians, and educators meet to provide the tools and guidance necessary to promote scholarly projects across the range of the division's activities by connecting individuals with complementary skills and interests and providing necessary mentorship and peer support. We have defined scholarship broadly, including evaluation of QI, global health, or other health system innovations, as well as advancements in medical education and traditional clinical research.
All faculty are invited to Incubator, and attendees include senior and junior faculty, researchers in the division, fellows, and occasionally residents and medical students. One week prior to the session, an administrative assistant solicits project information, including any related materials and questions the presenter may have for the group using a prespecified template, and emails this information to division members for review. In addition, the same materials are also printed prior to Incubator for any attendees who may not have reviewed the material in advance. Also, prior to the session, a physician is specified to serve as moderator of the discussion, and another physician is assigned the role of primary reviewer to provide the initial specific feedback and recommendations. The role of the moderator is to manage the discussion and keep the focus on time, and is assigned to a researcher or senior clinical faculty member. The role of primary reviewer is assigned to provide more junior faculty (both researchers and nonresearchers) the opportunity to practice their editing and critiquing skills by providing the initial feedback. Presenters and moderators receive worksheets outlining the structure of Incubator and their respective roles (see Supporting Information, Appendix 1, in the online version of this article).
Incubator begins with the presenter providing a brief synopsis of their project and their specific goals and objectives for the session. The moderator then leads the discussion and guides the format, often starting with any questions the group may have for the presenter followed by the specific feedback from the primary reviewer. The primary reviewer, having reviewed the materials in advance of the session, answers the prespecified questions as listed by the presenter, occasionally providing additional targeted feedback. The session is then opened to the rest of the group for feedback and suggestions. Meanwhile, the presenter is encouraged to wait until the end of the hour to summarize their take on the feedback and what their initial thoughts on the next to do items would be (Table 1).
| Presenter | Administrative assistant |
| 2‐ to 3‐sentence summary of career focus | Schedule session and conference room |
| Distribute short set of materials in advance | Collect presenters' materials in advance |
| Summarize feedback at end of session | Prepare materials for Incubator |
| Brainstorm on next steps at end of session | Monitor attendance and topics of presentation |
| Primary reviewer | Moderator |
| Junior faculty (24 years) | Senior or research faculty |
| Provide brief overview of project | Keep session on time |
| Reiterate key questions | Give additional input |
| Provide 2 major, 3 minor suggestions | Summarize comments from group at the end |
| Constructive, outside the box feedback | Allow last 10 minutes for presenter to discuss plans |
Program Evaluation
Survey Respondents and Process
We retrospectively surveyed the lead presenter for each Incubator session held between May 2010 through November 2013. Surveys were administered through the Research Electronic Data Capture application (REDCap).[9] Participants who were lead presenters at Incubator for more than 1 Incubator session completed a survey for each individual presentation. Therefore, some presenters completed more than 1 survey. The presenters included resident physicians, hospital medicine fellows, junior faculty, and researchers. We defined researchers as hospitalists who had completed a 2‐year research fellowship and/or devoted at least 70% time in their faculty position to research.
Survey Development and Domains
We developed a survey questionnaire using the Kirkpatrick 4‐level model to evaluate the educational experience of the primary presenters and to determine how the session impacted their progress on the project, with each model component graded according to a Likert scale.[10] The 4 major components of the model are: (1) Reaction: participants' estimates of satisfaction with Incubator; (2) Learning: extent of knowledge acquisition achieved at Incubator; (3) Behavior: extent to which learning has been applied or transfer of skills through participation in Incubator; and (4) Results: results of the project, wider changes in organizational scholarship as impacted by Incubator.
We also collected information on the presenter's status at time of presentation including career paths (researcher or nonresearcher), their job description (faculty, fellow, resident), and the total number of years on faculty (if applicable). Hospitalists in their first 2 years on the faculty were considered junior physicians. We also collected information on the number of times they had presented at the Incubator sessions and stage of progress of the project, whether in the early, mid, or late phase at the time of presentation. Early phase was defined as presenting an initial project idea or brainstorming possible project options and/or directions. Mid phase was defined as presenting initial results, data, and initial drafts prior to completion of analysis. Late phase was defined as presenting a project nearing completion such as a written abstract, oral presentation, paper, or grant application. Respondents were also asked to identify the main focus of their projects, selecting the categories based on the interests of the division, including medical education, clinical research, QI, high‐value care, and global health.
Survey Data Analysis
We converted Likert scale data into dichotomous variables, with paring of positive responses versus the negative options. We summarized survey responses using descriptive statistics and determined if there were any differences in responses between career researchers and nonresearchers using 2 tests. All analysis was performed using StataSE version 13.1 (StataCorp, College Station, TX).
RESULTS
Survey Respondent Characteristics
We received 51 completed surveys from presenters at an Incubator session, for a total survey response rate of 70%. Of the 51 presentations, 26 (51%) of the projects were led by physicians in training or junior faculty, and 35 (69%) of the presenters were nonresearchers.
Project Characteristics
The most frequently presented topic areas were QI (N = 20), clinical research (N = 14), medical education (N = 6), and global health (N = 6). Whereas researchers were more likely to present clinical research topics and grant applications, nonresearchers more often presented on QI or medical education projects (Table 2). Projects were presented at all stages of development, with the middle stage, where presenters presented initial results, being the most common phase.
| All | Nonresearcher, No. (%) | Researcher, No. (%) | P Value | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| ||||
| Total | 51 | 35 | 16 | |
| Trainee or junior faculty | 19 (54%) | 7 (44%) | 0.49 | |
| Topic of project | 0.02 | |||
| Quality improvement | 20 (39%) | 15 (43%) | 5 (31%) | |
| Clinical research | 14 (27%) | 8 (23%) | 6 (38%) | |
| Medical education | 6 (12%) | 5 (14%) | 1 (6%) | |
| Health technology | 4 (8%) | 0 (0%) | 4 (25%) | |
| High‐value care | 1 (2%) | 1 (3%) | 0 (0%) | |
| Global health | 6 (12%) | 6 (12%) | 0 (0%) | |
| Stage of project | 0.31 | |||
| Early* | 12 (23%) | 7 (20%) | 5 (31%) | |
| Middle | 24 (47%) | 19 (54%) | 5 (31%) | |
| Late | 15 (29%) | 9 (26%) | 6 (38%) | |
Impact of Incubator
The reaction to the session was very positive, with 100% of respondents recommending Incubator to others (Table 3), and 35% reported learning as a result of the session. Twenty‐three (45%) of respondents reported that the session helped reframe the project idea and changed the study design, and 20 (39%) reported improved written or oral presentation style. A majority (45, 88%) reported that Incubator was valuable in advancing the project to completion.
| All | Nonresearcher, No. (%) | Researcher, No. (%) | P Value | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| ||||
| Trainee or junior faculty | 51 | 35 (69%) | 16 (31%) | 0.49 |
| Reaction | ||||
| Satisfied with their WIP session | 50 (98%) | 35 (100%) | 15 (94%) | 0.25 |
| Would recommend WIP to others | 51 (100%) | 35 (100%) | 16 (100%) | 1.00 |
| Any of the above | 35 (100%) | 16 (100%) | 1.00 | |
| Learning | ||||
| Advanced research methodology | 18 (35%) | 12 (34%) | 6 (38%) | 0.82 |
| Advanced knowledge in the area | 9 (18%) | 5 (14%) | 4 (25%) | 0.35 |
| Any of the above | 14 (40%) | 9 (56%) | 0.28 | |
| Behavior | ||||
| Current project | ||||
| Reframed project idea | 23 (45%) | 15 (43%) | 8 (50%) | 0.63 |
| Changed study design or methodology | 23 (45%) | 16 (46%) | 7 (44%) | 0.9 |
| Improved written or oral presentation style | 20 (39%) | 15 (43%) | 5 (31%) | 0.43 |
| Future projects | ||||
| Changed approach to future projects | 19 (37%) | 17 (49%) | 2 (13%) | 0.01 |
| Any of the above | 34 (97%) | 14 (88%) | 0.17 | |
| Results | ||||
| Valuable in advancing project to completion | 45 (88%) | 31 (89%) | 14 (88%) | 0.18 |
| Provided mentoring and peer support | 29 (57%) | 24 (69%) | 5 (31%) | 0.01 |
| Connected individuals with similar results | 13 (13%) | 9 (26%) | 4 (25%) | 0.96 |
| Any of the above | 34 (97%) | 14 (88%) | 0.17 | |
Survey results of researchers compared to nonresearchers were similar overall, although nonresearchers were more likely to report changes in behavior and in improved mentoring as a result of presenting at Incubator. Notably, 17 (49%) of nonresearchers reported that Incubator changed their approach to future projects as opposed to only 2 (13%) researchers (P = 0.01). In addition, 24 (69%) nonresearchers reported value in mentorship and peer support compared to 5 (31%) researchers (P = 0.01). A reasonably large proportion of projects originally presented during the Incubator sessions became published articles at the time of survey completion (N = 19, 37%) or were publications in progress (N = 14, 27%). For all remaining items, there were no statistically significant differences in the survey responses among junior faculty/trainees (N = 26) compared to nonjunior faculty (N = 25) presenters (P > 0.05).
Attendance at Incubator During the Study Period
Attendance at Incubator was open and voluntary for all DHM faculty, fellows, and collaborating UCSF trainees. From July 2012, when we began tracking attendance, through the end of the survey period in November 2013, the average number of attendees for each session was 10.7 (standard deviation [SD] 3.8). On average, 50% (SD 16%) of attendees at Incubator were career researchers.
DISCUSSION
The results of this program evaluation suggest that a WIP session employed by an academic division of hospital medicine, consisting of a weekly moderated session, can help advance scholarly work. Our evaluation found that presenters, both researchers and nonresearchers, favorably viewed the regular WIP sessions and reported that feedback in the Incubator helped them advance their project to completion. Importantly, nonresearch‐focused faculty and fellows reported the biggest gains in learning from presenting at Incubator. Whereas half the Incubator attendees were career researchers, consistent with the observation that researchers within the division were most committed to attending Incubator regularly, 69% of the presenters were nonresearchers, demonstrating strong participation among both researchers and nonresearchers within the division.
WIP sessions, though informal, are interactive, inspire critical self‐reflection, and encourage physicians to act on generated ideas, as evidenced by the change in behavior of the participants after the session. These sessions allow for transformative learning by encouraging physicians to be open to alternative viewpoints and engage in discourse, boosting learning beyond just content knowledge. Prior assessments of WIP seminars similarly found high satisfaction with these formats.[11]
Although we cannot identify specifically which features made Incubator effective, we believe that our WIP had some characteristics that may have contributed to its success and may aid in implementation at other institutions: holding the session regularly, voluntary participation, distributing the materials and questions for the group in advance, and designating a moderator for the session in advance to facilitate discussion.
A potential strength of the Incubator is that both researchers and nonresearchers attend. We hypothesize that combining these groups provides improved mentorship and learning for nonresearchers, in particular. In addition, it creates a mutually beneficial environment where each group is able to witness the diversity of projects within the division and learn to provide focused, constructive feedback on the presented work. Not only did this create a transparent environment with better understanding of divisional activities, but also fostered collaboration among hospitalists with similar interests and complementary skills.
Challenges, Setbacks, Updated Approaches
The creation of a successful Incubator session, however, was not without its challenges. At initial inception, the WIP was attended primarily by researchers and had low overall attendance. Members of the division who were primarily clinicians initially perceived the conferences as largely inapplicable to their career objectives and had competing demands from patient care, educational, or administrative responsibilities. However, over time and with encouragement from divisional leaders and service line directors, increasing numbers of hospitalists began to participate in Incubator. The timing of Incubator during afternoons after the Department of Medicine Grand Rounds was chosen specifically to allow clinicians to complete their responsibilities, including morning rounds and teaching, to allow better attendance.
In addition, the results of our survey informed changes to the structure of Incubator. The efficacy of assigning a primary reviewer for each session was not clear, so this component was eventually dropped. The finding that nonresearchers in particular reported a benefit from mentoring and peer‐support at Incubator led to the implementation of querying the presenter for a wish list of faculty attendees at their Incubator session. We then sent a special invitation to those faculty members thought to have special insights on the project. This gave junior faculty the opportunity to present their projects to more senior faculty members within their areas of research, as well as to receive focused expert feedback.
Finally, we have initiated special Incubator sessions focused more on didactics to teach the process of writing manuscripts and brainstorming workshop ideas for national meetings.
Limitations
Our study has limitations. It is a single‐center study based on a small overall sample size, and it is not certain whether a similar innovation would have comparable effects at another institution. In addition, generalizability of our results may be limited for hospital medicine groups without a robust research program. We did not have a control group nor do we know whether participants would have been equally successful without Incubator. We also were unable to assess how Incubator affected long‐term outcomes such as promotion and overall publication record, as we do not have detailed data on productivity prior to the survey period. Finally, we are unable to quantify the effect of Incubator on scholarly success in the division. Although the numbers of published articles and grant funding has increased since the Incubator began (data not shown), the division also grew both in number of research‐focused and nonresearch‐focused faculty, and this study does not account for other temporal changes that may have contributed to improvements in the scholarly output of the division.
CONCLUSIONS
In summary, the Incubator has been a successful program that fostered progress on scholarly projects within a largely clinically focused DHM. Given the importance of scholarship in academic hospital medicine, a WIP session such as the one we describe is a valuable way to support and mentor junior hospitalists and nonresearchers.
Acknowledgements
The authors extend special thanks to Oralia Schatzman, divisional administrative assistant, who organized and arranged the Incubator sessions and recorded attendance, and to Katherine Li, who collected data on numbers of faculty within the division over the duration of the study.
Disclosures: Dr. Hemali Patel, Dr. Margaret Fang, and Mr. James Harrison report no conflicts of interest. At the time the research was conducted, Dr. Kangelaris was supported by the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute (1K23HL116800‐01). Dr. Auerbach was supported by the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute (K24 K24HL098372).
Academic hospital medicine is a fast‐growing specialty and has a strong emphasis on high‐value care, efficiency, and quality improvement (QI).[1] Developing scholarly work in these areas and describing findings in peer‐reviewed publications can help disseminate ideas and innovations more widely. In addition, success in academic medicine, at least in part, continues to be measured by traditional academic benchmarks, including the production of scholarly publications, conference presentations, and abstracts.[2]
Hospital medicine, however, faces challenges in providing an academic environment conducive to fostering scholarly work. As a relatively young specialty, there may be a dearth of senior mentors and experienced researchers; lack of structured mentorship can be associated with failure to produce publications or lead national teaching sessions.[3] Relatively few hospitalists undergo fellowships or other specialized training that provides a clinical research background, and internal medicine residency programs rarely provide the comprehensive research skill set required to design, implement, or disseminate academic work.[4, 5, 6] Finally, heavy clinical responsibilities may hinder efforts to conduct and sustain research.
A works‐in‐progress (WIP) session, commonly employed in clinical research groups, can provide a forum to discuss and receive feedback on evolving projects and can foster mentorship, motivation, and training.[7] Although a WIP session may stimulate discussion and advance project ideas, academic hospitalist groups do not commonly employ this model, and it is not known if a regularly scheduled WIP session can provide the mentorship, training, and motivation necessary to assist junior faculty in advancing scholarly project to completion.[8] In this article, we describe how we developed a regular WIP series to promote scholarship activities within our rapidly growing, primarily clinically focused Division of Hospital Medicine (DHM) at the University of California, San Francisco (UCSF), and the results of a survey of WIP participants. We hope that our experience can help illustrate key features of such a model, as well as describe inherent challenges and lessons learned to help promote successful academic efforts at other institutions.
METHODS
Program Setting
During years 2010 to 2013, the time period captured by our survey, the DHM at UCSF grew from 37 to 46 full‐time hospitalists, with 76% primarily clinical faculty (nonresearchers) and 24% primarily clinician‐investigators (researchers), defined as individuals having completed a 2‐year clinical research fellowship and/or dedicating 70% time in their faculty position to clinical research. In addition, there were between 1 and 3 hospitalist fellows per year. In 2012, a PhD researcher joined the division to support research and academic activities within the division as well as to pursue an independent research career.
Program Description
The DHM WIP, named the Incubator, was initially developed in 2007 when researchers recognized the need and desire for a forum where scholarly projects could be reviewed and evaluated. In the first year, the Incubator was primarily utilized by junior research‐trained mentees applying for National Institutes of Health career development awards. However, it soon became clear that nonresearch trained junior fellow and faculty members were pursuing scholarly projects needing additional guidance and input. In particular, the Incubator became frequently utilized by academic hospital medicine fellows and resident trainees pursuing QI and education projects. Over time, more DHM faculty, and junior faculty in particular, began to present their projects and receive structured feedback from researchers as well as other senior members of the group.
Incubator is structured as a 50‐minute session held from 1:10 to 2:00 pm on Thursdays in a DHM conference room. The time was selected because it did not conflict with other divisional conferences and to reserve mornings for clinical responsibilities. Incubator is held on most weeks of the year except for holidays or when there is no scheduled presenter. Presenting at Incubator is voluntary, and presenters sign up for open spots in advance with the upcoming presenter schedule sent out to the division in advance of the conference. Incubator is also used as a forum to provide feedback on anticipated abstract submissions for professional society meetings. For the purposes of the survey described in this article, we did not include Incubator sessions on reviewing abstracts/posters. Trainees and hospitalists present a broad range of projects at any stage of preparation. These include project ideas, grant applications, manuscripts, abstracts, and oral presentations at any stage of completion for feedback. Our mission was to create a forum where researchers, clinicians, and educators meet to provide the tools and guidance necessary to promote scholarly projects across the range of the division's activities by connecting individuals with complementary skills and interests and providing necessary mentorship and peer support. We have defined scholarship broadly, including evaluation of QI, global health, or other health system innovations, as well as advancements in medical education and traditional clinical research.
All faculty are invited to Incubator, and attendees include senior and junior faculty, researchers in the division, fellows, and occasionally residents and medical students. One week prior to the session, an administrative assistant solicits project information, including any related materials and questions the presenter may have for the group using a prespecified template, and emails this information to division members for review. In addition, the same materials are also printed prior to Incubator for any attendees who may not have reviewed the material in advance. Also, prior to the session, a physician is specified to serve as moderator of the discussion, and another physician is assigned the role of primary reviewer to provide the initial specific feedback and recommendations. The role of the moderator is to manage the discussion and keep the focus on time, and is assigned to a researcher or senior clinical faculty member. The role of primary reviewer is assigned to provide more junior faculty (both researchers and nonresearchers) the opportunity to practice their editing and critiquing skills by providing the initial feedback. Presenters and moderators receive worksheets outlining the structure of Incubator and their respective roles (see Supporting Information, Appendix 1, in the online version of this article).
Incubator begins with the presenter providing a brief synopsis of their project and their specific goals and objectives for the session. The moderator then leads the discussion and guides the format, often starting with any questions the group may have for the presenter followed by the specific feedback from the primary reviewer. The primary reviewer, having reviewed the materials in advance of the session, answers the prespecified questions as listed by the presenter, occasionally providing additional targeted feedback. The session is then opened to the rest of the group for feedback and suggestions. Meanwhile, the presenter is encouraged to wait until the end of the hour to summarize their take on the feedback and what their initial thoughts on the next to do items would be (Table 1).
| Presenter | Administrative assistant |
| 2‐ to 3‐sentence summary of career focus | Schedule session and conference room |
| Distribute short set of materials in advance | Collect presenters' materials in advance |
| Summarize feedback at end of session | Prepare materials for Incubator |
| Brainstorm on next steps at end of session | Monitor attendance and topics of presentation |
| Primary reviewer | Moderator |
| Junior faculty (24 years) | Senior or research faculty |
| Provide brief overview of project | Keep session on time |
| Reiterate key questions | Give additional input |
| Provide 2 major, 3 minor suggestions | Summarize comments from group at the end |
| Constructive, outside the box feedback | Allow last 10 minutes for presenter to discuss plans |
Program Evaluation
Survey Respondents and Process
We retrospectively surveyed the lead presenter for each Incubator session held between May 2010 through November 2013. Surveys were administered through the Research Electronic Data Capture application (REDCap).[9] Participants who were lead presenters at Incubator for more than 1 Incubator session completed a survey for each individual presentation. Therefore, some presenters completed more than 1 survey. The presenters included resident physicians, hospital medicine fellows, junior faculty, and researchers. We defined researchers as hospitalists who had completed a 2‐year research fellowship and/or devoted at least 70% time in their faculty position to research.
Survey Development and Domains
We developed a survey questionnaire using the Kirkpatrick 4‐level model to evaluate the educational experience of the primary presenters and to determine how the session impacted their progress on the project, with each model component graded according to a Likert scale.[10] The 4 major components of the model are: (1) Reaction: participants' estimates of satisfaction with Incubator; (2) Learning: extent of knowledge acquisition achieved at Incubator; (3) Behavior: extent to which learning has been applied or transfer of skills through participation in Incubator; and (4) Results: results of the project, wider changes in organizational scholarship as impacted by Incubator.
We also collected information on the presenter's status at time of presentation including career paths (researcher or nonresearcher), their job description (faculty, fellow, resident), and the total number of years on faculty (if applicable). Hospitalists in their first 2 years on the faculty were considered junior physicians. We also collected information on the number of times they had presented at the Incubator sessions and stage of progress of the project, whether in the early, mid, or late phase at the time of presentation. Early phase was defined as presenting an initial project idea or brainstorming possible project options and/or directions. Mid phase was defined as presenting initial results, data, and initial drafts prior to completion of analysis. Late phase was defined as presenting a project nearing completion such as a written abstract, oral presentation, paper, or grant application. Respondents were also asked to identify the main focus of their projects, selecting the categories based on the interests of the division, including medical education, clinical research, QI, high‐value care, and global health.
Survey Data Analysis
We converted Likert scale data into dichotomous variables, with paring of positive responses versus the negative options. We summarized survey responses using descriptive statistics and determined if there were any differences in responses between career researchers and nonresearchers using 2 tests. All analysis was performed using StataSE version 13.1 (StataCorp, College Station, TX).
RESULTS
Survey Respondent Characteristics
We received 51 completed surveys from presenters at an Incubator session, for a total survey response rate of 70%. Of the 51 presentations, 26 (51%) of the projects were led by physicians in training or junior faculty, and 35 (69%) of the presenters were nonresearchers.
Project Characteristics
The most frequently presented topic areas were QI (N = 20), clinical research (N = 14), medical education (N = 6), and global health (N = 6). Whereas researchers were more likely to present clinical research topics and grant applications, nonresearchers more often presented on QI or medical education projects (Table 2). Projects were presented at all stages of development, with the middle stage, where presenters presented initial results, being the most common phase.
| All | Nonresearcher, No. (%) | Researcher, No. (%) | P Value | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| ||||
| Total | 51 | 35 | 16 | |
| Trainee or junior faculty | 19 (54%) | 7 (44%) | 0.49 | |
| Topic of project | 0.02 | |||
| Quality improvement | 20 (39%) | 15 (43%) | 5 (31%) | |
| Clinical research | 14 (27%) | 8 (23%) | 6 (38%) | |
| Medical education | 6 (12%) | 5 (14%) | 1 (6%) | |
| Health technology | 4 (8%) | 0 (0%) | 4 (25%) | |
| High‐value care | 1 (2%) | 1 (3%) | 0 (0%) | |
| Global health | 6 (12%) | 6 (12%) | 0 (0%) | |
| Stage of project | 0.31 | |||
| Early* | 12 (23%) | 7 (20%) | 5 (31%) | |
| Middle | 24 (47%) | 19 (54%) | 5 (31%) | |
| Late | 15 (29%) | 9 (26%) | 6 (38%) | |
Impact of Incubator
The reaction to the session was very positive, with 100% of respondents recommending Incubator to others (Table 3), and 35% reported learning as a result of the session. Twenty‐three (45%) of respondents reported that the session helped reframe the project idea and changed the study design, and 20 (39%) reported improved written or oral presentation style. A majority (45, 88%) reported that Incubator was valuable in advancing the project to completion.
| All | Nonresearcher, No. (%) | Researcher, No. (%) | P Value | |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| ||||
| Trainee or junior faculty | 51 | 35 (69%) | 16 (31%) | 0.49 |
| Reaction | ||||
| Satisfied with their WIP session | 50 (98%) | 35 (100%) | 15 (94%) | 0.25 |
| Would recommend WIP to others | 51 (100%) | 35 (100%) | 16 (100%) | 1.00 |
| Any of the above | 35 (100%) | 16 (100%) | 1.00 | |
| Learning | ||||
| Advanced research methodology | 18 (35%) | 12 (34%) | 6 (38%) | 0.82 |
| Advanced knowledge in the area | 9 (18%) | 5 (14%) | 4 (25%) | 0.35 |
| Any of the above | 14 (40%) | 9 (56%) | 0.28 | |
| Behavior | ||||
| Current project | ||||
| Reframed project idea | 23 (45%) | 15 (43%) | 8 (50%) | 0.63 |
| Changed study design or methodology | 23 (45%) | 16 (46%) | 7 (44%) | 0.9 |
| Improved written or oral presentation style | 20 (39%) | 15 (43%) | 5 (31%) | 0.43 |
| Future projects | ||||
| Changed approach to future projects | 19 (37%) | 17 (49%) | 2 (13%) | 0.01 |
| Any of the above | 34 (97%) | 14 (88%) | 0.17 | |
| Results | ||||
| Valuable in advancing project to completion | 45 (88%) | 31 (89%) | 14 (88%) | 0.18 |
| Provided mentoring and peer support | 29 (57%) | 24 (69%) | 5 (31%) | 0.01 |
| Connected individuals with similar results | 13 (13%) | 9 (26%) | 4 (25%) | 0.96 |
| Any of the above | 34 (97%) | 14 (88%) | 0.17 | |
Survey results of researchers compared to nonresearchers were similar overall, although nonresearchers were more likely to report changes in behavior and in improved mentoring as a result of presenting at Incubator. Notably, 17 (49%) of nonresearchers reported that Incubator changed their approach to future projects as opposed to only 2 (13%) researchers (P = 0.01). In addition, 24 (69%) nonresearchers reported value in mentorship and peer support compared to 5 (31%) researchers (P = 0.01). A reasonably large proportion of projects originally presented during the Incubator sessions became published articles at the time of survey completion (N = 19, 37%) or were publications in progress (N = 14, 27%). For all remaining items, there were no statistically significant differences in the survey responses among junior faculty/trainees (N = 26) compared to nonjunior faculty (N = 25) presenters (P > 0.05).
Attendance at Incubator During the Study Period
Attendance at Incubator was open and voluntary for all DHM faculty, fellows, and collaborating UCSF trainees. From July 2012, when we began tracking attendance, through the end of the survey period in November 2013, the average number of attendees for each session was 10.7 (standard deviation [SD] 3.8). On average, 50% (SD 16%) of attendees at Incubator were career researchers.
DISCUSSION
The results of this program evaluation suggest that a WIP session employed by an academic division of hospital medicine, consisting of a weekly moderated session, can help advance scholarly work. Our evaluation found that presenters, both researchers and nonresearchers, favorably viewed the regular WIP sessions and reported that feedback in the Incubator helped them advance their project to completion. Importantly, nonresearch‐focused faculty and fellows reported the biggest gains in learning from presenting at Incubator. Whereas half the Incubator attendees were career researchers, consistent with the observation that researchers within the division were most committed to attending Incubator regularly, 69% of the presenters were nonresearchers, demonstrating strong participation among both researchers and nonresearchers within the division.
WIP sessions, though informal, are interactive, inspire critical self‐reflection, and encourage physicians to act on generated ideas, as evidenced by the change in behavior of the participants after the session. These sessions allow for transformative learning by encouraging physicians to be open to alternative viewpoints and engage in discourse, boosting learning beyond just content knowledge. Prior assessments of WIP seminars similarly found high satisfaction with these formats.[11]
Although we cannot identify specifically which features made Incubator effective, we believe that our WIP had some characteristics that may have contributed to its success and may aid in implementation at other institutions: holding the session regularly, voluntary participation, distributing the materials and questions for the group in advance, and designating a moderator for the session in advance to facilitate discussion.
A potential strength of the Incubator is that both researchers and nonresearchers attend. We hypothesize that combining these groups provides improved mentorship and learning for nonresearchers, in particular. In addition, it creates a mutually beneficial environment where each group is able to witness the diversity of projects within the division and learn to provide focused, constructive feedback on the presented work. Not only did this create a transparent environment with better understanding of divisional activities, but also fostered collaboration among hospitalists with similar interests and complementary skills.
Challenges, Setbacks, Updated Approaches
The creation of a successful Incubator session, however, was not without its challenges. At initial inception, the WIP was attended primarily by researchers and had low overall attendance. Members of the division who were primarily clinicians initially perceived the conferences as largely inapplicable to their career objectives and had competing demands from patient care, educational, or administrative responsibilities. However, over time and with encouragement from divisional leaders and service line directors, increasing numbers of hospitalists began to participate in Incubator. The timing of Incubator during afternoons after the Department of Medicine Grand Rounds was chosen specifically to allow clinicians to complete their responsibilities, including morning rounds and teaching, to allow better attendance.
In addition, the results of our survey informed changes to the structure of Incubator. The efficacy of assigning a primary reviewer for each session was not clear, so this component was eventually dropped. The finding that nonresearchers in particular reported a benefit from mentoring and peer‐support at Incubator led to the implementation of querying the presenter for a wish list of faculty attendees at their Incubator session. We then sent a special invitation to those faculty members thought to have special insights on the project. This gave junior faculty the opportunity to present their projects to more senior faculty members within their areas of research, as well as to receive focused expert feedback.
Finally, we have initiated special Incubator sessions focused more on didactics to teach the process of writing manuscripts and brainstorming workshop ideas for national meetings.
Limitations
Our study has limitations. It is a single‐center study based on a small overall sample size, and it is not certain whether a similar innovation would have comparable effects at another institution. In addition, generalizability of our results may be limited for hospital medicine groups without a robust research program. We did not have a control group nor do we know whether participants would have been equally successful without Incubator. We also were unable to assess how Incubator affected long‐term outcomes such as promotion and overall publication record, as we do not have detailed data on productivity prior to the survey period. Finally, we are unable to quantify the effect of Incubator on scholarly success in the division. Although the numbers of published articles and grant funding has increased since the Incubator began (data not shown), the division also grew both in number of research‐focused and nonresearch‐focused faculty, and this study does not account for other temporal changes that may have contributed to improvements in the scholarly output of the division.
CONCLUSIONS
In summary, the Incubator has been a successful program that fostered progress on scholarly projects within a largely clinically focused DHM. Given the importance of scholarship in academic hospital medicine, a WIP session such as the one we describe is a valuable way to support and mentor junior hospitalists and nonresearchers.
Acknowledgements
The authors extend special thanks to Oralia Schatzman, divisional administrative assistant, who organized and arranged the Incubator sessions and recorded attendance, and to Katherine Li, who collected data on numbers of faculty within the division over the duration of the study.
Disclosures: Dr. Hemali Patel, Dr. Margaret Fang, and Mr. James Harrison report no conflicts of interest. At the time the research was conducted, Dr. Kangelaris was supported by the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute (1K23HL116800‐01). Dr. Auerbach was supported by the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute (K24 K24HL098372).
- , , , . Investing in the future: building an academic hospitalist faculty development program. J Hosp Med. 2011;6(3):161–166.
- , , , , . Tried and true: a survey of successfully promoted academic hospitalists. J Hosp Med. 2011;6(7):411–415.
- , , , , , . Mentorship, productivity, and promotion among academic hospitalists. J Gen Intern Med. 2012;27(1):23–27.
- , , , , , . The PRIME curriculum. J Gen Intern Med. 2006;21(5):506–509.
- , , , . Hospital medicine fellowships: works in progress. Am J Med. 2006;119(1):72.e1–7.
- , , . Instituting systems‐based practice and practice‐based learning and improvement: a curriculum of inquiry. Med Educ Online. 2013;18:21612.
- , , , et al. A physician peer support writing group. Fam Med. 2003;35(3):195–201.
- , , , . Research in progress conference for hospitalists provides valuable peer mentoring. J Hosp Med. 2011;6(1):43–46.
- , , , , , . Research electronic data capture (REDCap)—a metadata‐driven methodology and workflow process for providing translational research informatics support. J Biomed Inform. 2009;42(2):377–381.
- , . Evaluating Training Programs: The Four Levels. 3rd ed. San Francisco, CA: Berrett‐Koehler; 2006.
- , , . Works‐in‐progress: guiding junior scientists through career development applications. J Cancer Educ. 2008;23(3):142–148.
- , , , . Investing in the future: building an academic hospitalist faculty development program. J Hosp Med. 2011;6(3):161–166.
- , , , , . Tried and true: a survey of successfully promoted academic hospitalists. J Hosp Med. 2011;6(7):411–415.
- , , , , , . Mentorship, productivity, and promotion among academic hospitalists. J Gen Intern Med. 2012;27(1):23–27.
- , , , , , . The PRIME curriculum. J Gen Intern Med. 2006;21(5):506–509.
- , , , . Hospital medicine fellowships: works in progress. Am J Med. 2006;119(1):72.e1–7.
- , , . Instituting systems‐based practice and practice‐based learning and improvement: a curriculum of inquiry. Med Educ Online. 2013;18:21612.
- , , , et al. A physician peer support writing group. Fam Med. 2003;35(3):195–201.
- , , , . Research in progress conference for hospitalists provides valuable peer mentoring. J Hosp Med. 2011;6(1):43–46.
- , , , , , . Research electronic data capture (REDCap)—a metadata‐driven methodology and workflow process for providing translational research informatics support. J Biomed Inform. 2009;42(2):377–381.
- , . Evaluating Training Programs: The Four Levels. 3rd ed. San Francisco, CA: Berrett‐Koehler; 2006.
- , , . Works‐in‐progress: guiding junior scientists through career development applications. J Cancer Educ. 2008;23(3):142–148.
© 2016 Society of Hospital Medicine